10-Q

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

_________________________________________________________________________________ 

FORM 10-Q

(Mark One)

x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2014

OR

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to .

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 000-26489

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	48-1090909
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(IRS Employer Identification No.)
3111 Camino Del Rio North, Suite 103 San Diego, California	92108
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip code)

(877) 445 - 4581

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

3111 Camino Del Rio North, Suite 1300

San Diego, California

(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

_______________________________________________________________

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the last 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  x        Accelerated filer   ¨        Non-accelerated filer  ¨        Smaller reporting company  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

Class	Outstanding at October 28, 2014
Common Stock, $0.01 par value	25,719,591 shares

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

INDEX TO FORM 10-Q

	Page
PART I – FINANCIAL INFORMATION	3
Item 1—Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)	3
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition	3
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income	4
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income	5
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	6
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)	7
Item 2 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	35
Item 3 – Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	65
Item 4 – Controls and Procedures	65
PART II – OTHER INFORMATION	67
Item 1 – Legal Proceedings	67
Item 1A – Risk Factors	67
Item 5 - Other Information	68
Item 6 – Exhibits	72
SIGNATURES	73

PART I – FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1—Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

(In Thousands, Except Par Value Amounts)

(Unaudited)

	September 30, 2014		December 31, 2013
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	115,440	$	126,213
Investment in receivable portfolios, net	2,073,232		1,590,249
Deferred court costs, net	53,130		41,219
Receivables secured by property tax liens, net	276,081		212,814
Property and equipment, net	64,565		55,783
Other assets	218,119		154,783
Goodwill	921,519		504,213
Total assets	$	3,722,086	$	2,685,274
Liabilities and equity
Liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	$	192,309	$	137,272
Debt	2,790,746		1,850,431
Other liabilities	98,864		95,100
Total liabilities	3,081,919		2,082,803
Commitments and contingencies
Redeemable noncontrolling interest	30,280		26,564
Redeemable equity component of convertible senior notes	9,787		—
Equity:
Convertible preferred stock, $.01 par value, 5,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding	—		—
Common stock, $.01 par value, 50,000 shares authorized, 25,720 shares and 25,457 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively	257		255
Additional paid-in capital	121,491		171,819
Accumulated earnings	471,704		394,628
Accumulated other comprehensive gain	3,274		5,195
Total Encore Capital Group, Inc. stockholders’ equity	596,726		571,897
Noncontrolling interest	3,374		4,010
Total equity	600,100		575,907
Total liabilities, redeemable equity and equity	$	3,722,086	$	2,685,274

The following table includes assets that can only be used to settle the liabilities of the Company’s consolidated variable interest entities (“VIEs”). These assets and liabilities are included in the consolidated statements of financial condition above. See Note 11 “Variable Interest Entities” for additional information on the Company’s VIEs.

	September 30, 2014		December 31, 2013
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	34,261	$	62,403
Investment in receivable portfolios, net	1,008,885		620,312
Deferred court costs, net	9,407		—
Receivables secured by property tax liens, net	116,980		—
Property and equipment, net	13,491		13,755
Other assets	89,911		33,772
Goodwill	695,825		376,296
Liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	$	104,200	$	47,219
Debt	1,622,302		846,676
Other liabilities	6,885		1,897

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

3

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)

(Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended   September 30,						Nine Months Ended   September 30,
	2014			2013			2014			2013
Revenues
Revenue from receivable portfolios, net	$	251,785		$	225,387		$	737,584		$	518,094
Other revenues	13,445			5,792			38,943			6,473
Net interest income	8,052			4,379			19,691			11,698
Total revenues	273,282			235,558			796,218			536,265
Operating expenses
Salaries and employee benefits	61,175			52,253			183,667			114,054
Cost of legal collections	53,742			50,953			153,596			137,694
Other operating expenses	22,061			19,056			72,196			46,118
Collection agency commissions	9,517			14,158			25,275			22,717
General and administrative expenses	35,532			33,486			110,508			77,429
Depreciation and amortization	6,933			4,523			19,879			8,527
Total operating expenses	188,960			174,429			565,121			406,539
Income from operations	84,322			61,129			231,097			129,726
Other expense
Interest expense	(43,498		)	(29,186		)	(124,678		)	(43,522		)
Other expense	(532		)	(299		)	(192		)	(4,262		)
Total other expense	(44,030		)	(29,485		)	(124,870		)	(47,784		)
Income before income taxes	40,292			31,644			106,227			81,942
Provision for income taxes	(10,154		)	(10,272		)	(35,906		)	(30,110		)
Income from continuing operations	30,138			21,372			70,321			51,832
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax	—			(308		)	—			(308		)
Net income	30,138			21,064			70,321			51,524
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest	197			822			6,755			822
Net income attributable to Encore Capital Group, Inc. stockholders	$	30,335		$	21,886		$	77,076		$	52,346
Amounts attributable to Encore Capital Group, Inc.:
Income from continuing operations	$	30,335		$	22,194		$	77,076		$	52,654
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax	—			(308		)	—			(308		)
Net income	$	30,335		$	21,886		$	77,076		$	52,346
Earnings per share attributable to Encore Capital Group, Inc.:
Basic earnings (loss) per share from:
Continuing operations	$	1.17		$	0.87		$	2.99		$	2.16
Discontinued operations	$	—		$	(0.01	)	$	—		$	(0.01	)
Basic	$	1.17		$	0.86		$	2.99		$	2.15
Diluted earnings (loss) per share from:
Continuing operations	$	1.11		$	0.82		$	2.79		$	2.06
Discontinued operations	$	—		$	(0.01	)	$	—		$	(0.01	)
Diluted	$	1.11		$	0.81		$	2.79		$	2.05
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic	25,879			25,535			25,811			24,323
Diluted	27,332			27,183			27,622			25,561

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

4

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(Unaudited, In Thousands)

	Three Months Ended   September 30,						Nine Months Ended   September 30,
	2014			2013			2014			2013
Net income	$	30,138		$	21,064		$	70,321		$	51,524
Other comprehensive (loss) gain, net of tax:
Unrealized (loss) gain on derivative instruments	(134		)	(768		)	2,095			(1,722		)
Unrealized (loss) gain on foreign currency translation	(7,529		)	4,648			(4,016		)	3,951
Other comprehensive (loss) gain, net of tax	(7,663		)	3,880			(1,921		)	2,229
Comprehensive income	22,475			24,944			68,400			53,753
Comprehensive loss (gain) attributable to noncontrolling interest:
Net loss	197			822			6,755			822
Unrealized loss (gain) on foreign currency translation	1,372			(2,633		)	902			(2,633		)
Comprehensive loss (gain) attributable to noncontrolling interests	1,569			(1,811		)	7,657			(1,811		)
Comprehensive income attributable to Encore Capital Group, Inc. stockholders	$	24,044		$	23,133		$	76,057		$	51,942

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

5

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Unaudited, In Thousands)

	Nine Months Ended   September 30,
	2014			2013
Operating activities:
Net income	$	70,321		$	51,524
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	19,879			8,527
Other non-cash interest expense	20,989			5,411
Stock-based compensation expense	13,560			9,163
Recognized loss on termination of derivative contract	—			3,630
Deferred income taxes	(11,863		)	(217		)
Excess tax benefit from stock-based payment arrangements	(11,422		)	(5,238		)
Reversal of allowances on receivable portfolios, net	(12,455		)	(7,658		)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Deferred court costs and other assets	(16,498		)	1,897
Prepaid income tax and income taxes payable	2,402			(25,785		)
Accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other liabilities	23,850			(1,388		)
Net cash provided by operating activities	98,763			39,866
Investing activities:
Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired	(495,519		)	(413,055		)
Purchases of receivable portfolios, net of put-backs	(666,470		)	(156,438		)
Collections applied to investment in receivable portfolios, net	488,086			418,024
Originations and purchases of receivables secured by tax liens	(108,739		)	(100,278		)
Collections applied to receivables secured by tax liens	93,986			51,111
Purchases of property and equipment	(13,598		)	(8,178		)
Other	(1,987		)	(5,580		)
Net cash used in investing activities	(704,241		)	(214,394		)
Financing activities:
Payment of loan costs	(15,271		)	(17,152		)
Proceeds from credit facilities	993,449			522,065
Repayment of credit facilities	(878,883		)	(491,462		)
Proceeds from senior secured notes	288,645			151,670
Repayment of senior secured notes	(11,250		)	(10,000		)
Proceeds from issuance of convertible senior notes	161,000			172,500
Proceeds from issuance of securitized notes	134,000			—
Repayment of securitized notes	(20,599		)	—
Repayment of preferred equity certificates, net	(702		)	(39,743		)
Purchases of convertible hedge instruments	(33,576		)	(18,113		)
Repurchase of common stock	(16,815		)	—
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards	(19,356		)	(9,270		)
Excess tax benefit from stock-based payment arrangements	11,422			5,238
Other, net	987			(1,073		)
Net cash provided by financing activities	593,051			264,660
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	(12,427		)	90,132
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash	1,654			2,514
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period	126,213			17,510
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	$	115,440		$	110,156
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest	$	120,125		$	48,243
Cash paid for income taxes	54,452			54,499
Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:
Fixed assets acquired through capital lease	$	6,852		$	1,189

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

6

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 1: Ownership, Description of Business, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Encore Capital Group, Inc. (“Encore”), through its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”), is an international specialty finance company, with operations spanning seven countries, providing debt recovery solutions for consumers and property owners across a broad range of financial assets. The Company purchases portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables at deep discounts to face value and manages them by partnering with individuals as they repay their obligations and work toward financial recovery. Defaulted receivables are consumers’ unpaid financial commitments to credit originators, including banks, credit unions, consumer finance companies, commercial retailers, and telecommunication companies. Defaulted receivables may also include receivables subject to bankruptcy proceedings. Encore, through certain subsidiaries, is a market leader in portfolio purchasing and recovery in the United States. Encore’s subsidiary, Janus Holdings Luxembourg S.a.r.l. (“Janus Holdings”), through its indirectly held United Kingdom-based subsidiary Cabot Credit Management Limited (“Cabot”), is a market leader in debt management in the United Kingdom, specializing in higher balance, semi-performing accounts. Cabot’s acquisition of Marlin Financial Group Limited (“Marlin”) provides Cabot with substantial litigation-enhanced collections capabilities for non-performing accounts. Encore’s majority-owned subsidiary, Grove Holdings (“Grove”), through its subsidiaries, is a leading specialty investment firm focused on consumer non-performing loans, including insolvencies (in particular, individual voluntary arrangements, or “IVAs”) in the United Kingdom and bank and non-bank receivables in Spain. Encore’s majority-owned subsidiary, Refinancia S.A. (“Refinancia”), through its subsidiaries, is one of the market leaders in debt collection and management in Colombia and Peru. In addition, through Encore’s subsidiary, Propel Financial Services, LLC (“Propel”), the Company assists property owners who are delinquent on their property taxes by structuring affordable monthly payment plans and purchases delinquent tax liens directly from selected taxing authorities.

Portfolio Purchasing and Recovery

United States. The Company purchases receivable portfolios based on robust, account-level valuation methods and employs a suite of proprietary statistical and behavioral models across the full extent of its operations. These investments allow the Company to value portfolios accurately (and limit the risk of overpaying), avoid buying portfolios that are incompatible with its methods or goals and precisely align the accounts it purchases with its operational channels to maximize future collections. As a result, the Company has been able to realize significant returns from the receivables it acquires. The Company maintains strong relationships with many of the largest credit and telecommunication providers, and possesses one of the industry’s best collection staff retention rates.

The Company uses insights discovered during its purchasing process to build account collection strategies. The Company’s proprietary consumer-level collectability analysis is the primary determinant of whether an account will be actively serviced post-purchase. The Company continuously refines this analysis to determine the most effective collection strategy to pursue for each account it owns. After the Company’s preliminary analysis, it seeks to collect on only a fraction of the accounts it purchases, through one or more of its collection channels. The channel identification process is analogous to a funneling system, where the Company first differentiates those consumers who it believes are not able to pay from those who are able to pay. Consumers who the Company believes are financially incapable of making any payments, facing extenuating circumstances or hardships (such as medical issues), serving in the military, or currently receiving social security as their only source of income are excluded from the next step of its collection process and are designated as inactive. The remaining pool of accounts in the funnel then receives further evaluation. At that point, the Company analyzes and determines a consumer’s perceived willingness to pay. Based on that analysis, the Company will pursue collections through letters and/or phone calls to its consumers. Despite its efforts to reach consumers and work out a settlement option, only a small number of consumers who are contacted choose to engage with the Company. Those who do are often offered deep discounts on their obligations, or are presented with payment plans that are better suited to meet their daily cash flow needs. The majority of contacted consumers, however, ignore both the Company’s calls and letters, and therefore the Company must then make the difficult decision whether or not to pursue collections through legal means.

The Company continually monitors applicable changes to laws governing statutes of limitations and disclosures to consumers. The Company maintains policies, system controls, and processes designed to ensure that accounts past the applicable statute of limitations do not get placed into legal collections. Additionally, in written and verbal communications with consumers, the Company provides disclosures to the consumer that the account is past its applicable statute of limitations and, therefore, the Company will not pursue collections through legal means.

Europe. Through Cabot, portfolio receivables are purchased using a proprietary pricing model. This model allows Cabot to value portfolios with a high degree of accuracy and quantify portfolio performance in order to maximize future collections.

7

As a result, Cabot has been able to realize significant returns from the assets it has acquired. Cabot maintains strong relationships with many of the largest financial service providers in the United Kingdom.

Cabot also uses insights discovered during its purchasing process to build account-level collection strategies. Cabot’s proprietary consumer-level collectability analysis is a determinant of how an account will be serviced post-purchase. Cabot continuously refines this analysis to determine the most effective customer engagement strategy to pursue for each account it owns to ensure that customers are treated fairly and the most suitable engagement and collection strategy for each individual customer is deployed. In recent years, Cabot has concentrated on buying portfolios that are defined as semi-performing, in which over 50% of the accounts in a portfolio have made a payment in three of the last four months immediately prior to the portfolio purchase. Cabot will try to establish contact with these consumers, in order to convey payment arrangements and gauge the willingness of these consumers to pay. Consumers who Cabot believes are financially incapable of making any payments, those having negative disposable income, or those experiencing hardships, are managed outside of normal collection routines.

The remaining pool of accounts then receives further evaluation. Cabot analyzes and estimates a consumer’s perceived willingness to pay. Based on that analysis, Cabot tries to engage with customers through letters and/or phone calls. Where contact is made and consumers indicate a willingness to pay, a patient approach of forbearance is applied using regulatory protocols within the United Kingdom to assess affordability and ensure that plans are fair and balanced and therefore, sustainable. Where consumers are not locatable or refuse to engage in a constructive dialogue, Cabot will pass these accounts through a litigation scorecard and rule set in order to assess suitability for legal action. Through Cabot’s newly acquired subsidiary, Marlin, a leading acquirer of non-performing consumer debt in the United Kingdom, Cabot has a competitive advantage in the use of litigation-enhanced collections for non-paying financial services receivables.

On April 1, 2014, the Company completed the acquisition of a controlling equity ownership interest in Grove. Grove, through its subsidiaries, is a leading specialty investment firm focused on consumer non-performing loans, including insolvencies (in particular, IVAs) in the United Kingdom and bank and non-bank receivables in Spain.

Latin America. Refinancia is one of the market leaders in the management of non-performing loans in Colombia and Peru. In addition to purchasing defaulted receivables, Refinancia offers portfolio management services to banks for non-performing loans. Refinancia also specializes in non-traditional niches in Colombia, including providing financial solutions to individuals with defaulted credit records, payment plan guarantee services through merchants and loan guarantee services to financial institutions.

Tax Lien Business

Propel’s principal activities are the acquisition and servicing of residential and commercial tax liens on real property. These liens take priority over most other liens. By funding tax liens, Propel provides state and local taxing authorities and governments with much needed tax revenue. To the extent permitted by local law, Propel works with property owners to structure affordable payment plans designed to allow them to keep their property while paying their property tax obligation over time. Propel maintains a foreclosure rate of less than one-half of one percent.

Propel’s receivables secured by property tax liens include Texas tax liens, Nevada tax liens, and tax lien certificates in various other states (collectively, “Tax Liens”). With Texas and Nevada Tax Liens, Texas or Nevada property owners choose to have the taxing authority transfer their tax lien to Propel. Propel pays their tax lien obligation to the taxing authority and the property owner pays Propel over time at a lower interest rate than would be assessed by the taxing authority. Propel’s arrangements with Texas and Nevada property owners provide them with repayment plans that are both affordable and flexible when compared with other payment options. Propel also purchases Tax Liens in various other states directly from taxing authorities, securing rights to outstanding property tax payments, interest and penalties. In most cases, such Tax Liens continue to be serviced by the taxing authority. When the taxing authority is paid, it repays Propel the outstanding balance of the lien plus interest, which is established by statute or negotiated at the time of the purchase.

Financial Statement Preparation and Presentation

The accompanying interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared by Encore, without audit, in accordance with the instructions to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, and Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and, therefore, do not include all information and footnotes necessary for a fair presentation of its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”).

In the opinion of management, the unaudited financial information for the interim periods presented reflects all adjustments, consisting of only normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the Company’s

8

consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows. These condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. Operating results for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of operating results for an entire fiscal year.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and the disclosure of contingent amounts in the Company’s financial statements and the accompanying notes. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates.

Basis of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP, and reflect the accounts and operations of the Company and those of its subsidiaries in which the Company has a controlling financial interest. The Company also consolidates VIEs, for which it is the primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary has both (a) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly affect the entity’s economic performance, and (b) either the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits. Refer to Note 11, “Variable Interest Entities,” for further details. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

On June 13, 2013, the Company completed its merger with Asset Acceptance Capital Corp. (“AACC”), on July 1, 2013, the Company completed its acquisition of a controlling interest in Cabot (the “Cabot Acquisition”), on February 7, 2014, Cabot acquired Marlin, and on August 6, 2014, the Company completed the acquisition of Atlantic Credit & Finance, Inc. (“Atlantic”). The condensed consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 include the results of the operations of Marlin and Atlantic since the date of the acquisitions. The condensed consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 only include the results of operations of AACC and Cabot since the closing date of the merger with AACC and the closing date of the Cabot Acquisition.

Translation of Foreign Currencies

The financial statements of certain of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are measured using their local currency as the functional currency. Assets and liabilities are translated as of the balance sheet date and revenue and expenses are translated at an average rate over the period. Currency translation adjustments are recorded as a component of other comprehensive income. Transaction gains and losses are included in other income or expense.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to the condensed consolidated financial statements to conform to the current year’s presentation.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued a comprehensive new revenue recognition standard “Revenue from Contracts with Customers.” This new standard supersedes the existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP, and requires entities to recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new standard, which does not apply to financial instruments, is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption of the standard on its financial statements.

Note 2: Business Combinations

Atlantic Acquisition

On August 6, 2014, the Company, pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement dated August 1, 2014 by and among the Company, Atlantic and the sellers, acquired all of the outstanding equity interests of Atlantic (the “Atlantic Acquisition”). The purchase price consisted of approximately $196.1 million in cash consideration, of which $126.1 million was used to retire certain indebtedness and obligations of Atlantic. Atlantic acquires and liquidates consumer finance receivables originated and charged off by U.S. financial institutions. The Company financed the acquisition through borrowings under its Restated Credit Agreement (as defined in Note 10, “Debt”) and cash on hand.

The Atlantic Acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the date of the acquisition. As of the date of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, the Company is in the process of obtaining independent valuations of

9

certain intangible assets, investment in receivable portfolios, deferred court costs, deferred income taxes, and other assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The initial purchase price allocation presented below was based on the preliminary assessment of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. These provisional measurements are subject to change based on the final valuation study that is expected to be completed by the first quarter of 2015.

The components of the preliminary purchase price allocation for the Atlantic Acquisition are as follows (in thousands):

Purchase price:
Cash paid at acquisition	$	196,104
Allocation of purchase price:
Cash	$	16,743
Investment in receivable portfolios	105,399
Deferred court costs	3,100
Property and equipment	1,331
Other assets	14,229
Liabilities assumed	(20,955		)
Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets	76,257
Total net assets acquired	$	196,104

The goodwill recognized is primarily attributable to (i) the ability to utilize Atlantic’s proven competitive advantage in the collection of freshly charged-off receivable portfolios and (ii) synergies that are expected to arise after the acquisition. The entire goodwill related to the Atlantic Acquisition is not deductible for income tax purposes.

Total acquisition and integration costs related to the Atlantic Acquisition were approximately $0.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014, and have been expensed in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of income within general and administrative expenses. The amount of revenue and net income included in the Company’s condensed consolidated statement of income from the date of acquisition for the three months ended September 30, 2014 related to Atlantic since the date of acquisition was $10.7 million and $2.6 million, respectively.

Marlin Acquisition

On February 7, 2014, Cabot, through its subsidiary Cabot Financial Holdings Group Limited (“Cabot Financial Holdings”), entered into a Share Sale and Purchase Agreement (the “Marlin Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to which Cabot acquired (a) the entire issued share capital of Marlin, and (b) certain subordinated fixed rate loan notes of Marlin Financial Intermediate Limited, which is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Marlin (the “Marlin Acquisition”), from funds managed by Duke Street LLP and certain individuals, including certain executive management of Marlin (collectively, the “Sellers”). Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Marlin Purchase Agreement and certain ancillary agreements, Cabot Financial Holdings also assumed substantially all of the outstanding debt of Marlin Intermediate Holdings plc, a subsidiary of Marlin.

The purchase price consisted of £166.8 million (approximately $274.1 million) in cash consideration, of which £44.8 million (approximately $73.7 million) was used to pay off Marlin’s fixed rate loan notes. In addition, Cabot assumed £150.0 million (approximately $246.5 million) of Marlin’s outstanding senior secured notes. The Marlin Acquisition was financed with borrowings under Cabot’s existing revolving credit facility and under Cabot’s new senior secured bridge facilities. Refer to Note 10, “Debt” for further details of Cabot’s revolving credit facility and senior secured bridge facilities.

The Marlin Acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the date of the acquisition. Fair value measurements have been applied based on assumptions that market participants would use in the pricing of the respective assets and liabilities. As of the date of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, the Company is still finalizing the allocation of the purchase price. The initial purchase price allocation presented below was based on the preliminary assessment of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, which is subject to change based on the final valuation study that is expected to be completed by the fourth quarter of 2014.

10

The components of the preliminary purchase price allocation for the Marlin Acquisition are as follows (in thousands):

Purchase price:
Cash paid at acquisition	$	274,068
Allocation of purchase price:
Cash	$	16,342
Investment in receivable portfolios	208,450
Deferred court costs	914
Property and equipment	1,508
Other assets	18,091
Liabilities assumed	(302,915		)
Identifiable intangible assets	1,819
Goodwill	329,859
Total net assets acquired	$	274,068

The goodwill recognized is primarily attributable to (i) the ability to utilize Marlin’s proven competitive advantage in the use of litigation-enhanced collections for non-paying financial services receivables and (ii) synergies that are expected to be achieved by applying Cabot’s scoring model to Marlin’s portfolio. The Company is still finalizing its analysis of the effects of these synergies which, when finalized, will be incorporated into Marlin and Cabot’s estimated remaining collections. The entire goodwill of $329.9 million related to the Marlin Acquisition is not deductible for income tax purposes.

Total acquisition and integration costs related to the Marlin Acquisition were approximately $0.2 million and $9.9 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively, and have been expensed in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of income within general and administrative expenses.

Other Acquisitions

In addition to the business combination transactions discussed above, the Company completed certain other acquisitions in 2013, including the acquisition of Refinancia in December 2013. The Company also completed the acquisition of approximately 68.2% of the equity ownership interest in Grove on April 1, 2014. On May 2, 2014, Propel completed the acquisition of a portfolio of tax liens and other assets in a transaction valued at approximately $43.0 million. These acquisitions were immaterial to the Company’s financial statements individually and in the aggregate during their respective reporting periods.

Pro Forma Results of Operations

The following summary presents unaudited pro forma consolidated results of operations for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 and 2013, as if the Atlantic Acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2013. The following unaudited pro forma financial information does not necessarily reflect the actual results that would have occurred had Encore and Atlantic been combined during the periods presented, nor is it necessarily indicative of the future results of operations of the combined companies (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended   September 30,				Nine Months Ended   September 30,
	2014		2013		2014		2013
Consolidated pro forma revenue	$	278,913	$	250,977	$	834,301	$	586,952
Consolidated pro forma income from continuing operations attributable to Encore	31,106		24,444		81,989		56,773

Pro forma financial information for the Marlin Acquisition has not been included as the computation of such information is impracticable.

11

Note 3: Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net earnings attributable to Encore by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is calculated on the basis of the weighted average number of shares of common stock plus the effect of dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method. Dilutive potential common shares include outstanding stock options, restricted stock, warrants, and the dilutive effect of convertible senior notes.

On April 24, 2014, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a $50.0 million share repurchase program. Repurchases under this program are expected to be made with cash on hand and may be made from time to time, subject to market conditions and other factors, in the open market, through solicited or unsolicited privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. In May 2014, the Company repurchased 400,000 shares of its common stock for approximately $16.8 million. The program does not obligate the Company to acquire any particular amount of common stock, and it may be modified or suspended at any time at the Company’s discretion.

A reconciliation of shares used in calculating earnings per basic and diluted shares follows (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended September 30,		Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014	2013	2014	2013
Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic	25,879	25,535	25,811	24,323
Dilutive effect of stock-based awards	410	843	684	940
Dilutive effect of convertible senior notes	1,043	805	1,118	298
Dilutive effect of warrants	—	—	9	—
Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted	27,332	27,183	27,622	25,561

No anti-dilutive employee stock options were outstanding during the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 or 2013.

The Company has the following convertible senior notes outstanding: $115.0 million convertible senior notes due 2017 at a conversion price equivalent to approximately $31.56 per share of the Company’s common stock (the “2017 Convertible Notes”), $172.5 million convertible senior notes due 2020 at a conversion price equivalent to approximately $45.72 per share of the Company’s common stock (the “2020 Convertible Notes”), and $161.0 million convertible senior notes due 2021 at a conversion price equivalent to approximately $59.39 per share of the Company’s common stock (the “2021 Convertible Notes”).

In the event of conversion, the 2017 Convertible Notes are convertible into cash up to the aggregate principal amount and permit the excess conversion premium to be settled in cash or shares of the Company’s common stock. For the 2020 Convertible Notes and 2021 Convertible Notes, the Company has the option to pay cash, issue shares of common stock or any combination thereof for the aggregate amount due upon conversion. The Company’s intent is to settle the principal amount of the 2020 and 2021 Convertible Notes in cash upon conversion. As a result, upon conversion of all the convertible senior notes, only the amounts payable in excess of the principal amounts are considered in diluted earnings per share under the treasury stock method. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, diluted earnings per share includes the effect of the common shares issuable upon conversion of the 2017 Convertible Notes because the average stock price exceeded the conversion price of these notes. However, as described in Note 10, “Debt—Encore Convertible Senior Notes,” the Company entered into certain hedge transactions that have the effect of increasing the effective conversion price of the 2017 Convertible Notes to $60.00. On January 2, 2014, the 2017 Convertible Notes became convertible as certain conditions for conversion were met in the immediately preceding calendar quarter as defined in the applicable indenture. However, none of the 2017 Convertible Notes were converted during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014.

In conjunction with the issuance of the 2017 Convertible Notes, the Company entered into privately negotiated transactions with certain counterparties and sold warrants to purchase approximately 3.6 million shares of its common stock. The warrants had an exercise price of $44.19. On December 16, 2013, the Company entered into amendments with the same counterparties to exchange the original warrants with new warrants with an exercise price of $60.00. All other terms and settlement provisions remain unchanged. The warrant restrike transaction was completed on February 6, 2014. Diluted earnings per share includes the effect of these warrants for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The effect of the warrants was anti-dilutive for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, and nine months ended September 30, 2013.

12

Note 4: Fair Value Measurements

The authoritative guidance for fair value measurements defines fair value as the price that would be received upon sale of an asset or the price paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (i.e., the “exit price”). The guidance utilizes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used in valuation techniques to measure fair value into three broad levels. The following is a brief description of each level:

• Level 1: Observable inputs such as quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

• Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

• Level 3: Unobservable inputs, including inputs that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions.

Financial Instruments Required To Be Carried At Fair Value

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below (in thousands):

	Fair Value Measurements as of September 30, 2014
	Level 1		Level 2			Level 3			Total
Assets
Foreign currency exchange contracts	$	—	$	791		$	—		$	791
Interest rate cap contracts	—		4			—			4
Liabilities
Foreign currency exchange contracts	—		(1,449		)	—			(1,449		)
Temporary Equity
Redeemable noncontrolling interests	—		—			(30,280		)	(30,280		)

	Fair Value Measurements as of December 31, 2013
	Level 1		Level 2			Level 3			Total
Assets
Foreign currency exchange contracts	$	—	$	46		$	—		$	46
Interest rate cap contracts	—		202			—			202
Liabilities
Foreign currency exchange contracts	—		(4,123		)	—			(4,123		)
Temporary Equity
Redeemable noncontrolling interests	—		—			(26,564		)	(26,564		)

Derivative Contracts:

The Company uses derivative instruments to minimize its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. The Company’s derivative instruments primarily include interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap contracts, and foreign currency exchange contracts. Fair values of these derivative instruments are estimated using industry standard valuation models. These models project future cash flows and discount the future amounts to a present value using market-based observable inputs, including interest rate curves, foreign currency exchange rates, and forward and spot prices for currencies.

13

Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests:

Some minority shareholders in certain subsidiaries of the Company have the right, at certain times, to require the Company to acquire their ownership interest in those entities at fair value, while others have the right to force a sale of the subsidiary if the Company chooses not to purchase their interests at fair value. The noncontrolling interests subject to these arrangements are included in temporary equity as redeemable noncontrolling interests, and are adjusted to their estimated redemption amounts each reporting period with a corresponding adjustment to additional paid-in capital. Future reductions in the carrying amounts are subject to a “floor” amount that is equal to the fair value of the redeemable noncontrolling interests at the time they were originally recorded. The recorded value of the redeemable noncontrolling interests cannot go below the floor level. These adjustments do not affect the calculation of earnings per share.

The components of the change in the redeemable noncontrolling interests for the period ended September 30, 2014 are presented in the following table:

	Amount
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	26,564
Initial redeemable noncontrolling interest related to business combinations	4,997
Net loss attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests	(5,182		)
Adjustment of the redeemable noncontrolling interests to fair value	5,258
Effect of foreign currency translation attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests	(1,357		)
Balance at September 30, 2014	$	30,280

Financial Instruments Not Required To Be Carried At Fair Value

Investment in Receivable Portfolios:

The Company records its investment in receivable portfolios at cost, which represents a significant discount from the contractual receivable balances due. The Company computes the fair value of its investment in receivable portfolios by discounting the estimated future cash flows generated by its proprietary forecasting models. The key inputs include the estimated future gross cash flow, average cost to collect, and discount rate. In accordance with authoritative guidance related to fair value measurements, the Company estimates the average cost to collect and discount rates based on its estimate of what a market participant might use in valuing these portfolios. The determination of such inputs requires significant judgment, including assessing the assumed buyer’s cost structure, its determination of whether to include fixed costs in its valuation, its collection strategies, and determining the appropriate weighted average cost of capital. The Company evaluates the use of these key inputs on an ongoing basis and refines the data as it continues to obtain better information from market participants in the debt recovery and purchasing business.

In the Company’s current analysis, the estimated blended market participant cost to collect and discount rate is approximately 50.3% and 12.0%, respectively, for United States portfolios, and approximately 30.9% and 19.3%, respectively, for United Kingdom portfolios. Using this method, the fair value of investment in receivable portfolios approximates the carrying value as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013. A 100 basis point fluctuation in the cost to collect and discount rate used would result in an increase or decrease in the fair value of United States and United Kingdom portfolios by approximately $44.1 million and $34.3 million, respectively, as of September 30, 2014. This fair value calculation does not represent, and should not be construed to represent, the underlying value of the Company or the amount which could be realized if its investment in receivable portfolios were sold. The carrying value of the investment in receivable portfolios was $2.1 billion and $1.6 billion as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

Deferred Court Costs:

The Company capitalizes deferred court costs and provides a reserve for those costs that it believes will ultimately be uncollectible. The carrying value of net deferred court costs approximates fair value.

Receivables Secured By Property Tax Liens:

The fair value of receivables secured by property tax liens is estimated by discounting the future cash flows of the portfolio using a discount rate equivalent to the current rate at which similar portfolios would be originated. For tax liens purchased directly from taxing authorities, the fair value is estimated by discounting the expected future cash flows of the portfolio using a discount rate equivalent to the interest rate expected when acquiring these tax liens. The carrying value of receivables secured by property tax liens approximates fair value. Additionally, the carrying value of the related interest receivable also approximates fair value.

14

Debt:

Encore’s senior secured notes and borrowings under its revolving credit and term loan facilities are carried at historical amounts, adjusted for additional borrowings less principal repayments, which approximate fair value.

Encore’s convertible senior notes are carried at historical cost, adjusted for the debt discount. The carrying value of the convertible senior notes was $448.5 million, net of debt discount of $53.5 million as of September 30, 2014, and $287.5 million, net of debt discount of $42.2 million as of December 31, 2013, respectively. The fair value estimate for these convertible senior notes, which incorporates quoted market prices, was approximately $519.5 million and $412.4 million as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

Propel’s borrowings under its revolving credit facilities, term loan facility, and securitized notes are carried at historical amounts, adjusted for additional borrowings less principal repayments, which approximate fair value.

Cabot’s senior secured notes due 2019 are carried at the fair value determined at the time of the Cabot Acquisition, adjusted by the accretion of debt premium. Cabot’s senior secured notes due 2020 and 2021 are carried at historical cost. Marlin’s senior secured notes due 2020 are carried at the fair value determined at the time of the Marlin Acquisition, adjusted by the accretion of debt premium. The carrying value of the above senior secured notes was $1.2 billion, including debt premium of $72.6 million, as of September 30, 2014, and $646.9 million, including debt premium of $43.6 million, as of December 31, 2013. The fair value estimate for these senior notes, which incorporates quoted market prices, was approximately $1.2 billion and $680.7 million as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

The Company’s preferred equity certificates are legal obligations to the noncontrolling shareholders at its Janus Holdings and Cabot Holdings subsidiaries. They are carried at the face amount, plus any accrued interest. The Company determined, at the time of the Cabot Acquisition and at September 30, 2014, that the carrying value of these preferred equity certificates approximates fair value.

Note 5: Derivatives and Hedging Instruments

The Company may periodically enter into derivative financial instruments to manage risks related to interest rates and foreign currency. Most of the Company’s derivative financial instruments qualify for hedge accounting treatment under the authoritative guidance for derivatives and hedging. The Company’s Cabot subsidiary also holds interest rate cap contracts with an aggregated notional amount of £125.0 million that are used to manage its risk related to interest rate fluctuations. The Company does not apply hedge accounting on the interest rate cap contracts. The impact of the interest rate cap contracts to the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, was immaterial.

Interest Rate Swaps

As of September 30, 2014, the Company had no outstanding interest rate swap agreements. During the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013, the Company utilized interest rate swap contracts to manage risks related to interest rate fluctuation. These derivatives were designated as cash flow hedges in accordance with authoritative accounting guidance. The hedging instruments had been highly effective since the inception of the hedge program, therefore no gains or losses were reclassified from other comprehensive income (“OCI”) into earnings as a result of hedge ineffectiveness.

Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

The Company has operations in foreign countries, which exposes the Company to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations due to transactions denominated in foreign currencies, including Indian rupees. To mitigate this risk, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments, principally forward contracts, which are designated as cash flow hedges, to mitigate fluctuations in the cash payments of future forecasted transactions in Indian rupees for up to 36 months. The Company adjusts the level and use of derivatives as soon as practicable after learning that an exposure has changed and reviews all exposures and derivative positions on an ongoing basis.

Gains and losses on cash flow hedges are recorded in OCI until the hedged transaction is recorded in the consolidated financial statements. Once the underlying transaction is recorded in the consolidated financial statements, the Company reclassifies the OCI on the derivative into earnings. If all or a portion of the forecasted transaction is cancelled, this would render all or a portion of the cash flow hedge ineffective and the Company would reclassify the ineffective portion of the hedge into earnings. The Company generally does not experience ineffectiveness of the hedge relationship and the accompanying consolidated financial statements do not include any such gains or losses.

As of September 30, 2014, the total notional amount of the forward contracts to buy Indian rupees in exchange for United States dollars was $51.8 million. As of September 30, 2014, all outstanding contracts qualified for hedge accounting treatment.

15

The Company estimates that approximately $1.1 million of net derivative loss included in OCI will be reclassified into earnings within the next 12 months. No gains or losses were reclassified from OCI into earnings as a result of forecasted transactions that failed to occur during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, and 2013.

The Company does not enter into derivative instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

The following table summarizes the fair value of derivative instruments as recorded in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition (in thousands):

	September 30, 2014				December 31, 2013
	Balance Sheet Location	Fair Value			Balance Sheet Location	Fair Value
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign currency exchange contracts	Other liabilities	$	(1,449	)	Other liabilities	$	(4,123	)
Foreign currency exchange contracts	Other assets	791			Other assets	46
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Interest rate cap	Other assets	4			Other assets	202

The following table summarizes the effects of derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships on the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of income for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 and 2013(in thousands):

	Gain or (Loss) Recognized in OCI- Effective Portion						Location of Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from OCI into Income - Effective Portion	Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from OCI into Income -  Effective Portion						Location of Gain or (Loss) Recognized - Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing	Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized - Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing
	Three Months Ended   September 30,							Three Months Ended   September 30,							Three Months Ended   September 30,
	2014			2013				2014			2013				2014		2013
Interest rate swaps	$	—		$	132		Interest expense	$	—		$	—		Other (expense) income	$	—	$	—
Foreign currency exchange contracts	(429		)	(1,871		)	Salaries and employee benefits	(243		)	(622		)	Other (expense) income	—		—
Foreign currency exchange contracts	(79		)	(381		)	General and administrative expenses	(46		)	(119		)	Other (expense) income	—		—

16

	Gain or (Loss) Recognized in OCI- Effective Portion					Location of Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from OCI into Income - Effective Portion	Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from OCI into Income -  Effective Portion						Location of Gain or (Loss) Recognized - Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing	Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized - Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing
	Nine Months Ended   September 30,						Nine Months Ended   September 30,							Nine Months Ended   September 30,
	2014		2013				2014			2013				2014		2013
Interest rate swaps	$	—	$	506		Interest expense	$	—		$	—		Other (expense) income	$	—	$	—
Foreign currency exchange contracts	2,215		(3,809		)	Salaries and employee benefits	(818		)	(890		)	Other (expense) income	—		—
Foreign currency exchange contracts	242		(809		)	General and administrative expenses	(143		)	(171		)	Other (expense) income	—		—

Note 6: Investment in Receivable Portfolios, Net

In accordance with the authoritative guidance for loans and debt securities acquired with deteriorated credit quality, discrete receivable portfolio purchases during a quarter are aggregated into pools based on common risk characteristics. Once a static pool is established, the portfolios are permanently assigned to the pool. The discount (i.e., the difference between the cost of each static pool and the related aggregate contractual receivable balance) is not recorded because the Company expects to collect a relatively small percentage of each static pool’s contractual receivable balance. As a result, receivable portfolios are recorded at cost at the time of acquisition. The purchase cost of the portfolios includes certain fees paid to third parties incurred in connection with the direct acquisition of the receivable portfolios.

In compliance with the authoritative guidance, the Company accounts for its investments in receivable portfolios using either the interest method or the cost recovery method. The interest method applies an internal rate of return (“IRR”) to the cost basis of the pool, which remains unchanged throughout the life of the pool, unless there is an increase in subsequent expected cash flows. Subsequent increases in expected cash flows are recognized prospectively through an upward adjustment of the pool’s IRR over its remaining life. Subsequent decreases in expected cash flows do not change the IRR, but are recognized as an allowance to the cost basis of the pool, and are reflected in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income as a reduction in revenue, with a corresponding valuation allowance, offsetting the investment in receivable portfolios in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

The Company utilizes its proprietary forecasting models to continuously evaluate the economic life of each pool. During the quarter ended September 30, 2014, the Company revised the forecasting methodology it uses to value and calculate IRRs on its portfolios in the United States by extending the collection forecasts from 84 or 96 months to 120 months. This change was made as a result of the Company’s increased confidence in its ability to forecast future cash collections to 120 months.  Extending the collection forecast did not result in a material increase to any quarterly pool group IRRs or revenue during the quarter. The Company has historically included collections to 120 months in its estimated remaining collection disclosures and when evaluating the economic returns of its portfolio purchases.

The Company accounts for each static pool as a unit for the economic life of the pool (similar to one loan) for recognition of revenue from receivable portfolios, for collections applied to the cost basis of receivable portfolios, and for provision for loss or allowance. Revenue from receivable portfolios is accrued based on each pool’s IRR applied to each pool’s adjusted cost basis. The cost basis of each pool is increased by revenue earned and decreased by gross collections and portfolio allowances.

If the amount and timing of future cash collections on a pool of receivables are not reasonably estimable, the Company accounts for such portfolios on the cost recovery method as Cost Recovery Portfolios. The accounts in these portfolios have different risk characteristics than those included in other portfolios acquired during the same quarter, or the necessary information was not available to estimate future cash flows and, accordingly, they were not aggregated with other portfolios. Under the cost recovery method of accounting, no revenue is recognized until the purchase price of a Cost Recovery Portfolio has been fully recovered.

17

Accretable yield represents the amount of revenue the Company expects to generate over the remaining life of its existing investment in receivable portfolios based on estimated future cash flows. Total accretable yield is the difference between future estimated collections and the current carrying value of a portfolio. All estimated cash flows on portfolios where the cost basis has been fully recovered are classified as zero basis cash flows.

The following table summarizes the Company’s accretable yield and an estimate of zero basis future cash flows at the beginning and end of the period presented (in thousands):

	Accretable Yield			Estimate of Zero Basis Cash Flows			Total
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	2,391,471		$	8,465		$	2,399,936
Revenue recognized, net	(231,057		)	(6,511		)	(237,568		)
Net additions on existing portfolios	92,325			8,555			100,880
Additions for current purchases(1)	591,205			—			591,205
Balance at March 31, 2014	2,843,944			10,509			2,854,453
Revenue recognized, net	(241,523		)	(6,708		)	(248,231		)
Net additions on existing portfolios	80,582			6,135			86,717
Additions for current purchases	218,047			—			218,047
Balance at June 30, 2014	2,901,050			9,936			2,910,986
Revenue recognized, net	(244,561		)	(7,224		)	(251,785		)
Net additions on existing portfolios	161,622			54,184			215,806
Additions for current purchases(2)	179,604			—			179,604
Balance at September 30, 2014	$	2,997,715		$	56,896		$	3,054,611

	Accretable Yield			Estimate of Zero Basis Cash Flows			Total
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	984,944		$	17,366		$	1,002,310
Revenue recognized, net	(135,072		)	(5,611		)	(140,683		)
Net additions on existing portfolios	173,634			7,061			180,695
Additions for current purchases	66,808			—			66,808
Balance at March 31, 2013	1,090,314			18,816			1,109,130
Revenue recognized, net	(144,186		)	(7,838		)	(152,024		)
Net additions on existing portfolios	30,458			10,784			41,242
Additions for current purchases(3)	645,865			—			645,865
Balance at June 30, 2013	1,622,451			21,762			1,644,213
Revenue recognized, net	(218,182		)	(7,205		)	(225,387		)
Net additions on existing portfolios	29,101			3,048			32,149
Additions for current purchases(4)	975,380			—			975,380
Balance at September 30, 2013	$	2,408,750		$	17,605		$	2,426,355

________________________

(1) Includes $208.5 million of portfolios acquired in connection with the Marlin Acquisition discussed in Note 2, “Business Combinations.”

(2) Includes $105.4 million of portfolios acquired in connection with the Atlantic Acquisition discussed in Note 2, “Business Combinations.”

(3) Includes $383.4 million of portfolios acquired in connection with the merger with AACC.

(4) Includes $559.0 million of portfolios acquired in connection with the Cabot Acquisition.

During the three months ended September 30, 2014, the Company purchased receivable portfolios with a face value of $4.0 billion for $299.5 million, or a purchase cost of 7.5% of face value. Purchases of charged-off credit card portfolios include $105.4 million of portfolios acquired in conjunction with the Atlantic Acquisition. The estimated future collections at acquisition for all portfolios purchased during the quarter amounted to $0.6 billion. During the three months ended September 30, 2013, the Company purchased receivable portfolios with a face value of $13.4 billion for $617.9 million, or a

18

purchase cost of 4.6% of face value. This included $559.0 million of portfolios acquired in conjunction with the Cabot Acquisition. During the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, the Company purchased receivable portfolios with a face value of $11.3 billion for $992.8 million, or a purchase cost of 8.8% of face value. Purchases of charged-off credit card portfolios include $105.4 million of portfolio acquired in connection with the Atlantic Acquisition and $208.5 million of portfolios acquired in conjunction with the Marlin Acquisition. The estimated future collections at acquisition for all portfolios purchased during the period amounted to $2.0 billion. During the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013, the Company purchased receivable portfolios with a face value of $83.9 billion for $1.1 billion, or a purchase cost of 1.3% of face value. Included in this amount is the purchase of receivables related to AACC of $383.4 million with a face value of $68.2 billion or a purchase cost of 0.6% of face value. The lower purchase rate for the AACC portfolio is due to the Company’s purchase of AACC which included all portfolios owned, including accounts that have no value. No value accounts would typically not be included in a portfolio purchase transaction, as the sellers would remove them from the accounts being sold to the Company prior to sale.

All collections realized after the net book value of a portfolio has been fully recovered (“Zero Basis Portfolios”) are recorded as revenue (“Zero Basis Revenue”). During the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, Zero Basis Revenue was approximately $4.5 million and $4.2 million, respectively. During the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 and 2013, Zero Basis Revenue was approximately $11.5 million and $13.6 million, respectively.

The following tables summarize the changes in the balance of the investment in receivable portfolios during the following periods (in thousands, except percentages):

	Three Months Ended September 30, 2014
	Accrual Basis Portfolios			Cost Recovery Portfolios			Zero Basis Portfolios			Total
Balance, beginning of period	$	1,978,493		$	9,492		$	—		$	1,987,985
Purchases of receivable portfolios(1)	297,800			1,709			—			299,509
Transfer of portfolios	(11,519		)	11,519			—			—
Gross collections(2)	(395,945		)	(4,056		)	(7,219		)	(407,220		)
Put-backs and recalls	(2,817		)	1,278			(5		)	(1,544		)
Foreign currency adjustments	(55,865		)	(1,418		)	—			(57,283		)
Revenue recognized	241,502			—			4,480			245,982
Portfolio allowance reversals, net	3,059			—			2,744			5,803
Balance, end of period	$	2,054,708		$	18,524		$	—		$	2,073,232
Revenue as a percentage of collections(3)	61.0		%	0.0		%	62.1		%	60.4		%
	Three Months Ended September 30, 2013
	Accrual Basis Portfolios			Cost Recovery Portfolios			Zero Basis Portfolios			Total
Balance, beginning of period	$	1,090,922		$	5,776		$	—		$	1,096,698
Purchases of receivable portfolios(4)	616,779			1,073			—			617,852
Transfer of portfolios	—			—			—			—
Gross collections(2)	(371,482		)	(983		)	(7,205		)	(379,670		)
Put-backs and recalls	(755		)	(242		)	—			(997		)
Foreign currency adjustments	36,372			—			—			36,372
Revenue recognized	218,182			—			4,227			222,409
Portfolio allowance reversals, net	—			—			2,978			2,978
Balance, end of period	$	1,590,018		$	5,624		$	—		$	1,595,642
Revenue as a percentage of collections(3)	58.7		%	0.0		%	58.7		%	58.6		%

19

	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014
	Accrual Basis Portfolios			Cost Recovery Portfolios			Zero Basis Portfolios			Total
Balance, beginning of period	$	1,585,587		$	4,662		$	—		$	1,590,249
Purchases of receivable portfolios(1)(5)	991,127			1,709			—			992,836
Transfer of portfolios	(18,682		)	18,682			—			—
Gross collections(2)	(1,186,431		)	(6,305		)	(20,438		)	(1,213,174		)
Put-backs and recalls	(11,640		)	875			(5		)	(10,770		)
Foreign currency adjustments	(22,394		)	(1,099		)	—			(23,493		)
Revenue recognized	713,656			—			11,473			725,129
Portfolio allowance reversals, net	3,485			—			8,970			12,455
Balance, end of period	$	2,054,708		$	18,524		$	—		$	2,073,232
Revenue as a percentage of collections(3)	60.2		%	0.0		%	56.1		%	59.8		%
	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013
	Accrual Basis Portfolios			Cost Recovery Portfolios			Zero Basis Portfolios			Total
Balance, beginning of period	$	873,119		$	—		$	—		$	873,119
Purchases of receivable portfolios (4)(6)	1,098,663			1,073			—			1,099,736
Transfer of portfolios	(6,649		)	6,649			—			—
Gross collections(2)	(905,751		)	(1,825		)	(20,652		)	(928,228		)
Put-backs and recalls	(2,512		)	(273		)	(2		)	(2,787		)
Foreign currency adjustments	35,708			—			—			35,708
Revenue recognized	496,804			—			13,632			510,436
Portfolio allowance reversals, net	636			—			7,022			7,658
Balance, end of period	$	1,590,018		$	5,624		$	—		$	1,595,642
Revenue as a percentage of collections(3)	54.8		%	0.0		%	66.0		%	55.0		%

________________________

(1) Purchases of portfolio receivables include $105.4 million acquired in connection with the Atlantic Acquisition in August 2014 discussed in Note 2, “Business Combinations.”

(2) Does not include amounts collected on behalf of others.

(3) Revenue as a percentage of collections excludes the effects of net portfolio allowances or net portfolio allowance reversals.

(4) Includes $559.0 million of portfolios acquired in connection with the Cabot Acquisition.

(5) Includes $208.5 million acquired in connection with the Marlin Acquisition in February 2014 discussed in Note 2, “Business Combinations.”

(6) Includes $383.4 million of portfolios acquired in connection with the merger with AACC.

The following table summarizes the change in the valuation allowance for investment in receivable portfolios during the periods presented (in thousands):

	Valuation Allowance
	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014			2013			2014			2013
Balance at beginning of period	$	86,428		$	100,593		$	93,080		$	105,273
Provision for portfolio allowances	—			—			—			479
Reversal of prior allowances	(5,803		)	(2,978		)	(12,455		)	(8,137		)
Balance at end of period	$	80,625		$	97,615		$	80,625		$	97,615

Note 7: Deferred Court Costs, Net

The Company pursues legal collection using a network of attorneys that specialize in collection matters and through its internal legal channel. The Company generally pursues collections through legal means only when it believes a consumer has sufficient assets to repay their indebtedness but has, to date, been unwilling to pay. In order to pursue legal collections the

20

Company is required to pay certain upfront costs to the applicable courts which are recoverable from the consumer (“Deferred Court Costs”).

The Company capitalizes Deferred Court Costs in its consolidated financial statements and provides a reserve for those costs that it believes will ultimately be uncollectible. The Company determines the reserve based on its analysis of court costs that have been advanced and those that have been recovered. Historically, the Company wrote off Deferred Court Costs not recovered within three years of placement. However, as a result of a history of court cost recoveries beyond three years, the Company has determined that court costs are recovered over a longer period of time. As a result, in January 2013, on a prospective basis, the Company began increasing its deferral period from three years to five years. Collections received from debtors are first applied against related court costs with the balance applied to the debtors’ account balance.

Deferred Court Costs consist of the following as of the dates presented (in thousands):

	September 30, 2014			December 31, 2013
Court costs advanced	$	505,951		$	399,274
Court costs recovered	(191,040		)	(147,166		)
Court costs reserve	(261,781		)	(210,889		)
	$	53,130		$	41,219

A roll forward of the Company’s court cost reserve is as follows (in thousands):

	Court Cost Reserve
	Three Months Ended   September 30,						Nine Months Ended   September 30,
	2014			2013			2014			2013
Balance at beginning of period	$	(243,832	)	$	(176,094	)	$	(210,889	)	$	(149,080	)
Provision for court costs	(17,949		)	(17,866		)	(50,892		)	(44,880		)
Balance at end of period	$	(261,781	)	$	(193,960	)	$	(261,781	)	$	(193,960	)

Note 8: Receivables Secured by Property Tax Liens, Net

Propel’s receivables are secured by property tax liens. Repayment of the property tax liens is generally dependent on the property owner but can also come through payments from other lien holders or, in less than one half of one percent of cases, from foreclosure on the properties. Propel records receivables secured by property tax liens at their outstanding principal balances, adjusted for, if any, charge-offs, allowance for losses, deferred fees or costs, and unamortized premiums or discounts. Interest income is reported on the interest method and includes amortization of net deferred fees and costs over the term of the agreements. Propel accrues interest on all past due receivables secured by tax liens as the receivables are collateralized by tax liens that are in a priority position over most other liens on the properties. If there is doubt about the ultimate collection of the accrued interest on a specific portfolio, it would be placed on non-accrual basis and, at that time, all accrued interest would be reversed. No receivables secured by property tax liens have been placed on a non-accrual basis. The typical redemption period for receivables secured by property tax liens is less than 84 months.

On May 6, 2014, Propel, through its subsidiaries, completed the securitization of a pool of approximately $141.5 million in receivables secured by property tax liens on real property located in the State of Texas. In connection with the securitization, investors purchased approximately $134.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 1.44% notes collateralized by these property tax liens. The special purpose entity that is used for the securitization is consolidated by the Company as a VIE. The receivables recognized as a result of consolidating this VIE do not represent assets that can be used to satisfy claims against the Company’s general assets.

At September 30, 2014, the Company had approximately $276.1 million in receivables secured by property tax liens, of which $117.0 million was carried at the VIE.

21

Note 9: Other Assets

Other assets consist of the following (in thousands):

	September 30, 2014		December 31, 2013
Debt issuance costs, net of amortization	$	40,453	$	28,066
Prepaid income taxes	29,301		5,009
Prepaid expenses	21,940		23,487
Funds held in escrow	17,524		—
Deferred tax assets	17,209		13,974
Identifiable intangible assets, net	17,034		23,549
Service fee receivables	12,692		8,954
Interest receivable	12,178		7,956
Other financial receivables	7,666		7,962
Receivable from seller	7,357		—
Security deposits	4,814		2,500
Recoverable legal fees	2,826		3,049
Other	27,125		30,277
	$	218,119	$	154,783

Note 10: Debt

The Company is in compliance with all covenants under its financing arrangements. The components of the Company’s consolidated debt and capital lease obligations are as follows (in thousands):

	September 30, 2014			December 31, 2013
Encore revolving credit facility	$	429,000		$	356,000
Encore term loan facility	147,984			140,625
Encore senior secured notes	47,500			58,750
Encore convertible senior notes	448,500			287,500
Less: Debt discount	(53,461		)	(42,240		)
Propel facilities	109,660			170,630
Propel securitized notes	113,401			—
Cabot senior secured notes	1,118,628			603,272
Add: Debt premium	72,595			43,583
Cabot senior revolving credit facility	92,434			—
Preferred equity certificates	210,891			199,821
Capital lease obligations	15,274			12,219
Other	38,340			20,271
	$	2,790,746		$	1,850,431

Encore Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan Facility

On February 25, 2014, Encore amended its revolving credit facility and term loan facility (the “Credit Facility”) pursuant to a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. On August 1, 2014, Encore further amended the Credit Facility pursuant to Amendment No. 1 to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as amended, the “Restated Credit Agreement”). The Restated Credit Agreement includes a revolving credit facility tranche of $692.6 million, a term loan facility tranche of $153.8 million, and an accordion feature that allows the Company to increase the revolving credit facility by an additional $250.0 million. Including the accordion feature, the maximum amount that can be borrowed under the Credit Facility is $1.1 billion. The Restated Credit Agreement has a five-year maturity, expiring in February 2019, except with respect to two

22

subtranches of the term loan facility of $60.0 million and $6.3 million, maturing in February 2017 and November 2017, respectively.

Provisions of the Restated Credit Agreement include, but are not limited to:

• A revolving loan of $692.6 million, with interest at a floating rate equal to, at the Company’s option, either: (1) reserve adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), plus a spread that ranges from 250 to 300 basis points depending on the Company’s cash flow leverage ratio; or (2) Alternate Base Rate, plus a spread that ranges from 150 to 200 basis points depending on the Company’s cash flow leverage ratio. “Alternate Base Rate,” as defined in the agreement, means the highest of (i) the per annum rate which the administrative agent publicly announces from time to time as its prime lending rate, (ii) the federal funds effective rate from time to time, plus 0.5% per annum and (iii) reserved adjusted LIBOR determined on a daily basis for a one month interest period, plus 1.0% per annum;

• An $87.5 millionfive-year term loan, with interest at a floating rate equal to, at the Company’s option, either: (1) reserve adjusted LIBOR, plus a spread that ranges from 250 to 300 basis points, depending on the Company’s cash flow leverage ratio; or (2) Alternate Base Rate, plus a spread that ranges from 150 to 200 basis points, depending on the Company’s cash flow leverage ratio. Principal amortizes $4.4 million in 2014, $4.4 million in 2015, $6.6 million in 2016, $8.8 million in 2017, and $8.8 million in 2018 with the remaining principal due at the end of the term;

• A $60.0 million term loan maturing on February 25, 2017, with interest at a floating rate equal to, at the Company’s option, either: (1) reserve adjusted LIBOR, plus a spread that ranges from 200 to 250 basis points, depending on the Company’s cash flow leverage ratio; or (2) Alternate Base Rate, plus a spread that ranges from 100 to 150 basis points, depending on the Company’s cash flow leverage ratio. Principal amortizes $3.0 million in 2014, $3.0 million in 2015, and $4.5 million in 2016 with the remaining principal due at the end of the term;

• A $6.3 million term loan maturing on November 3, 2017, with interest at a floating rate equal to, at the Company’s option, either: (1) reserve adjusted LIBOR, plus a spread that ranges from 250 to 300 basis points, depending on the Company’s cash flow leverage ratio; or (2) Alternate Base Rate, plus a spread that ranges from 150 to 200 basis points, depending on the Company’s cash flow leverage ratio. Principal amortizes $0.4 million in 2014, $0.5 million in 2015, $0.6 million in 2016 and $0.5 million in 2017 with the remaining principal due at the end of the term;

• A borrowing base equal to (1) the lesser of (i) 30%—35% (depending on the Company’s trailing 12-month cost per dollar collected) of all eligible non-bankruptcy estimated remaining collections, initially set at 33%, plus 55% of eligible estimated remaining collections for consumer receivables subject to bankruptcy, and (ii) the product of the net book value of all receivable portfolios acquired on or after January 1, 2005 multiplied by 95%, minus (2) the sum of the aggregate principal amount outstanding of Encore’s Senior Secured Notes (as defined below) plus the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the term loans;

• The allowance of additional unsecured or subordinated indebtedness not to exceed $750.0 million;

• Restrictions and covenants, which limit the payment of dividends and the incurrence of additional indebtedness and liens, among other limitations;

• Repurchases of up to $50.0 million of Encore’s common stock after February 25, 2014, subject to compliance with certain covenants and available borrowing capacity;

• A change of control definition, which excludes acquisitions of stock by Red Mountain Capital Partners LLC, JCF FPK LLP and their respective affiliates of up to 50% of the outstanding shares of Encore’s voting stock;

• Events of default which, upon occurrence, may permit the lenders to terminate the facility and declare all amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable;

• A pre-approved acquisition limit of $225.0 million in the aggregate, for acquisitions after August 1, 2014;

• A basket to allow for investments in unrestricted subsidiaries of $250.0 million;

• A basket to allow for investments in certain subsidiaries of Propel of $200.0 million;

• An annual foreign portfolio investment and loan basket of $150.0 million; and

• Collateralization by all assets of the Company, other than the assets of unrestricted subsidiaries as defined in the Restated Credit Agreement.

23

At September 30, 2014, the outstanding balance under the Restated Credit Agreement was $577.0 million. The weighted average interest rate was 2.95% and 3.07% for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and 2.92% and 3.13% for the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Encore Senior Secured Notes

In 2010 and 2011 Encore entered into an aggregate of $75.0 million in senior secured notes with certain affiliates of Prudential Capital Group (the “Senior Secured Notes”). $25.0 million of the Senior Secured Notes bear an annual interest rate of 7.375%, mature in 2018 and require quarterly principal payments of $1.25 million. Prior to May 2013, these notes required quarterly payments of interest only. The remaining $50.0 million of Senior Secured Notes bear an annual interest rate of 7.75%, mature in 2017 and require quarterly principal payments of $2.5 million. Prior to December 2012 these notes required quarterly interest only payments. As of September 30, 2014, $47.5 million is outstanding under these obligations.

The Senior Secured Notes are guaranteed in full by certain of Encore’s subsidiaries. Similar to, and pari passu with, Encore’s credit facility, the Senior Secured Notes are also collateralized by all of the assets of the Company other than the assets of unrestricted subsidiaries as defined in the Restated Credit Agreement. The Senior Secured Notes may be accelerated and become automatically and immediately due and payable upon certain events of default, including certain events related to insolvency, bankruptcy, or liquidation. Additionally, the Senior Secured Notes may be accelerated at the election of the holder or holders of a majority in principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes upon certain events of default by Encore, including the breach of affirmative covenants regarding guarantors, collateral, most favored lender treatment, minimum revolving credit facility commitment or the breach of any negative covenant. If Encore prepays the Senior Secured Notes at any time for any reason, payment will be at the higher of par or the present value of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the portion being prepaid. The discount rate used to determine the present value is 50 basis points over the then current Treasury Rate corresponding to the remaining average life of the senior secured notes. The covenants are substantially similar to those in the Restated Credit Agreement. Prudential Capital Group and the administrative agent for the lenders of the Restated Credit Agreement have an intercreditor agreement related to their pro rata rights to the collateral, actionable default, powers and duties and remedies, among other topics. The terms of the Senior Secured Notes were amended in connection with the Restated Credit Agreement in order to properly align certain provisions between the two agreements.

Encore Convertible Senior Notes

In November and December 2012, Encore sold $115.0 million aggregate principal amount of 3.0% 2017 Convertible Notes that mature on November 27, 2017 in private placement transactions. In June and July 2013, Encore sold $172.5 million aggregate principal amount of 3.0% 2020 Convertible Notes that mature on July 1, 2020 in private placement transactions. In March 2014, Encore sold $161.0 million aggregate principal amount of 2.875% 2021 Convertible Notes that mature on March 15, 2021 in private placement transactions. The interest on these unsecured convertible senior notes (collectively, the “Convertible Notes”), is payable semi-annually.

Prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding their respective conversion date (listed below), holders may convert their Convertible Notes under certain circumstances set forth in the applicable Convertible Notes indentures. On or after their respective conversion dates until the close of business on the scheduled trading day immediately preceding their respective maturity date, holders may convert their Convertible Notes at any time. Certain key terms related to the convertible features for each of the Convertible Notes as of September 30, 2014 are listed below.

	2017 Convertible Notes		2020 Convertible Notes		2021 Convertible Notes
Initial conversion price	$	31.56	$	45.72	$	59.39
Closing stock price at date of issuance	$	25.66	$	33.35	$	47.51
Closing stock price date	November 27, 2012		June 24, 2013		March 5, 2014
Conversion rate (shares per $1,000 principal amount)	31.6832		21.8718		16.8386
Conversion date(1)	May 27, 2017		January 1, 2020		September 15, 2020

_______________________

(1) 2017 Convertible Notes became convertible on January 2, 2014, as certain early conversion events were satisfied. Refer to “Conversion and EPS impact” section below for further details.

In the event of conversion, the 2017 Convertible Notes are convertible into cash up to the aggregate principal amount of the notes. The excess conversion premium may be settled in cash or shares of the Company’s common stock at the discretion of the Company. In the event of conversion, holders of the Company’s 2020 and 2021 Convertible Notes will receive cash, shares of the Company’s common stock or a combination of cash and shares of the Company’s common stock, at the Company’s election. The Company’s current intent is to settle conversions through combination settlement (i.e., convertible into cash up to

24

the aggregate principal amount, and shares of the Company’s common stock or a combination of cash and shares of the Company’s common stock, at the Company’s election, for the remainder). As a result, and in accordance with authoritative guidance related to derivatives and hedging and earnings per share, only the conversion spread is included in the diluted earnings per share calculation, if dilutive. Under such method, the settlement of the conversion spread has a dilutive effect when, during any quarter, the average share price of the Company’s common stock exceeds the initial conversion prices listed in the above table.

Authoritative guidance related to debt with conversion and other options requires that issuers of convertible debt instruments that, upon conversion, may be settled fully or partially in cash, must separately account for the liability and equity components in a manner that will reflect the entity’s nonconvertible debt borrowing rate when interest cost is recognized in subsequent periods. Additionally, debt issuance costs are required to be allocated in proportion to the allocation of the liability and equity components and accounted for as debt issuance costs and equity issuance costs, respectively.

The debt and equity components, the issuance costs related to the equity component, the stated interest rate, and the effective interest rate for each of the Convertible Notes are listed below (in thousands, except percentages):

	2017 Convertible Notes			2020 Convertible Notes			2021 Convertible Notes
Debt component	$	100,298		$	140,271		$	143,604
Equity component	$	14,702		$	32,229		$	17,396
Equity issuance cost	$	788		$	1,113		$	575
Stated interest rate	3.000		%	3.000		%	2.875		%
Effective interest rate	6.000		%	6.350		%	4.700		%

The balances of the liability and equity components of all of the Convertible Notes outstanding were as follows (in thousands):

	September 30, 2014			December 31, 2013
Liability component—principal amount	$	448,500		$	287,500
Unamortized debt discount	(53,461		)	(42,240		)
Liability component—net carrying amount	$	395,039		$	245,260
Equity component	$	54,523		$	46,954

The debt discount is being amortized into interest expense over the remaining life of the convertible notes using the effective interest rates. Interest expense related to the convertible notes was as follows (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014		2013		2014		2013
Interest expense—stated coupon rate	$	3,316	$	2,141	$	9,080	$	3,947
Interest expense—amortization of debt discount	2,228		1,570		6,164		2,887
Total interest expense—convertible notes	$	5,544	$	3,711	$	15,244	$	6,834

Convertible Notes Hedge Transactions

In order to reduce the risk related to the potential dilution and/or the potential cash payments the Company is required to make in the event that the market price of the Company’s common stock becomes greater than the conversion price of the Convertible Notes, the Company maintains a hedge program that increases the effective conversion price for each of the Convertible Notes. All of the hedge instruments related to the Convertible Notes have been determined to be indexed to the Company’s own stock and meet the criteria for equity classification. In accordance with authoritative guidance, the Company recorded the cost of the hedge instruments as a reduction in additional paid-in capital, and will not recognize subsequent changes in fair value of these financial instruments in its consolidated financial statements.

The initial hedge instruments the Company entered into in connection with its issuance of the 2017 Convertible Notes had an effective conversion price of $44.19. On December 16, 2013, the Company entered into amendments to the hedge instruments to further increase the effective conversion price from $44.19 to $60.00.

25

The details of the hedge program for each of the Convertible Notes are listed below (in thousands, except conversion price):

	2017 Convertible Notes		2020 Convertible Notes		2021 Convertible Notes
Cost of the hedge transaction(s)	$	50,595	$	18,113	$	19,545
Initial conversion price	$	31.56	$	45.72	$	59.39
Effective conversion price	$	60.00	$	61.55	$	83.14

Conversion and Earnings Per Share Impact

During the quarter ending December 31, 2013, the closing price of the Company’s common stock exceeded 130% of the conversion price of the 2017 Convertible Notes for more than 20 trading days during a 30 consecutive trading day period, thereby satisfying one of the early conversion events. As a result, the 2017 Convertible Notes became convertible on demand effective January 2, 2014, and the holders were notified that they could elect to submit their 2017 Convertible Notes for conversion. The carrying value of the 2017 Convertible Notes continues to be reported as debt as the Company intends to draw on the Credit Facility or use cash on hand to settle the principal amount of any such conversions in cash. No gain or loss was recognized when the debt became convertible. The estimated fair value of the 2017 Convertible Notes was approximately $185.0 million as of September 30, 2014. In addition, upon becoming convertible, a portion of the equity component that was recorded at the time of the issuance of the 2017 Convertible Notes was considered redeemable and that portion of the equity was reclassified to temporary equity in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. Such amount was determined based on the cash consideration to be paid upon conversion and the carrying amount of the debt. Upon conversion, the holders of the 2017 Convertible Notes will be paid in cash for the principal amount and issued shares or a combination of cash and shares for the remaining value of the 2017 Convertible Notes. As a result, the Company reclassified $9.8 million of the equity component to temporary equity as of September 30, 2014. If a conversion event takes place, this temporary equity balance will be recalculated based on the difference between the 2017 Convertible Notes principal and the debt carrying value. If the 2017 Convertible Notes are settled, an amount equal to the fair value of the liability component, immediately prior to the settlement, will be deducted from the fair value of the total settlement consideration transferred and allocated to the liability component. Any difference between the amount allocated to the liability and the net carrying amount of the 2017 Convertible Notes (including any unamortized debt issue costs and discount) will be recognized in earnings as a gain or loss on debt extinguishment. Any remaining consideration is allocated to the reacquisition of the equity component and will be recognized as a reduction in stockholders’ equity.

None of the 2017 Convertible Notes were converted during the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014.

In accordance with authoritative guidance related to derivatives and hedging and earnings per share calculation, only the conversion spread of the Convertible Notes is included in the diluted earnings per share calculation, if dilutive. Under such method, the settlement of the conversion spread has a dilutive effect when the average share price of the Company’s common stock during any quarter exceeds the respective conversion price of each of the Convertible Notes. The average share price of the Company’s common stock for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 and 2013, exceeded the initial conversion price of the 2017 Convertible Notes. The dilutive effect from the 2017 Convertible Notes was approximately 1.0 million and 0.8 million shares for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and 1.1 million and 0.3 million shares for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. See Note 3, “Earnings Per Share” for additional information.

Propel Facilities

Propel Facility I

Propel has a $200.0 million syndicated loan facility (the “Propel Facility I”). The Propel Facility I is used to originate or purchase tax lien assets related to properties in Texas and Arizona.

The Propel Facility I expires in May 2015 and includes the following key provisions:

• Interest at Propel’s option, at either: (1) LIBOR, plus a spread that ranges from 300 to 375 basis points, depending on Propel’s cash flow leverage ratio; or (2) Prime Rate, which is defined in the agreement as the rate of interest per annum equal to the sum of (a) the interest rate quoted in the “Money Rates” section of The Wall Street Journal from time to time and designated as the “Prime Rate” plus (b) the Prime Rate Margin, which is a spread that ranges from 0 to 75 basis points, depending on Propel’s cash flow leverage ratio;

• A borrowing base of 90% of the face value of the tax lien collateralized payment arrangements;

26

• Interest payable monthly; principal and interest due at maturity;

• Restrictions and covenants, which limit, among other things, the payment of dividends and the incurrence of additional indebtedness and liens; and

• Events of default which, upon occurrence, may permit the lender to terminate the Propel Facility I and declare all amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable.

The Propel Facility I is primarily collateralized by the Tax Liens in Texas and requires Propel to maintain various financial covenants, including a minimum interest coverage ratio and a maximum cash flow leverage ratio.

At September 30, 2014, the outstanding balance on the Propel Facility I was $38.5 million. The weighted average interest rate was 3.15% and 3.37% for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and 3.34% and 3.26% for the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Propel Facility II

On May 15, 2013, the Company, through affiliates of Propel, entered into a $100.0 million revolving credit facility (the “Propel Facility II”). On May 6, 2014, the Propel Facility II was amended by the parties. The amended Propel Facility II is used to purchase tax liens from taxing authorities in various states, expires on May 10, 2019, and includes the following key provisions:

• Propel could draw up to $190.0 million at any time during the period from July 1, 2014, up to and including September 30, 2014, and can draw up to $150.0 million through May 15, 2017;

• The committed amount can be drawn on a revolving basis until May 15, 2017 (unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the facility). During the following two years, until the May 10, 2019 expiration date, no additional draws are permitted, and all proceeds from the tax liens are used to repay any amounts outstanding under the facility. So long as no events or default have occurred, Propel may extend the expiration date for additional one year periods.

• Prior to the expiration of the facility, interest at a per annum floating rate equal to LIBOR plus 3.25%, other than for advances related to tax liens in Texas, for which interest is LIBOR plus 2.50%;

• Following the expiration of the facility, or upon the occurrence of an event of default, interest at 400 basis points plus the greater of (i) a per annum floating rate equal to LIBOR plus 3.25% (or 2.50% for advances related to tax liens in Texas), or (ii) Prime Rate, which is defined in the agreement as the rate most recently announced by the lender at its branch in San Francisco, California, from time to time as its prime commercial rate for United States dollar-denominated loans made in the United States;

• Proceeds from the tax liens are applied to pay interest, principal and other obligations incurred in connection with the Propel Facility II on a monthly basis as defined in the agreement;

• Special purpose entity covenants designed to protect the bankruptcy-remoteness of the borrowers and additional restrictions and covenants, which limit, among other things, the payment of certain dividends, the occurrence of additional indebtedness and liens and use of the collections proceeds from the certain Tax Liens; and

• Events of default which, upon occurrence, may permit the lender to terminate the Propel Facility II and declare all amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable.

The Propel Facility II is collateralized by the Tax Liens acquired under the Propel Facility II. At September 30, 2014, the outstanding balance on the Propel Facility II was $46.6 million. The weighted average interest rate was 3.94% and 3.73% for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and 3.80% and 3.53% the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 and 2013.

Propel Term Loan Facility

On May 2, 2014, the Company, through affiliates of Propel, entered into a $31.9 million term loan facility (the “Propel Term Loan Facility”). The Propel Term Loan Facility was entered into to fund the acquisition of a portfolio of tax liens and other assets in a transaction valued at approximately $43.0 million and matures in October 2016.

At September 30, 2014, the outstanding balance on the Propel Term Loan Facility was $24.6 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 was 4.36% and 4.48%, respectively.

27

Propel Securitized Notes

On May 6, 2014, Propel, through its affiliates, completed the securitization of a pool of approximately $141.5 million in payment agreements and contracts relating to unpaid real property taxes, assessments, and other charges secured by liens on real property located in the State of Texas (the “Securitized Texas Tax Liens”). In connection with the securitization, investors purchased, in a private placement, approximately $134.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 1.44% notes collateralized by the Securitized Texas Tax Liens (the “Propel Securitized Notes”), due May 15, 2029. The payment agreements and contracts will continue to be serviced by Propel.

The Propel Securitized Notes are payable solely from the collateral and represent non-recourse obligations of the consolidated securitization entity PFS Tax Lien Trust 2014-1, a Delaware statutory trust and an affiliate of Propel. Interest accrues monthly at the rate of 1.44% per annum. Principal and interest on the Propel Securitized Notes are payable on the 15^th day of each calendar month. Propel used the net proceeds to pay down borrowings under the Propel Facility I, pay certain expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of the Propel Securitized Notes and fund certain reserves.

At September 30, 2014, the outstanding balance on the Propel Securitized Notes was $113.4 million.

Cabot Senior Secured Notes

On September 20, 2012, Cabot Financial (Luxembourg) S.A. (“Cabot Financial”), an indirect subsidiary of Janus Holdings, issued £265.0 million (approximately $438.4 million) in aggregate principal amount of 10.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (the “Cabot 2019 Notes”). Interest on the Cabot 2019 Notes is payable semi-annually, in arrears, on April 1 and October 1 of each year.

On August 2, 2013, Cabot Financial issued £100 million (approximately $151.7 million) in aggregate principal amount of 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2020 (the “Cabot 2020 Notes”). Interest on the Cabot 2020 Notes is payable semi-annually, in arrears, on February 1 and August 1 of each year.

Of the proceeds from the issuance of the Cabot 2020 Notes, approximately £75.0 million (approximately $113.8 million) was used to repay all amounts outstanding under the senior credit facilities of Cabot Financial (UK) Limited (“Cabot Financial UK”), an indirect subsidiary of Janus Holdings, and £25.0 million (approximately $37.9 million) was used to partially repay a portion of the J Bridge PECs to an affiliate of J.C. Flowers & Co. LLC (“J.C. Flowers”).

On March 27, 2014, Cabot Financial issued £175.0 million (approximately $291.8 million) in aggregate principal amount of 6.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 (the “Cabot 2021 Notes” and, together with the Cabot 2019 Notes and the Cabot 2020 Notes, the “Cabot Notes”). Interest on the Cabot 2021 Notes is payable semi-annually, in arrears, on April 1 and October 1 of each year, beginning on October 1, 2014. The total debt issuance cost associated with the Cabot 2021 Notes was approximately $7.5 million.

Approximately £105.0 million (approximately $174.8 million) of the proceeds from the issuance of the Cabot 2021 Notes was used to repay all amounts outstanding under the Senior Secured Bridge Facilities described below.

The Cabot Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by the following indirect subsidiaries of the Company: Cabot, Cabot Financial Limited, and all material subsidiaries of Cabot Financial Limited (other than Cabot Financial and Marlin Intermediate Holdings plc). The Cabot Notes are secured by a first ranking security interest in all of the outstanding shares of Cabot Financial and the guarantors (other than Cabot and Marlin Midway Limited) and substantially all the assets of Cabot Financial and the guarantors (other than Cabot). The guarantees provided in respect of the Cabot Notes are pari passu with each such guarantee given in respect of the Marlin Bonds and the Cabot Credit Facility described below.

On July 25, 2013, Marlin Intermediate Holdings plc, a subsidiary of Marlin, issued £150.0 million (approximately $246.5 million) in aggregate principal amount of 10.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2020 (the “Marlin Bonds”). Interest on the Marlin Bonds is payable semi-annually, in arrears, on February 1 and August 1 of each year. Cabot assumed the Marlin Bonds as a result of the Marlin Acquisition. The carrying value of the Marlin Bonds was adjusted to approximately $284.2 million to reflect the fair value of the Marlin Bonds at the time of acquisition.

The Marlin Bonds are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by Cabot Financial Limited and each of Cabot Financial Limited’s material subsidiaries other than Marlin Intermediate Holdings plc, each of which is an indirect subsidiary of the Company. The guarantees provided in respect of the Marlin Bonds are pari passu with each such guarantee given in respect of the Cabot Notes and the Cabot Credit Facility.

28

Interest expense related to the Cabot Notes and Marlin Bonds was as follows (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014			2013			2014			2013
Interest expense—stated coupon rate	$	26,239		$	12,857		$	72,099		$	12,857
Interest income—accretion of debt premium	(2,760		)	(1,367		)	(7,565		)	(1,367		)
Total interest expense—Cabot Notes and Marlin Bonds	$	23,479		$	11,490		$	64,534		$	11,490

Cabot Senior Revolving Credit Facility

On September 20, 2012, Cabot Financial UK entered into an agreement for a senior committed revolving credit facility of £50.0 million (approximately $82.7 million) (the “Cabot Credit Agreement”). This agreement was amended and restated on June 28, 2013 to increase the size of the revolving credit facility to £85.0 million (approximately $140.6 million) (the “Cabot Credit Facility”).

The Cabot Credit Facility has a five-year term expiring in September 2017, and includes the following key provisions:

• Interest at LIBOR plus a maximum of 4.0% depending on the loan to value (“LTV”) ratio determined quarterly, calculated as being the ratio of the net financial indebtedness of Cabot (as defined in the Cabot Credit Agreement) to Cabot’s estimated remaining collections capped at 84-months;

• A restrictive covenant that limits the LTV ratio to 0.75;

• Additional restrictions and covenants which limit, among other things, the payment of dividends and the incurrence of additional indebtedness and liens; and

• Events of default which, upon occurrence, may permit the lenders to terminate the Cabot Credit Facility and declare all amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable.

The Cabot Credit Facility is unconditionally guaranteed by the following indirect subsidiaries of the Company: Cabot, Cabot Financial Limited, and all material subsidiaries of Cabot Financial Limited. The Cabot Credit Facility is secured by first ranking security interests in all the outstanding shares of Cabot Financial UK and the guarantors (other than Cabot) and substantially all the assets of Cabot Financial UK and the guarantors (other than Cabot). Pursuant to the terms of intercreditor agreements entered into with respect to the relative positions of the Cabot Notes, the Marlin Bonds and the Cabot Credit Facility, any liabilities in respect of obligations under the Cabot Credit Facility that are secured by assets that also secure the Cabot Notes and the Marlin Bonds will receive priority with respect to any proceeds received upon any enforcement action over any such assets.

At September 30, 2014, the outstanding borrowings under the Cabot Credit Facility were approximately $92.4 million. The weighted average interest rate was 4.55% and 4.36% for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, respectively and 4.24% for the three months ended September 30, 2013.

Senior Secured Bridge Facilities

The Marlin Acquisition was financed with borrowings under the existing Cabot Credit Facility and under new senior secured bridge facilities (the “Senior Secured Bridge Facilities”) that Cabot Financial Limited entered into on February 7, 2014 pursuant to a Senior Secured Bridge Facilities Agreement. The Senior Secured Bridge Facilities were paid off in full by using proceeds from borrowings under the £175.0 million (approximately $291.8 million) Cabot 2021 Notes issued on March 21, 2014.

The Senior Secured Bridge Facilities Agreement provided for (a) a senior secured bridge facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to £105.0 million (“Bridge Facility A”) and (b) a senior secured bridge facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to £151.5 million (“Bridge Facility B,” and together with Bridge Facility A, the “Bridge Facilities”). The purpose of Bridge Facility A was to provide funding for the financing, in full or in part, of the purchase price for the Marlin Acquisition and the payment of costs, fees and expenses in connection with the Marlin Acquisition, and was fully drawn on as of the closing of the Marlin Acquisition. The purpose of Bridge Facility B was to finance, in full or in part, the repurchase of any bonds tendered in any change of control offer required to be made to the holders of the Marlin Bonds and the premium payable thereon. Bridge Facility B was intended to be utilized only to the extent that any holders of the Marlin Bonds elected to tender their Marlin Bonds within a defined period. No Marlin Bonds were tendered during the defined period and Bridge Facility B expired without drawdown. The Senior Secured Bridge Facilities Agreement also provided for uncommitted incremental facilities in an amount of up to £80.0 million for the purposes of financing future debt portfolio acquisitions. The Senior

29

Secured Bridge Facilities had an initial term of one year and an extended term of 6.5 years if they were not repaid during the first year of issuance.

Prior to their initial maturity date, the rate of interest payable under the Senior Secured Bridge Facilities was the aggregate, per annum, of (i) LIBOR, plus (ii) an initial spread of 6.00% per annum (such spread stepping up by 50 basis points for each three-month period that the Senior Secured Bridge Facilities remained outstanding), not to exceed total caps set forth in the Senior Secured Bridge Facilities Agreement.

Loan fees associated with the Senior Secured Bridge Facilities were approximately $2.0 million. These fees were originally recorded as debt issuance costs and were written off at the time of repayment and termination of the agreement. This $2.0 million was charged to interest expense in the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

Preferred Equity Certificates

On July 1, 2013, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary Encore Europe Holdings, S.a.r.l. (“Encore Europe”), completed the Cabot Acquisition by acquiring 50.1% of the equity interest in Janus Holdings. Encore Europe purchased from J.C. Flowers: (i) E Bridge preferred equity certificates issued by Janus Holdings, with a face value of £10,218,574 (approximately $15.5 million) (and any accrued interest thereof) (the “E Bridge PECs”), (ii) E preferred equity certificates issued by Janus Holdings with a face value of £96,729,661 (approximately $147.1 million) (and any accrued interest thereof) (the “E PECs”), (iii) 3,498,563 E shares of Janus Holdings (the “E Shares”), and (iv) 100 A shares of Cabot Holdings S.a.r.l. (“Cabot Holdings”), the direct subsidiary of Janus Holdings, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately £115.1 million (approximately $175.0 million). The E Bridge PECs, E PECs, and E Shares represent 50.1% of all of the issued and outstanding equity and debt securities of Janus Holdings. The remaining 49.9% of Janus Holdings’ equity and debt securities are owned by J.C. Flowers and include: (a) J Bridge preferred equity certificates with a face value of £10,177,781 (approximately $15.5 million) (the “J Bridge PECs”), (b) J preferred equity certificates with a face value of £96,343,515 (approximately $146.5 million) (the “J PECs”), (c) 3,484,597 J shares of Janus Holdings (the “J Shares”), and (d) 100 A shares of Cabot Holdings.

All of the PECs accrue interest at 12% per annum. In accordance with authoritative guidance related to debt and equity securities, the J Bridge PECs, J PECs and any accrued interests thereof are classified as liabilities and are included in debt in the Company’s accompanying condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. In addition, certain other minority owners hold PECs at the Cabot Holdings level (the “Management PECs”). These PECs are also included in debt in the Company’s accompanying condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. The E Bridge PECs and E PECs held by the Company, and their related interest eliminate in consolidation and therefore are not included in debt in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. The J Bridge PECs, J PECs, and the Management PECs do not require the payment of cash interest expense as they have characteristics similar to equity with a preferred return. The ultimate payment of the accumulated interest would be satisfied only in connection with the disposition of the noncontrolling interests of J.C. Flowers and management.

On June 20, 2014, Encore Europe converted all of its E Bridge PECs into E Shares and E PECs, and J.C. Flowers converted all of its J Bridge PECs into J Shares and J PECs, respectively, in proportion to the number of E Shares and E PECs, or J Shares and J PECs, as applicable, outstanding on the closing date of the Cabot Acquisition.

As of September 30, 2014, the outstanding balance of the PECs and their accrued interest was approximately $210.9 million.

Capital Lease Obligations

The Company has capital lease obligations primarily for computer equipment. As of September 30, 2014, the Company’s combined obligations for these equipment leases were approximately $15.3 million. These lease obligations require monthly or quarterly payments through 2018 and have implicit interest rates that range from zero to approximately 12.5%.

Note 11: Variable Interest Entities

A VIE is defined as a legal entity whose equity owners do not have sufficient equity at risk, or, as a group, the holders of the equity investment at risk lack any of the following three characteristics: decision-making rights, the obligation to absorb losses, or the right to receive the expected residual returns of the entity. The primary beneficiary is identified as the variable interest holder that has both the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly affect the entity’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb expected losses or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE.

30

The Company’s VIEs include its subsidiary Janus Holdings and its special purpose entity used for the Propel securitization.

Janus Holdings is the immediate parent company of Cabot. The Company has determined that Janus Holdings is a VIE and the Company is the primary beneficiary of the VIE. The key activities that affect Cabot’s economic performance include, but are not limited to, operational budgets and purchasing decisions. Through its control of the board of directors of Janus Holdings, the Company controls the key operating activities at Cabot.

Propel used a special purpose entity to issue asset-backed securities to investors. The Company has determined that it is a VIE and Propel is the primary beneficiary of the VIE. Propel has the power to direct the activities of the VIE because it has the ability to exercise discretion in the servicing of the financial assets and add assets to revolving structures.

Assets recognized as a result of consolidating these VIEs do not represent additional assets that could be used to satisfy claims against our general assets. Conversely, liabilities recognized as a result of consolidating these VIEs do not represent additional claims on our general assets; rather, they represent claims against the specific assets of the consolidated VIEs.

The Company evaluates its relationships with the VIEs on an ongoing basis to ensure that it continues to be the primary beneficiary.

Note 12: Income Taxes

During the three months ended September 30, 2014, and 2013, the Company recorded income tax provisions of $10.2 million and $10.3 million, respectively. During the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, and 2013, the Company recorded income tax provisions of $35.9 million and $30.1 million, respectively.

The effective tax rates for the respective periods are shown below:

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014		2013		2014		2013
Federal provision	35.0	%	35.0	%	35.0	%	35.0	%
State provision	5.8	%	5.2	%	5.8	%	5.2	%
State benefit	(2.0	)%	(1.8	)%	(2.0	)%	(1.8	)%
Changes in state apportionment(1)	0.0	%	(4.0	)%	0.0	%	(1.7	)%
Tax reserves(2)	0.0	%	1.8	%	0.0	%	0.7	%
International benefit(3)	(8.7	)%	(4.8	)%	(5.0	)%	(2.0	)%
Permanent items(4)	5.7	%	1.1	%	4.1	%	1.3	%
Other(5)	(10.6	)%	0.0	%	(4.0	)%	0.0	%
Effective rate	25.2	%	32.5	%	33.9	%	36.7	%

________________________

(1) Represents changes in state apportionment methodologies.

(2) Represents reserves taken for certain tax positions adopted by the Company.

(3) Relates primarily to the lower tax rate on the income attributable to international operations.

(4) Represents a provision for nondeductible items.

(5) Includes the effect of discrete items, primarily relates to the recognition of tax benefit as a result of a favorable tax settlement with taxing authorities as discussed below.

The Company’s subsidiary in Costa Rica is operating under a 100% tax holiday through December 31, 2018 and a 50% tax holiday for the subsequent four years. The impact of the tax holiday in Costa Rica for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 was immaterial.

The Company had gross unrecognized tax benefits of $19.0 million and $83.0 million at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The total gross unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would result in a net tax benefit of $14.4 million and $13.5 million as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The decrease in total gross unrecognized tax benefits was due to a favorable tax settlement with taxing authorities related to a previously uncertain tax position associated with AACC’s pre-merger tax revenue recognition policy. As a result of the settlement, the Company reclassed $58.0 million of the gross unrecognized tax benefit to deferred tax liabilities, $14.3 million to income tax payable, and recognized $4.3 million of tax benefit during the three months ended September 30, 2014. The decrease was partially offset by increases in the gross unrecognized tax benefit of $12.6 million associated with certain business combinations. The

31

uncertain tax benefit is included in “Other liabilities” in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

During the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, the Company did not provide for United States income taxes or foreign withholding taxes on the quarterly undistributed earnings from operations of its subsidiaries operating outside of the United States. Undistributed net income of these subsidiaries during the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, was approximately $8.2 million and $11.5 million, respectively.

Note 13: Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation and Regulatory

The Company is involved in disputes, legal actions, regulatory investigations, inquiries, and other actions from time to time in the ordinary course of business. The Company, along with others in its industry, is routinely subject to legal actions based on the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act (“FDCPA”), comparable state statutes, the Telephone Consumer Protection Act (“TCPA”), state and federal unfair competition statutes, and common law causes of action. The violations of law investigated or alleged in these actions often include claims that the Company lacks specified licenses to conduct its business, attempts to collect debts on which the statute of limitations has run, has made inaccurate assertions of fact in support of its collection actions and/or has acted improperly in connection with its efforts to contact consumers. Such litigation and regulatory actions could involve potential compensatory or punitive damage claims, fines, sanctions, injunctive relief, or changes in business practices. Many continue on for some length of time and involve substantial investigation, litigation, negotiation, and other expense and effort before a result is achieved, and during the process the Company often cannot determine the substance or timing of any eventual outcome.

At September 30, 2014, there have been no material developments in any of the legal proceedings disclosed in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.

In certain legal proceedings, the Company may have recourse to insurance or third party contractual indemnities to cover all or portions of its litigation expenses, judgments, or settlements. In accordance with authoritative guidance, the Company records loss contingencies in its financial statements only for matters in which losses are probable and can be reasonably estimated. Where a range of loss can be reasonably estimated with no best estimate in the range, the Company records the minimum estimated liability. The Company continuously assesses the potential liability related to its pending litigation and regulatory matters and revises its estimates when additional information becomes available. As of September 30, 2014, the Company has no material reserves for legal matters. Additionally, based on the current status of litigation and regulatory matters, either the estimate of exposure is immaterial to the Company’s financial statements or an estimate cannot yet be determined. The Company’s legal costs are recorded to expense as incurred.

Purchase Commitments

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into forward flow purchase agreements and other purchase commitment agreements. As of September 30, 2014, the Company has entered into agreements to purchase receivable portfolios with a face value of approximately $0.6 billion for a purchase price of approximately $88.1 million.

Note 14: Segment Information

The Company conducts business primarily through two reportable segments: portfolio purchasing and recovery and tax lien business. The Company’s management relies on internal management reporting processes that provide segment revenue, segment operating income, and segment asset information in order to make financial decisions and allocate resources. The operating results from the Company’s tax lien business segment are immaterial to the Company’s total consolidated operating results. However, total assets from the tax lien business segment are significant as compared to the Company’s total consolidated assets. As a result, in accordance with authoritative guidance on segment reporting, the Company’s tax lien business segment is determined to be a reportable segment.

32

Segment operating income includes income from operations before depreciation, amortization of intangible assets, and stock-based compensation expense. The following table provides a reconciliation of revenue and segment operating income by reportable segment to consolidated results and was derived from the segments’ internal financial information as used for corporate management purposes (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014			2013			2014			2013
Revenues:
Portfolio purchasing and recovery	$	264,800		$	230,885		$	775,476		$	523,659
Tax lien business	8,482			4,673			20,742			12,606
	$	273,282		$	235,558		$	796,218		$	536,265
Operating income:
Portfolio purchasing and recovery	$	91,470		$	67,803		$	256,756		$	143,961
Tax lien business	3,794			1,832			7,780			3,455
	95,264			69,635			264,536			147,416
Depreciation and amortization	(6,933		)	(4,523		)	(19,879		)	(8,527		)
Stock-based compensation	(4,009		)	(3,983		)	(13,560		)	(9,163		)
Other expense	(44,030		)	(29,485		)	(124,870		)	(47,784		)
Income from operations before income taxes	$	40,292		$	31,644		$	106,227		$	81,942

Additionally, assets are allocated to operating segments for management review. As of September 30, 2014, total segment assets were $3.3 billion and $386.1 million for the portfolio purchasing and recovery segment and tax lien business segment, respectively.

The following presents information about geographic areas in which the Company operates (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014		2013		2014		2013
Revenues(1) :
Domestic	$	190,581	$	189,086	$	565,134	$	489,793
International	82,701		46,472		231,084		46,472
	$	273,282	$	235,558	$	796,218	$	536,265

________________________

(1) Revenues are attributed to countries based on location of customer.

Note 15: Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets

In accordance with authoritative guidance, goodwill is tested at the reporting unit level annually for impairment and in interim periods if certain events occur that indicate the fair value of a reporting unit may be below its carrying value. Goodwill was allocable to reporting units included in the Company’s reportable segments, as follows (in thousands):

	Portfolio Purchasing  and Recovery			Tax Lien Business		Total
Balance, December 31, 2013	$	454,936		$	49,277	$	504,213
Goodwill acquired	427,647			—		427,647
Effect of foreign currency translation	(10,341		)	—		(10,341		)
Balance, September 30, 2014	$	872,242		$	49,277	$	921,519

33

The Company’s acquired intangible assets are summarized as follows (in thousands):

	As of September 30, 2014							As of December 31, 2013
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount
Customer relationships	$	6,012	$	(583	)	$	5,429	$	1,975	$	(74	)	$	1,901
Developed technologies	7,422		(1,570		)	5,852		4,909		(468		)	4,441
Trade name and other	4,890		(1,099		)	3,791		15,631		(386		)	15,245
Other intangibles—indefinite lived	1,962		—			1,962		1,962		—			1,962
Total intangible assets	$	20,286	$	(3,252	)	$	17,034	$	24,477	$	(928	)	$	23,549

34

Item 2 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q contains “forward-looking statements” relating to Encore Capital Group, Inc. (“Encore”) and its subsidiaries (which we may collectively refer to as the “Company,” “we,” “our,” or “us”) within the meaning of the securities laws. The words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “project,” “intend,” “plan,” “will,” “may,” and similar expressions often characterize forward-looking statements. These statements may include, but are not limited to, projections of collections, revenues, income or loss, estimates of capital expenditures, plans for future operations, products or services and financing needs or plans, as well as assumptions relating to these matters. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, we caution that these expectations or predictions may not prove to be correct or we may not achieve the financial results, savings, or other benefits anticipated in the forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are necessarily estimates reflecting the best judgment of our senior management and involve a number of risks and uncertainties, some of which may be beyond our control or cannot be predicted or quantified, that could cause actual results to differ materially from those suggested by the forward-looking statements. Many factors, including but not limited to those set forth in our Annual Report on Form 10-K under “Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors” and those set forth in our subsequent Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q under “Part II, Item 1A, Risk Factors,” could cause our actual results, performance, achievements, or industry results to be very different from the results, performance, achievements or industry results expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Our business, financial condition, or results of operations could also be materially and adversely affected by other factors besides those listed. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date the statements were made. We do not undertake any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect new information or future events, or for any other reason, even if experience or future events make it clear that any expected results expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements will not be realized. In addition, it is generally our policy not to make any specific projections as to future earnings, and we do not endorse projections regarding future performance that may be made by third parties.

Our Business and Operating Segments

We are an international specialty finance company providing debt recovery solutions for consumers and property owners across a broad range of financial assets. We purchase portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables at deep discounts to face value and manage them by working with individuals as they repay their obligations and work toward financial recovery. Defaulted receivables are consumers’ unpaid financial commitments to credit originators, including banks, credit unions, consumer finance companies, commercial retailers, and telecommunication companies. Defaulted receivables may also include receivables subject to bankruptcy proceedings. Through certain subsidiaries, we are a market leader in portfolio purchasing and recovery in the United States. Our subsidiary, Janus Holdings Luxembourg S.a.r.l. (“Janus Holdings”), through its indirectly held United Kingdom-based subsidiary Cabot Credit Management Limited and its subsidiaries (“Cabot”), is a market leader in debt management in the United Kingdom historically specializing in portfolios consisting of higher balance, semi-performing accounts (i.e., debt portfolios in which over 50% of accounts have made a payment in three of the last four months immediately prior to the portfolio purchase). Cabot’s acquisition of Marlin Financial Group Limited (“Marlin”) provides Cabot with substantial litigation-enhanced collections capabilities for non-performing accounts. Our majority-owned subsidiary, Grove Holdings (“Grove”), is a U.K.-based leading specialty investment firm focused on consumer non-performing loans, including insolvencies (in particular, individual voluntary arrangements, or “IVAs”) in the United Kingdom and bank and non-bank receivables in Spain. Our majority-owned subsidiary, Refinancia S.A. (“Refinancia”), is a market leader in management of non-performing loans in Colombia and Peru. In addition, through our subsidiary, Propel Financial Services, LLC and its subsidiaries (collectively, “Propel”), we assist property owners who are delinquent on their property taxes by structuring affordable monthly payment plans and purchase delinquent tax liens directly from selected taxing authorities.

We conduct business through two reportable segments: portfolio purchasing and recovery and tax lien business. The operating results from our tax lien business segment are immaterial to our total consolidated operating results. However, the total segment assets are significant as compared to our total consolidated assets. As a result, in accordance with authoritative guidance on segment reporting, our tax lien business segment is determined to be a reportable segment.

Our long-term growth strategy involves extending our knowledge about financially distressed consumers, growing our core portfolio purchase and recovery business, expanding into new asset classes and geographic areas, utilizing our core capabilities to align our business, investor and financial strategies to drive shareholder return, and investing in initiatives to safeguard and promote consumer financial health.

As discussed in more detail under “Government Regulation” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, our U.S. debt purchasing business and collection activities are subject to federal, state and municipal statutes, rules, regulations and ordinances that establish specific guidelines and procedures that debt purchasers and collectors must follow when collecting consumer accounts, including among others, specific guidelines and procedures for

35

communicating with consumers and prohibitions on unfair, deceptive or abusive debt collection practices. These rules, regulations, guidelines and procedures are modified from time to time by the relevant authorities charged with their administration which could affect the way we conduct our business. In particular, the Consumer Finance Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) may adopt new regulations that may affect our industry and our business. Additionally, the CFPB has supervisory, examination and enforcement authority over our business. We are currently engaged in discussions with the CFPB regarding certain practices or controls in the conduct of our business. The adoption by the CFPB of new regulations and the increased scrutiny of our business by the CFPB may have an adverse impact on our business or operations.

Portfolio Purchasing and Recovery

United States. Our portfolio purchasing and recovery segment purchases receivables based on robust, account-level valuation methods and employs proprietary statistical and behavioral models across our U.S. operations. These investments allow us to value portfolios accurately (and limit the risk of overpaying), avoid buying portfolios that are incompatible with our methods or goals, and align the accounts we purchase with our business channels to maximize future collections. As a result, we have been able to realize significant returns from the receivables we acquire. We maintain strong relationships with many of the largest credit and telecommunication providers in the United States and believe we possess one of the industry’s best collection staff retention rates.

While seasonality does not have a material impact on our portfolio purchasing and recovery segment, collections are generally strongest in our first calendar quarter, slower in the second and third calendar quarters, and slowest in the fourth calendar quarter. Relatively higher collections in the first quarter could result in a lower cost-to-collect ratio compared to the other quarters, as our fixed costs are relatively constant and applied against a larger collection base. The seasonal impact on our business may also be influenced by our purchasing levels, the types of portfolios we purchase, and our operating strategies.

Collection seasonality with respect to our portfolio purchasing and recovery segment can also affect revenue as a percentage of collections, also referred to as our revenue recognition rate. Generally, revenue for each pool group declines steadily over time, whereas collections can fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on seasonality, as described above. In quarters with lower collections (e.g., the fourth calendar quarter), the revenue recognition rate can be higher than in quarters with higher collections (e.g., the first calendar quarter).

In addition, seasonality could have an impact on the relative level of quarterly earnings. In quarters with stronger collections, total costs are higher as a result of the additional efforts required to generate those collections. Since revenue for each pool group declines steadily over time, in quarters with higher collections and higher costs (e.g., the first calendar quarter), all else being equal, earnings could be lower than in quarters with lower collections and lower costs (e.g., the fourth calendar quarter). Additionally, in quarters where a greater percentage of collections come from our legal and agency outsourcing channels, cost to collect will be higher than if there were more collections from our internal collection sites.

On August 6, 2014, we acquired all of the outstanding equity interests of Atlantic Credit & Finance, Inc. (“Atlantic”) pursuant to a stock purchase agreement (the “Atlantic Acquisition”). Atlantic acquires and liquidates fresh consumer finance receivables originated and charged off by U.S. financial institutions.

Europe. Through Cabot, we purchase primarily semi-performing receivable portfolios using a proprietary pricing model that utilizes account-level statistical and behavioral data. This model allows Cabot to value portfolios accurately and quantify portfolio performance in order to maximize future collections. As a result, Cabot has been able to realize significant returns from the assets it has acquired. Cabot maintains strong relationships with many of the largest financial service providers in the United Kingdom.

While seasonality does not have a material impact on Cabot’s operations, collections are generally strongest in the second and third calendar quarters and slower in the first and fourth quarters, largely driven by the impact of the December holiday season and the New Year holiday, and the related impact on its customers’ ability to repay their balances. This drives a higher level of plan defaults over this period, which are typically repaired across the first quarter of the following year. The August vacation season in the United Kingdom also has an unfavorable effect on the level of collections, but this is traditionally compensated for by higher collections in July and September.

On February 7, 2014, Cabot acquired Marlin (the “Marlin Acquisition”), a leading acquirer of non-performing consumer debt in the United Kingdom. Marlin is differentiated by its proven competitive advantage in the use of litigation-enhanced collections for non-paying financial services receivables. Marlin’s litigation capabilities have benefited and will continue to benefit Cabot’s existing portfolio of non-performing accounts. Similarly, we have experienced synergies by applying Cabot’s scoring model to Marlin’s portfolio since the acquisition.

36

On April 1, 2014, we completed the acquisition of a controlling equity ownership interest in Grove. Grove, through its subsidiaries, is a leading specialty investment firm focused on consumer non-performing loans, including insolvencies (in particular, IVAs) in the United Kingdom and bank and non-bank receivables in Spain.

Latin America. In December 2013, we acquired a majority ownership interest in Refinancia, a market leader in the management of non-performing loans in Colombia and Peru. In addition to purchasing defaulted receivables, Refinancia offers portfolio management services to banks for non-performing loans. Refinancia also specializes in non-traditional niches in the geographic areas in which it operates, including providing financial solutions to individuals who have previously defaulted on their obligations, payment plan guarantee services to merchants, and loan guarantee services to financial institutions.

Tax Lien Business

Our tax lien business segment focuses on the property tax financing industry. Propel’s principal activities are the acquisition and servicing of residential and commercial tax liens on real property. Propel’s receivables secured by property tax liens include Texas tax liens, Nevada tax liens, and tax lien certificates (collectively, “Tax Liens”). With Texas and Nevada Tax Liens, Texas or Nevada property owners choose to have the taxing authority transfer their tax lien to Propel. Propel pays their tax lien obligation to the taxing authority and the property owner pays Propel over time at a lower interest rate than is being assessed by the taxing authority. Propel’s arrangements with Texas and Nevada property owners provide them with repayment plans that are both affordable and flexible when compared with other payment options. Propel also purchases Tax Liens in various other states directly from taxing authorities, securing rights to outstanding property tax payments, interest and penalties. In most cases, such Tax Liens continue to be serviced by the taxing authority. When the taxing authority is paid, it repays Propel the outstanding balance of the lien plus interest, which is established by statute or negotiated at the time of the purchase. In May 2014, Propel acquired a portfolio of tax liens and other assets in a transaction valued at approximately $43.0 million. The transaction strengthened Propel’s established servicing platform and expanded Propel’s operations to 22 states.

Revenue from our tax lien business segment comprised 3% of total consolidated revenues for each of the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 and 2% for each of the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013. Operating income from our tax lien business segment comprised 4% and 3% of our total consolidated operating income for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, respectively, and 3% and 2% for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013, respectively.

Purchases and Collections

Portfolio Pricing, Supply and Demand

United States Markets

Prices for portfolios offered for sale directly from credit issuers continued to remain elevated during the first three quarters of 2014, especially for fresh portfolios, although pricing has stabilized. Fresh portfolios are portfolios that are generally transacted within six months of the consumer’s account being charged-off by the financial institution. We believe this elevated pricing is due to a reduction in the supply of charged-off accounts and continued demand in the marketplace. We believe that the reduction in supply is partially due to shifts in underwriting standards by financial institutions, which have resulted in lower volumes of charged-off accounts. We believe that this reduction in supply is also the result of certain financial institutions temporarily halting their sales of charged-off accounts. Although we have seen moderation in certain instances, we expect pricing will remain at elevated levels for some period of time.

We believe that smaller competitors continue to face difficulties in the portfolio purchasing market because of the high cost to operate due to regulatory pressure and because issuers are being more selective with buyers in the marketplace, resulting in consolidation within the portfolio purchasing and recovery industry. We believe this favors larger participants in this market, such as us, because the larger market participants are better able to adapt to these pressures. Furthermore, as smaller competitors limit their participation in or exit the market, it may provide additional opportunities for us to purchase portfolios from competitors or to acquire competitors directly.

European Markets

As a result of a backlog caused by issuers reducing their sales volumes during the 2008 through 2010 time period, we believe that the supply of debt sold to debt purchasers has increased. However, even as supply has increased, prices for portfolios offered for sale directly from credit issuers in the United Kingdom remain at levels higher than historical averages, While we expect the recent rate of increase in the supply of debt to slow, we are expecting the supply of debt to increase further in the coming year. Additionally, over the last few years, portfolios are being sold earlier in the life cycle, and therefore, include a higher proportion of paying accounts. We expect that as a result of an increase in available funding to industry participants

37

and lower return requirements for certain debt purchasers, pricing will remain elevated. However, we also believe that as Cabot’s business increases in scale, and with anticipated improvements in the rate of collections and improved efficiencies in collections, Cabot’s margins will remain competitive. Additionally, the acquisition of Marlin resulted in a new channel of liquidation for the Company through litigation in the United Kingdom, which will enable Cabot to collect from consumers who have the ability to pay, but are unwilling to do so. This further complements Cabot’s strength in collecting on semi-performing debt, where consumers have a greater willingness to pay. We believe that the combined companies have an enhanced ability to compete for portfolios.

Purchases by Type

The following table summarizes the types of charged-off consumer receivable portfolios we purchased for the periods presented (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014		2013		2014		2013
Credit card—Europe(1),(2)	$	109,147	$	586,037	$	519,527	$	586,037
Credit card—United States(3), (4)	190,362		31,089		473,309		454,926
Consumer bankruptcy receivables—United States(2)	—		—		—		39,897
Telecom—United States	—		726		—		18,876
	$	299,509	$	617,852	$	992,836	$	1,099,736

________________________

(1) Purchases of consumer portfolio receivables in Europe for the three months ended September 30, 2014 include $5.4 million for IVAs.

(2) Purchases of consumer portfolio receivables in Europe for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 include $208.5 million acquired in connection with the Marlin Acquisition. Purchases of consumer portfolio receivables in Europe for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2013 include $559.0 million acquired in connection with our acquisition of a controlling interest in Cabot (the “Cabot Acquisition”).

(3) Purchases of consumer portfolio receivables for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 include $105.4 million acquired in connection with the Atlantic Acquisition. Purchases of consumer portfolio receivables for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 include $383.4 million acquired in connection with the merger with Asset Acceptance Capital Corp. (“AACC”) ($347.7 million for credit card and $35.7 million for consumer bankruptcy receivables).

(4) Purchases of consumer portfolio receivables in the United States include immaterial portfolios purchased in Latin America.

During the three months ended September 30, 2014, we invested $299.5 million to acquire portfolios, primarily charged-off credit card portfolios, with face values aggregating $4.0 billion, for an average purchase price of 7.5% of face value. This is a $318.3 milliondecrease in the amount invested, compared with the $617.9 million invested during the three months ended September 30, 2013, to acquire charged-off credit card and telecom portfolios with face values aggregating $13.4 billion, for an average purchase price of 4.6% of face value. Purchases of consumer portfolio receivables in the United States during the three months ended September 30, 2014 include $105.4 million of receivable portfolios acquired in connection with the Atlantic Acquisition. Purchases during the three months ended September 30, 2013 included $559.0 million acquired in connection with the Cabot Acquisition.

During the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, we invested $992.8 million to acquire portfolios, primarily charged-off credit card portfolios, with face values aggregating $11.3 billion, for an average purchase price of 8.8% of face value. This is a $106.9 milliondecrease in the amount invested, compared with the $1.1 billion invested during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013, to acquire portfolios, primarily charged-off credit card, consumer bankruptcy and telecom portfolios, with face values aggregating $83.9 billion, for an average purchase price of 1.3% of face value. Purchases of charged-off credit card portfolios include $208.5 million of portfolios acquired in conjunction with the Marlin Acquisition and $105.4 million of receivable portfolios acquired in conjunction with the Atlantic Acquisition. Purchases during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 included $383.4 million with a face value of $68.2 billion acquired in conjunction with our June 2013 merger with AACC (the “AACC Merger”), and $559.0 million acquired in connection with the Cabot Acquisition.

The average purchase price, as a percentage of face value, varies from period to period depending on, among other things, the quality of the accounts purchased and the length of time from charge-off to the time we purchase the portfolios. The increases in purchase price as a percentage of face value for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 compared to prior periods were primarily related to the portfolios we acquired through the AACC Merger, our acquisition of a higher percentage of fresh portfolios, and a general increase in the price of portfolios offered for sale directly from credit issuers. The lower purchase rate for the AACC portfolios is due to our acquisition of all accounts owned by AACC, including accounts that have no value. No value accounts would typically not be included in a portfolio purchase transaction, as the sellers would remove them from the accounts being sold to us prior to sale.

38

Collections by Channel

We currently utilize various business channels for the collection of our receivables. The following table summarizes the total collections by collection channel and geographic areas (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014		2013		2014		2013
United States:
Legal collections	$	154,019	$	153,556	$	460,551	$	409,511
Collection sites	122,600		119,080		389,913		362,495
Collection agencies(1)	19,392		39,607		60,805		88,795
Subtotal	296,011		312,243		911,269		860,801
Europe:
Collection sites	57,283		37,931		157,860		37,931
Collection agencies	33,367		29,496		90,762		29,496
Legal collections	11,764		—		31,846		—
Subtotal	102,414		67,427		280,468		67,427
Other geographies:
Collection sites	8,795		—		21,437		—
Total collections	$	407,220	$	379,670	$	1,213,174	$	928,228

________________________

(1) Collections through our collection agency channel in the United States include accounts subject to bankruptcy filings collected by others. Additionally, collection agency collections often include accounts purchased from a competitor where we maintain the collection agency servicing until the accounts can be recalled and placed in our collection channels.

Gross collections increased$27.6 million, or 7.3%, to $407.2 million during the three months ended September 30, 2014, from $379.7 million during the three months ended September 30, 2013. Gross collections increased$284.9 million, or 30.7%, to $1.2 billion during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, from $928.2 million during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013. The increases in gross collections during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 as compared to the gross collections during the prior periods, were primarily due to collections on portfolios acquired through our increased merger and acquisition activities.

Results of Operations

On June 13, 2013, we completed the AACC Merger, on July 1, 2013, we completed the Cabot Acquisition, on February 7, 2014, Cabot completed the Marlin Acquisition, and on August 6, 2014 we completed the Atlantic Acquisition. The results of operations presented below for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 only include the results of operations of AACC and Cabot since the respective closing dates of the AACC Merger and the Cabot Acquisition. The results of operations presented below for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 include the results of operations of Marlin and Atlantic since the date of their respective acquisitions.

39

Results of operations, in dollars and as a percentage of total revenue, were as follows (in thousands, except percentages):

	Three Months Ended September 30,
	2014					2013
Revenues
Revenue from receivable portfolios, net	$	251,785		92.1	%	$	225,387		95.7	%
Other revenues	13,445			4.9	%	5,792			2.5	%
Net interest income	8,052			3.0	%	4,379			1.8	%
Total revenues	273,282			100.0	%	235,558			100.0	%
Operating expenses
Salaries and employee benefits	61,175			22.4	%	52,253			22.2	%
Cost of legal collections	53,742			19.6	%	50,953			21.6	%
Other operating expenses	22,061			8.1	%	19,056			8.1	%
Collection agency commissions	9,517			3.5	%	14,158			6.0	%
General and administrative expenses	35,532			13.0	%	33,486			14.2	%
Depreciation and amortization	6,933			2.5	%	4,523			1.9	%
Total operating expenses	188,960			69.1	%	174,429			74.0	%
Income from operations	84,322			30.9	%	61,129			26.0	%
Other expense
Interest expense	(43,498		)	(15.9	)%	(29,186		)	(12.4	)%
Other expense	(532		)	(0.3	)%	(299		)	(0.1	)%
Total other expense	(44,030		)	(16.2	)%	(29,485		)	(12.5	)%
Income before income taxes	40,292			14.7	%	31,644			13.5	%
Provision for income taxes	(10,154		)	(3.7	)%	(10,272		)	(4.4	)%
Income from continuing operations	30,138			11.0	%	21,372			9.1	%
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax	—			0.0	%	(308		)	(0.1	)%
Net income	30,138			11.0	%	21,064			9.0	%
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest	197			0.1	%	822			0.3	%
Net income attributable to Encore shareholders	$	30,335		11.1	%	$	21,886		9.3	%

40

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014					2013
Revenues
Revenue from receivable portfolios, net	$	737,584		92.6	%	$	518,094		96.6	%
Other revenues	38,943			4.9	%	6,473			1.2	%
Net interest income	19,691			2.5	%	11,698			2.2	%
Total revenues	796,218			100.0	%	536,265			100.0	%
Operating expenses
Salaries and employee benefits	183,667			23.1	%	114,054			21.3	%
Cost of legal collections	153,596			19.3	%	137,694			25.7	%
Other operating expenses	72,196			9.0	%	46,118			8.6	%
Collection agency commissions	25,275			3.2	%	22,717			4.2	%
General and administrative expenses	110,508			13.9	%	77,429			14.4	%
Depreciation and amortization	19,879			2.5	%	8,527			1.6	%
Total operating expenses	565,121			71.0	%	406,539			75.8	%
Income from operations	231,097			29.0	%	129,726			24.2	%
Other expense
Interest expense	(124,678		)	(15.7	)%	(43,522		)	(8.1	)%
Other expense	(192		)	0.0	%	(4,262		)	(0.8	)%
Total other expense	(124,870		)	(15.7	)%	(47,784		)	(8.9	)%
Income before income taxes	106,227			13.3	%	81,942			15.3	%
Provision for income taxes	(35,906		)	(4.5	)%	(30,110		)	(5.6	)%
Income from continuing operations	70,321			8.8	%	51,832			9.7	%
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax	—			0.0	%	(308		)	(0.1	)%
Net income	70,321			8.8	%	51,524			9.6	%
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest	6,755			0.9	%	822			0.2	%
Net income attributable to Encore shareholders	$	77,076		9.7	%	$	52,346		9.8	%

Results of Operations—Cabot

The following table summarizes the operating results contributed by Cabot during the periods presented (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended September 30, 2014									Three Months Ended September 30, 2013
	Janus Holdings			Encore Europe (1)			Consolidated			Janus Holdings			Encore Europe(1)		Consolidated
Total revenues	$	75,739		$	—		$	75,739		$	46,472		$	—	$	46,472
Total operating expenses	(37,702		)	—			(37,702		)	(23,640		)	—		(23,640		)
Income from operations	38,037			—			38,037			22,832			—		22,832
Interest expense-non-PEC	(25,020		)	—			(25,020		)	(12,319		)	—		(12,319		)
PEC interest (expense) income	(11,044		)	5,309			(5,735		)	(10,875		)	4,998		(5,877		)
Other (expense) income	(561		)	—			(561		)	96			—		96
Income (loss) before income taxes	1,412			5,309			6,721			(266		)	4,998		4,732
Provision for income taxes	(1,045		)	—			(1,045		)	(1,174		)	—		(1,174		)
Net income (loss)	367			5,309			5,676			(1,440		)	4,998		3,558
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests	(51		)	(158		)	(209		)	822			—		822
Net income (loss) attributable to Encore	$	316		$	5,151		$	5,467		$	(618	)	$	4,998	$	4,380

41

	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014								Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013
	Janus Holdings			Encore Europe (1)		Consolidated			Janus Holdings			Encore Europe(1)		Consolidated
Total revenues	$	211,644		$	—	$	211,644		$	46,472		$	—	$	46,472
Total operating expenses	(113,908		)	—		(113,908		)	(23,640		)	—		(23,640		)
Income from operations	97,736			—		97,736			22,832			—		22,832
Interest expense-non-PEC	(72,424		)	—		(72,424		)	(12,319		)	—		(12,319		)
PEC interest (expense) income	(33,137		)	16,067		(17,070		)	(10,875		)	4,998		(5,877		)
Other (expense) income	(442		)	—		(442		)	96			—		96
(Loss) income before income taxes	(8,267		)	16,067		7,800			(266		)	4,998		4,732
Provision for income taxes	(1,891		)	—		(1,891		)	(1,174		)	—		(1,174		)
Net (loss) income	(10,158		)	16,067		5,909			(1,440		)	4,998		3,558
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests	1,459			4,341		5,800			822			—		822
Net (loss) income attributable to Encore	$	(8,699	)	$	20,408	$	11,709		$	(618	)	$	4,998	$	4,380

________________________

(1) Includes only the results of operations related to Janus Holdings and therefore does not represent the complete financial performance of Encore Europe.

The net losses recognized at Janus Holdings during the respective periods were due to the fact that Janus Holdings recognizes all interest expense related to the outstanding preferred equity certificates (“PECs”) owed to Encore and other minority shareholders, while the interest income from PECs owed to Encore is recognized at Janus Holdings’ parent company, Encore Europe Holdings, S.a.r.l. (“Encore Europe”), which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Encore. The losses attributable to noncontrolling interests included in our condensed consolidated statement of income for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 and 2013 represents the total loss at Janus Holdings multiplied by the noncontrolling ownership interest in each period.

Non-GAAP Disclosure

In addition to the financial information prepared in conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), we provide certain non-GAAP financial information. Management believes that the presentation of such non-GAAP financial information is meaningful and useful in understanding the activities and business metrics of our operations. Management believes that these non-GAAP financial measures reflect an additional way of viewing aspects of our business that, when viewed with our GAAP results, provide a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our business.

Management believes that the presentation of these measures provides investors with greater transparency and facilitates comparison of operating results across a broad spectrum of companies with varying capital structures, compensation strategies, derivative instruments, and amortization methods, which provide a more complete understanding of our financial performance, competitive position, and prospects for the future. Readers should consider the information in addition to, but not instead of, our financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. This non-GAAP financial information may be determined or calculated differently by other companies, limiting the usefulness of these measures for comparative purposes.

Adjusted Income from Continuing Operations Per Share. Management uses non-GAAP adjusted income from continuing operations attributable to Encore and adjusted income from continuing operations per share (which we also refer to from time to time as adjusted earnings per share), to assess operating performance, in order to highlight trends in our business that may not otherwise be apparent when relying on financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted income from continuing operations attributable to Encore excludes non-cash interest and issuance cost amortization relating to our convertible notes, one-time charges and acquisition and integration related expenses, all net of tax. The following table provides a reconciliation between income from continuing operations and diluted income from continuing operations per share attributable to Encore calculated in accordance with GAAP to adjusted income from continuing operations and adjusted income from continuing operations per share attributable to Encore, respectively. In addition, as described in Note 3, “Earnings Per Share” in the notes to our condensed consolidated financial statements, GAAP diluted earnings per share for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, includes the effect of approximately 1.0 million and 1.1 million common shares, respectively, that are issuable upon conversion of certain convertible senior notes because the average stock price during the respective periods exceeded the conversion price of these notes. However, as described in Note 10, “Debt—Encore Convertible Senior Notes,” in the notes to our condensed consolidated financial statements, we have certain hedging transactions in place that have the effect of increasing the effective conversion price of these notes. Accordingly, while these common shares are

42

included in our diluted earnings per share, the hedge transactions will offset the impact of this dilution and no shares will be issued unless our stock price exceeds the effective conversion price, thereby creating a discrepancy between the accounting effect of those notes under GAAP and their economic impact. We have presented the following metrics both including and excluding the dilutive effect of these convertible senior notes to better illustrate the economic impact of those notes and the related hedging transactions to shareholders, with the GAAP item under the “Per Diluted Share-Accounting” and “Per Diluted Share-Economic” columns, respectively (in thousands, except per share data):

	Three Months Ended September 30,
	2014									2013
	$			Per Diluted Share— Accounting			Per  Diluted Share— Economic			$			Per Diluted Share— Accounting			Per  Diluted Share— Economic
GAAP net income from continuing operations attributable to Encore, as reported	$	30,335		$	1.11		$	1.15		$	22,194		$	0.82		$	0.84
Adjustments:
Convertible notes non-cash interest and issuance cost amortization, net of tax	1,773			0.06			0.07			1,103			0.04			0.05
Acquisition and integration related expenses, net of tax	1,001			0.04			0.04			4,775			0.18			0.18
Net effect of non-recurring tax adjustments	(2,291		)	(0.08		)	(0.09		)	(1,236		)	(0.05		)	(0.05		)
Adjusted income from continuing operations attributable to Encore	$	30,818		$	1.13		$	1.17		$	26,836		$	0.99		$	1.02

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014									2013
	$			Per Diluted Share— Accounting			Per  Diluted Share— Economic			$			Per Diluted Share— Accounting			Per  Diluted Share— Economic
GAAP net income from continuing operations attributable to Encore, as reported	$	77,076		$	2.79		$	2.91		$	52,654		$	2.06		$	2.08
Adjustments:
Convertible notes non-cash interest and issuance cost amortization, net of tax	4,758			0.17			0.18			2,103			0.08			0.08
Acquisition and integration related expenses, net of tax	9,195			0.33			0.35			13,060			0.51			0.52
Acquisition related other expenses, net of tax	—			—			—			2,198			0.09			0.09
Net effect of non-recurring tax adjustments	(2,291		)	(0.08		)	(0.09		)	(712		)	(0.03		)	(0.03		)
Adjusted income from continuing operations attributable to Encore	$	88,738		$	3.21		$	3.35		$	69,303		$	2.71		$	2.74

Adjusted EBITDA. Management utilizes adjusted EBITDA (defined as net income before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expenses, portfolio amortization, one-time charges, and acquisition and integration related expenses), which is materially similar to a financial measure contained in covenants used in the Encore revolving credit and term loan facility, in the evaluation of our operations and believes that this measure is a useful indicator of our ability to generate cash collections in excess of operating expenses through the liquidation of our receivable portfolios. Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented is as follows (in thousands):

43

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014		2013		2014		2013
GAAP net income, as reported	$	30,138	$	21,064	$	70,321	$	51,524
Adjustments:
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax	—		308		—		308
Interest expense	43,498		29,186		124,678		43,522
Provision for income taxes	10,154		10,272		35,906		30,110
Depreciation and amortization	6,933		4,523		19,879		8,527
Amount applied to principal on receivable portfolios	155,435		154,283		475,590		410,134
Stock-based compensation expense	4,009		3,983		13,560		9,163
Acquisition and integration related expenses	1,622		7,752		17,348		21,431
Acquisition related other expenses	—		—		—		3,630
Adjusted EBITDA	$	251,789	$	231,371	$	757,282	$	578,349

Adjusted Operating Expenses. Management utilizes adjusted operating expenses in order to facilitate a comparison of approximate cash costs to cash collections for our portfolio purchasing and recovery business. Adjusted operating expenses for our portfolio purchasing and recovery business are calculated by starting with GAAP total operating expenses and backing out stock-based compensation expense, operating expenses related to non-portfolio purchasing and recovery business, one-time charges, and acquisition and integration related operating expenses. Operating expenses related to non-portfolio purchasing and recovery business include operating expenses from our tax lien business and other non-reportable operating segments, as well as corporate overhead not related to our portfolio purchasing and recovery business. Adjusted operating expenses related to our portfolio purchasing and recovery business for the periods presented are as follows (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014			2013			2014			2013
GAAP total operating expenses, as reported	$	188,960		$	174,429		$	565,121		$	406,539
Adjustments:
Stock-based compensation expense	(4,009		)	(3,983		)	(13,560		)	(9,163		)
Operating expenses related to non-portfolio purchasing and recovery business	(25,058		)	(12,115		)	(71,299		)	(23,756		)
Acquisition and integration related expenses	(1,622		)	(7,752		)	(17,348		)	(21,431		)
Adjusted operating expenses	$	158,271		$	150,579		$	462,914		$	352,189

Comparison of Results of Operations

Revenues

Our revenues consist primarily of portfolio revenue, contingent fee income, and net interest income from our tax lien business.

Portfolio revenue consists of accretion revenue and zero basis revenue. Accretion revenue represents revenue derived from pools (quarterly groupings of purchased receivable portfolios) with a cost basis that has not been fully amortized. Revenue from pools with a remaining unamortized cost basis is accrued based on each pool’s effective interest rate applied to each pool’s remaining unamortized cost basis. The cost basis of each pool is increased by revenue earned and decreased by gross collections and portfolio allowances. The effective interest rate is the Internal Rate of Return (“IRR”) derived from the timing and amounts of actual cash received and anticipated future cash flow projections for each pool. All collections realized after the net book value of a portfolio has been fully recovered, or Zero Basis Portfolios, are recorded as revenue, or Zero Basis Revenue. We account for our investment in receivable portfolios utilizing the interest method in accordance with the authoritative guidance for loans and debt securities acquired with deteriorated credit quality. We incur allowance charges when actual cash flows from our receivable portfolios underperform compared to our expectations. Factors that may contribute to underperformance and to the recording of valuation allowances may include both internal as well as external factors. External factors that may have an impact on our collections include new laws or regulations, new interpretations of existing laws or

44

regulations, and the overall condition of the economy. Internal factors that may have an impact on our collections include operational activities such as the productivity of our collection staff.

Interest income, net of related interest expense represents net interest income on receivables secured by property tax liens.

The following tables summarize collections, revenue, end of period receivable balance and other related supplemental data, by year of purchase from our portfolio purchasing and recovery segment (in thousands, except percentages):

	Three Months Ended September 30, 2014										As of September 30, 2014
	Collections(1)		Gross Revenue(2)		Revenue Recognition Rate(3)		Net Portfolio Allowance Reversal		Revenue % of Total Revenue		Unamortized Balances		Monthly IRR
United States(4):
ZBA (5)	$	7,219	$	4,480	62.1	%	$	2,744	1.8	%	$	—	—
2006	761		65		8.5	%	—		0.0	%	—		5.3	%
2007	1,994		681		34.2	%	1,029		0.3	%	3,033		5.4	%
2008	6,978		3,501		50.2	%	2,030		1.4	%	9,157		9.7	%
2009	12,475		8,585		68.8	%	—		3.5	%	9,153		23.7	%
2010	25,976		20,140		77.5	%	—		8.2	%	26,854		22.3	%
2011	35,875		25,602		71.4	%	—		10.4	%	62,971		12.3	%
2012	60,990		32,957		54.0	%	—		13.4	%	171,877		5.8	%
2013	97,874		51,729		52.9	%	—		21.0	%	334,367		4.7	%
2014	54,664		28,989		53.0	%	—		11.8	%	430,978		2.8	%
Subtotal	304,806		176,729		58.0	%	5,803		71.8	%	1,048,390		5.2	%
Europe:
2013	62,892		41,414		65.8	%	—		16.8	%	546,130		2.4	%
2014	39,522		27,839		70.4	%	—		11.3	%	478,712		2.2	%
Subtotal	102,414		69,253		67.6	%	—		28.2	%	1,024,842		2.3	%
Total	$	407,220	$	245,982	60.4	%	$	5,803	100.0	%	$	2,073,232	3.2	%

45

	Three Months Ended September 30, 2013										As of September 30, 2013
	Collections(1)		Gross Revenue(2)		Revenue Recognition Rate(3)		Net Portfolio Allowance Reversal		Revenue % of Total Revenue		Unamortized Balances		Monthly IRR
United States(4):
ZBA(5)	$	7,205	$	4,227	58.7	%	$	2,978	1.9	%	$	—	—
2006	2,112		665		31.5	%	—		0.3	%	3,420		5.1	%
2007	3,002		1,102		36.7	%	—		0.5	%	5,433		5.5	%
2008	9,581		5,445		56.8	%	—		2.4	%	20,428		7.6	%
2009	18,828		13,104		69.6	%	—		5.9	%	24,920		12.7	%
2010	36,888		24,895		67.5	%	—		11.2	%	59,430		10.6	%
2011	52,408		32,613		62.2	%	—		14.7	%	118,627		7.4	%
2012	82,056		39,458		48.1	%	—		17.7	%	314,483		3.6	%
2013	100,163		59,708		59.6	%	—		26.9	%	452,741		4.2	%
Subtotal	312,243		181,217		58.0	%	2,978		81.5	%	999,482		5.1	%
Europe:
2013	67,427		41,192		61.1	%	—		18.5	%	596,160		2.4	%
Total	$	379,670	$	222,409	58.6	%	$	2,978	100.0	%	$	1,595,642	4.3	%

	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014										As of September 30, 2014
	Collections(1)		Gross Revenue(2)		Revenue Recognition Rate(3)		Net Portfolio Allowance Reversal		Revenue % of Total Revenue		Unamortized Balances		Monthly IRR
United States(4):
ZBA (5)	$	20,438	$	11,473	56.1	%	$	8,970	1.6	%	$	—	—
2006	3,067		601		19.6	%	—		0.1	%	—		5.3	%
2007	6,626		2,861		43.2	%	1,145		0.4	%	3,033		5.4	%
2008	23,244		12,452		53.6	%	2,340		1.7	%	9,157		9.7	%
2009	44,816		32,996		73.6	%	—		4.6	%	9,153		23.7	%
2010	88,390		65,327		73.9	%	—		9.0	%	26,854		22.3	%
2011	123,669		83,893		67.8	%	—		11.6	%	62,971		12.3	%
2012	210,719		106,657		50.6	%	—		14.7	%	171,877		5.8	%
2013	330,946		175,807		53.1	%	—		24.2	%	334,367		4.7	%
2014	80,791		41,536		51.4	%	—		5.7	%	430,978		2.8	%
Subtotal	932,706		533,603		57.2	%	12,455		73.6	%	1,048,390		5.2	%
Europe:
2013	189,621		127,350		67.2	%	—		17.6	%	546,130		2.4	%
2014	90,847		64,176		70.6	%	—		8.8	%	478,712		2.2	%
Subtotal	280,468		191,526		68.3	%	—		26.4	%	1,024,842		2.3	%
Total	$	1,213,174	$	725,129	59.8	%	$	12,455	100.0	%	$	2,073,232	3.2	%

46

	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013											As of September 30, 2013
	Collections(1)		Gross Revenue(2)		Revenue Recognition Rate(3)		Net Reversal (Portfolio Allowance)			Revenue % of Total Revenue		Unamortized Balances		Monthly IRR
United States(4):
ZBA(5)	$	20,654	$	13,632	66.0	%	$	7,022		2.7	%	$	—	—
2005	2,364		239		10.1	%	10			0.0	%	—		—	%
2006	7,133		2,707		38.0	%	(402		)	0.5	%	3,420		5.1	%
2007	9,650		4,056		42.0	%	580			0.8	%	5,433		5.5	%
2008	33,220		18,891		56.9	%	448			3.7	%	20,428		7.6	%
2009	63,758		41,483		65.1	%	—			8.1	%	24,920		15.1	%
2010	124,486		79,492		63.9	%	—			15.6	%	59,430		12.3	%
2011	180,155		103,496		57.4	%	—			20.3	%	118,627		8.2	%
2012	279,321		124,895		44.7	%	—			24.5	%	314,483		3.8	%
2013	140,060		80,353		57.4	%	—			15.7	%	452,741		4.3	%
Total	860,801		469,244		54.5	%	7,658			91.9	%	999,482		5.4	%
Europe:
2013	67,427		41,192		61.1	%	—			8.1	%	596,160		2.4	%
Total	$	928,228	$	510,436	55.0	%	$	7,658		100.0	%	$	1,595,642	4.3	%

________________________

(1) Does not include amounts collected on behalf of others.

(2) Gross revenue excludes the effects of net portfolio allowance or net portfolio allowance reversals.

(3) Revenue recognition rate excludes the effects of net portfolio allowance or net portfolio allowance reversals.

(4) United States data includes immaterial results from Latin America.

(5) ZBA revenue typically has a 100% revenue recognition rate. However, collections on ZBA pool groups where a valuation allowance remains must first be recorded as an allowance reversal until the allowance for that pool group is zero. Once the entire valuation allowance is reversed, the revenue recognition rate will become 100%.

Total revenues were $273.3 million during the three months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $37.7 million, or 16.0%, compared to total revenues of $235.6 million during the three months ended September 30, 2013. Total revenues were $796.2 million during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, an increase of $260.0 million, or 48.5%, compared to total revenues of $536.3 million during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013.

Accretion revenue from our portfolio purchasing and recovery segment was $251.8 million during the three months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $26.4 million, or 11.7%, compared to revenue of $225.4 million during the three months ended September 30, 2013. Accretion revenue from our portfolio purchasing and recovery segment was $737.6 million during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, an increase of $219.5 million, or 42.4%, compared to revenue of $518.1 million during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013. The increase in portfolio purchase and recovery revenue during the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 compared to 2013 was due to additional accretion revenue associated with a higher portfolio balance, primarily associated with portfolios acquired through our increased level of merger and acquisition related activities, and increases in yields on certain pool groups due to over-performance, offset by lower yields on recently formed pool groups.

During the three months ended September 30, 2014, we recorded a portfolio allowance reversal of $5.8 million, compared to a portfolio allowance reversal of $3.0 million during the three months ended September 30, 2013. During the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, we recorded a portfolio allowance reversal of $12.5 million, compared to a net portfolio allowance reversal of $7.7 million during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013. The recording of net allowance reversals during the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 and 2013 was primarily due to operational improvements which allowed us to assist our customers to repay their obligations and increased collections on our ZBA portfolios. Additionally, our refined valuation methodologies have limited the amount of valuation charges necessary during recent periods.

Other revenues primarily represent contingent fee income at our Cabot and Refinancia subsidiaries earned on accounts collected on behalf of others, primarily credit originators. This contingent fee-based revenue was $13.4 million and $38.9 million for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, respectively and $5.8 million and $6.5 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively. The increase in the three and nine month periods are due to the

47

acquisition of Cabot in July 2013 and the acquisition of Refinancia in December 2013. Therefore contingent fees from these entities are only included in the prior year periods since their acquisition dates.

Net interest income from our tax lien business segment was $8.1 million and $19.7 million for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, respectively. Net interest income from our tax lien business segment was $4.4 million and $11.7 million for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013, respectively. The increase in revenue for both the three and nine month periods was due to an increase in the balance of receivables secured by property tax liens primarily resulting from Propel’s recent acquisition of a portfolio of tax liens and other assets in a transaction valued at approximately $43.0 million in May 2014.

Operating Expenses

Total operating expenses were $189.0 million during the three months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $14.5 million, or 8.3%, compared to total operating expenses of $174.4 million during the three months ended September 30, 2013.

Total operating expenses were $565.1 million during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, an increase of $158.6 million, or 39.0%, compared to total operating expenses of $406.5 million during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013.

Operating expenses are explained in more detail as follows:

Salaries and Employee Benefits

Salaries and employee benefits increased $8.9 million, or 17.1%, to $61.2 million during the three months ended September 30, 2014, from $52.3 million during the three months ended September 30, 2013. The increase was primarily the result of increases in headcount as a result of our recent mergers and acquisitions and increases in headcount and related compensation expense to support our growth.

Salaries and employee benefits increased $69.6 million, or 61.0%, to $183.7 million during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, from $114.1 million during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013. The increase was primarily the result of increases in headcount as a result of our recent mergers and acquisitions and increases in headcount and related compensation expense to support our growth.

Stock-based compensation remained consistent at $4.0 million during the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013.

Stock-based compensation increased$4.4 million, or 48.0% to $13.6 million during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, from $9.2 million during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013. This increase was primarily attributable to the higher fair value of equity awards granted in recent periods due to an increase in our stock price and an increase in the number of shares granted.

Salaries and employee benefits broken down between the reportable segments are as follows (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014		2013		2014		2013
Salaries and employee benefits:
Portfolio purchasing and recovery	$	59,291	$	50,774	$	178,433	$	109,721
Tax lien business	1,884		1,479		5,234		4,333
	$	61,175	$	52,253	$	183,667	$	114,054

Cost of Legal Collections—Portfolio Purchasing and Recovery

The cost of legal collections increased$2.8 million, or 5.5%, to $53.7 million during the three months ended September 30, 2014, compared to $51.0 million during the three months ended September 30, 2013. These costs represent contingent fees paid to our nationwide network of attorneys, internal legal costs and the cost of litigation. Gross legal collections were $165.8 million during the three months ended September 30, 2014, up from $153.6 million collected during the three months ended September 30, 2013. The cost of legal collections in the United States decreased $2.0 million to $49.0 million during the three months ended September 30, 2014 compared to $51.0 million during the three months ended September 30, 2013. This decrease was primarily attributable to a reduction in the commission rate we pay to our nationwide network of attorneys, a reduction of legal channel commission costs at AACC and lower direct costs in our internal legal channel resulting from operational improvements and the maturing of the channel. As a result, the cost of legal collections in

48

the United States decreased as a percentage of gross collections to 31.8% during the three months ended September 30, 2014 from 33.2% during the same period in the prior year. In February 2014, Cabot completed the Marlin Acquisition. Prior to the Marlin Acquisition, Cabot did not place accounts through a legal channel. During the three months ended September 30, 2014, Cabot and Marlin collected $11.8 million through Marlin’s legal platform and incurred costs of $4.7 million, or 40.3% of collections. Historically, Marlin’s cost of legal collections has been lower than the cost of legal collections for our U.S. operations due to the inherent cost efficiencies of Marlin’s legal platform. However, during the three months ended September 30, 2014, Cabot and Marlin increased the number of consumer accounts directed through Marlin’s legal platform, which resulted in increased upfront court costs. As Cabot and Marlin continue to increase the number of consumer accounts directed through Marlin’s legal platform, the cost of legal collections as a percent of collections in Europe will remain at elevated levels.

The cost of legal collections increased$15.9 million, or 11.5%, to $153.6 million during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, compared to $137.7 million during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013. These costs represent contingent fees paid to our nationwide network of attorneys, internal legal costs and the cost of litigation. Gross legal collections were $492.4 million during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, up from $409.5 million collected during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013. The increase in the cost of legal collections in the United States was primarily the result of an increase of 51.0 million, or 12.5%, in gross collections through our U.S. legal channels. The cost of legal collections decreased as a percentage of gross collections through this channel to 31.2% during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 from 33.6% during the same period in the prior year. This decrease was primarily due to increased collections as a result of our deliberate efforts to expand our internal legal channel, for which we do not pay a commission, and to a lesser extent, due to the inherent cost efficiencies of Marlin’s legal platform. During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, Cabot and Marlin collected $31.8 million through Marlin’s legal channel and incurred costs of $8.7 million, or 27.2%, of collections including upfront court costs. However, as Cabot and Marlin continue to increase in the number of consumer accounts directed through Marlin’s legal platform, the cost of legal collections as a percent of collections in Europe will increase, as experienced in the most recent quarter, due to an increase in upfront court costs.

Other Operating Expenses

Other operating expenses increased$3.0 million, or 15.8%, to $22.1 million during the three months ended September 30, 2014, from $19.1 million during the three months ended September 30, 2013. Other operating expenses increased$26.1 million, or 56.5%, to $72.2 million during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, from $46.1 million during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013. The increases in other operating expenses during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 as compared to the prior periods, were primarily the result of additional other operating expenses at our newly acquired subsidiaries.

Other operating expenses broken down between the reportable segments are as follows (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014		2013		2014		2013
Other operating expenses:
Portfolio purchasing and recovery	$	21,352	$	18,233	$	68,843	$	43,224
Tax lien business	709		823		3,353		2,894
	$	22,061	$	19,056	$	72,196	$	46,118

Collection Agency Commissions—Portfolio Purchasing and Recovery

During the three months ended September 30, 2014, we incurred $9.5 million in commissions to third-party collection agencies, or 18.0% of the related gross collections of $52.8 million. During the period, the commission rate as a percentage of related gross collections was 17.5% and 18.4% for our collection outsourcing channels in the United States and Europe, respectively. During the three months ended September 30, 2013, we incurred $14.2 million in commissions, or 20.5%, of the related gross collections of $69.1 million. During the period, the commission rate as a percentage of related gross collections was 22.6% and 17.6% for our collection outsourcing channels in the United States and Europe, respectively.

During the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, we incurred $25.3 million in commissions to third-party collection agencies, or 16.7% of the related gross collections of $151.6 million. During the period, the commission rate as a percentage of related gross collections was 16.1% and 17.0% for our collection outsourcing channels in the United States and Europe, respectively. During the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013, we incurred $22.7 million in commissions, or 19.2%, of the related gross collections of $118.3 million. During the period, the commission rate as a percentage of related gross collections was 19.7% and 17.6% for our collection outsourcing channels in the United States and Europe, respectively.

49

Collections through this channel vary from period to period depending on, among other things, the number of accounts placed with an agency versus accounts collected internally. Commissions, as a percentage of collections in this channel, vary from period to period depending on, among other things, the amount of time that has passed since the charge-off of the accounts placed with an agency. Generally, freshly charged-off accounts have a lower commission rate than accounts that have been charged off for a longer period of time.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased$2.0 million, or 6.1%, to $35.5 million during the three months ended September 30, 2014, from $33.5 million during the three months ended September 30, 2013. The increase was primarily the result of increased corporate legal expenses, increased consulting expense at Propel, and other general increases in expenses in order to support our growth. The increase was partially offset by lower one-time acquisition and integration related costs in our portfolio purchasing and recovery segment. General and administrative expenses include one-time acquisition and integration related costs of $1.6 million and $7.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

General and administrative expenses increased$33.1 million, or 42.7%, to $110.5 million during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, from $77.4 million during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013. The increase was primarily the result of costs associated with our increased level of merger and acquisition related activities in recent periods, and general increases in expenses to support our growth. The increase was partially offset by lower one-time acquisition and integration related costs in our portfolio purchasing and recovery segment. General and administrative expenses include one-time acquisition and integration related costs of $17.3 million and $21.4 million for the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

General and administrative expenses broken down between the reportable segments are as follows (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014		2013		2014		2013
General and administrative expenses:
Portfolio purchasing and recovery	$	33,436	$	32,949	$	106,132	$	75,505
Tax lien business	2,096		537		4,376		1,924
	$	35,532	$	33,486	$	110,508	$	77,429

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense increased$2.4 million, or 53.3%, to $6.9 million during the three months ended September 30, 2014, from $4.5 million during the three months ended September 30, 2013. The increase during the three months ended September 30, 2014 was primarily related to increased depreciation expense resulting from the acquisition of fixed assets in the current and prior years and additional depreciation and amortization expenses resulting from fixed assets and intangible assets acquired through our recent acquisitions.

Depreciation and amortization expense increased$11.4 million, or 133.1%, to $19.9 million during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, from $8.5 million during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013. The increase during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 was primarily related to increased depreciation expense resulting from the acquisition of fixed assets in the current and prior years and additional depreciation and amortization expenses resulting from fixed assets and intangible assets acquired through our recent acquisitions.

50

Cost per Dollar Collected—Portfolio Purchasing and Recovery

The following tables summarize our cost per dollar collected (in thousands, except percentages):

	Three Months Ended September 30,
	2014								2013
	Collections		Cost		Cost Per Channel Dollar Collected		Cost Per Total Dollar Collected		Collections		Cost		Cost Per Channel Dollar Collected		Cost Per Total Dollar Collected
United States:
Collection sites(1)	$	122,600	$	8,794	7.2	%	3.0	%	$	119,080	$	10,056	8.4	%	3.2	%
Legal outsourcing	125,771		44,820		35.6	%	15.1	%	118,511		44,379		37.4	%	14.2	%
Internal legal(2)	28,248		11,104		39.3	%	3.8	%	35,045		16,396		46.8	%	5.3	%
Collection agencies	19,392		3,389		17.5	%	1.1	%	39,607		8,956		22.6	%	2.9	%
Other indirect costs(3)	—		56,693		—		19.2	%	—		52,432		—		16.7	%
Subtotal	296,011		124,800				42.2	%	312,243		132,219				42.3	%
Europe:
Collection sites(1)	57,283		3,637		6.3	%	3.6	%	37,971		2,174		5.7	%	3.2	%
Legal outsourcing	11,764		4,746		40.3	%	4.6	%	—		—		—		—
Collection agencies	33,367		6,127		18.4	%	6.0	%	29,496		5,202		17.6	%	7.7	%
Other indirect costs(3)	—		16,492		—		16.1	%	—		10,984		—		16.3	%
Subtotal	102,414		31,002				30.3	%	67,467		18,360				27.2	%
Other geographies:
Collection sites(1)	8,795		779		8.9	%	8.9	%	—		—		—		—
Other indirect costs(3)	—		1,690		—		19.2	%	—		—		—		—
Subtotal	8,795		2,469				28.1	%	—		—				—
Total(4)	$	407,220	$	158,271			38.9	%	$	379,710	$	150,579			39.7	%

51

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014								2013
	Collections		Cost		Cost Per Channel Dollar Collected		Cost Per Total Dollar Collected		Collections		Cost		Cost Per Channel Dollar Collected		Cost Per Total Dollar Collected
United States:
Collection sites(1)	$	389,913	$	25,534	6.5	%	2.8	%	$	362,495	$	24,472	6.8	%	2.8	%
Legal outsourcing	371,068		132,425		35.7	%	14.5	%	347,340		124,278		35.8	%	14.5	%
Internal legal(2)	89,483		35,357		39.5	%	3.9	%	62,171		31,835		51.2	%	3.7	%
Collection agencies	60,805		9,813		16.1	%	1.1	%	88,795		17,515		19.7	%	2.0	%
Other indirect costs(3)	—		169,580		—		18.6	%	—		135,729		—		15.8	%
Subtotal	911,269		372,709				40.9	%	860,801		333,829				38.8	%
Europe:
Collection sites(1)	157,860		10,133		6.4	%	3.6	%	37,971		2,174		5.7	%	3.2	%
Legal outsourcing	31,846		8,673		27.2	%	3.1	%	—		—		—		—
Collection agencies	90,762		15,462		17.0	%	5.5	%	29,496		5,202		17.6	%	7.7	%
Other indirect costs(3)	—		49,511		—		17.7	%	—		10,984		—		16.3	%
Subtotal	280,468		83,779				29.9	%	67,467		18,360				27.2	%
Other geographies:
Collection sites(1)	21,437		2,458		11.5	%	11.5	%	—		—		—		—
Other indirect costs(3)	—		3,968		—		18.5	%	—		—		—		—
Subtotal	21,437		6,426				30.0	%	—		—				—
Total(4)	$	1,213,174	$	462,914			38.2	%	$	928,268	$	352,189			37.9	%

________________________

(1) Cost in collection sites represents only account managers and their supervisors’ salaries, variable compensation, and employee benefits. Collection sites in the United States include collection site expenses for our India and Costa Rica call centers.

(2) Cost in internal legal channel represents court costs expensed, internal legal channel employee salaries and benefits, and other related direct operating expenses.

(3) Other indirect costs represent non-collection site salaries and employee benefits, general and administrative expenses, other operating expenses and depreciation and amortization.

(4) Total cost represents all operating expenses, excluding stock-based compensation expense, operating expenses related to non-portfolio purchasing and recovery business, one-time charges, and acquisition and integration related operating expenses. We include this information in order to facilitate a comparison of approximate cash costs to cash collections for the debt purchasing business in the periods presented. Refer to the “Non-GAAP Disclosure” section for further details.

During the three months ended September 30, 2014, overall cost per dollar collected decreased by 80 basis points to 38.9% of gross collections from 39.7% of gross collections during the three months ended September 30, 2013. This decrease was primarily due to collections from geographies with a lower cost to collect increasing as a percent of total collections and a slightly lower cost to collect in the United States which decreased to 42.2% from 42.3%. Over time, we expect our cost to collect to remain competitive, but also expect that it will fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on seasonality, acquisitions, the cost of investments in new operating initiatives, and the ongoing management of the changing regulatory and legislative environment.

The decrease in total cost to collect in the United States was due to several factors, including:

• The cost from our collection sites, which includes account manager salaries, variable compensation, and employee benefits, as a percentage of total collections in the United States, decreased slightly to 3.0% during the three months ended September 30, 2014 from 3.2% during the three months ended September 30, 2013 and, as a percentage of our site collections, decreased to 7.2% during the three months ended September 30, 2014, from 8.4% during the three months ended September 30, 2013. The decrease in cost as a percentage of site collections, through our collection sites in the United States, was primarily due to improvements in our collection techniques, including improved consumer insights, which allow us to more effectively determine which consumers have the ability to pay and how to best engage with them.

52

• The cost of legal collections through our internal legal channel, as a percentage of total collections in the United States, decreased to 3.8% during the three months ended September 30, 2014, from 5.3% during the three months ended September 30, 2013 and, as a percentage of channel collections, decreased to 39.3% during the three months ended September 30, 2014, from 46.8% during the three months ended September 30, 2013. The decrease in cost as a percentage of total collections was primarily due to decreased internal legal collections as a percentage of total collections. The decrease in cost as a percentage of channel collections was primarily due to improved productivity in our internal legal platform.

• Collection agency commissions, as a percentage of total collections in the United States, decreased to 1.1% during the three months ended September 30, 2014, from 2.9% during the same period in the prior year. Our collection agency commission rate decreased to 17.5% during the three months ended September 30, 2014, from 22.6% during the same period in the prior year. The decrease in collection agency commissions as a percentage of total collections was primarily related to a decrease in this channel’s collections as a percentage of total collections. Commissions, as a percentage of collections in this channel, vary from period to period depending on, among other things, the amount of time that has passed since the charge-off of the accounts placed with an agency. Generally, freshly charged-off accounts have a lower commission rate than accounts that have been charged off for a longer period of time.

The decrease in cost per dollar collected in the United States was partially offset due to the following factors:

• The cost of legal collections through our legal outsourcing channel, as a percentage of total collections in the United States, increased to 15.1% during the three months ended September 30, 2014, from 14.2% during the three months ended September 30, 2013. However, cost as a percentage of channel collections, decreased to 35.6% during the three months ended September 30, 3014, from 37.4% during the same period in the prior year. The increase in the cost of legal collections as a percentage of total collections was primarily due to an increase in this channel’s collections as a percentage of total collections. The decrease in cost as a percentage of channel collections was primarily due to a reduction in the commission rates we pay to our network of attorneys in the United States.

• Other costs not directly attributable to specific channel collections (other indirect costs) increased to 19.2% for the three months ended September 30, 2014, from 16.7% for the three months ended September 30, 2013. These costs include non-collection site salaries and employee benefits, general and administrative expenses, other operating expenses, and depreciation and amortization. This increase and the increase in cost per dollar collected, were due to several factors, including increases in corporate legal expense, headcount, and general and administrative expenses necessary to support our growth and to invest in initiatives relating to the evolving regulatory environment.

During the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, overall cost per dollar collected increased by 30 basis points to 38.2% of gross collections from 37.9% of gross collections during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013. This slight increase was primarily due to the increased cost to collect in the United States, offset by the effect of an increase in collections, as a percent of total collections from our other geographic regions, which maintain a lower cost to collect. During the same period, cost to collect in the United States increased to 40.9% from 38.8%. Over time, we expect our cost to collect to remain competitive, but also expect that it will fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on seasonality, acquisitions, the cost of investments in new operating initiatives, and the ongoing management of the changing regulatory and legislative environment.

The increase in total cost to collect in the United States was due to several factors, including:

• The cost of legal collections through our internal legal channel, as a percentage of total collections in the United States, increased to 3.9% during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, from 3.7% during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013 and, as a percentage of channel collections, decreased to 39.5% during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, from 51.2% during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013. This increase in cost as a percentage of total collections was primarily due to increased collections resulting from the continued expansion of our internal legal channel. The decrease in cost as a percentage of channel collections was primarily due to increased productivity in our internal legal platform.

• Other costs not directly attributable to specific channel collections (other indirect costs) increased to 18.6% for the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, from 15.8% for the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013. These costs include non-collection site salaries and employee benefits, general and administrative expenses, other operating expenses, and depreciation and amortization. This increase and the increase in cost per dollar collected, were due to several factors, including increases in corporate legal expense, headcount, and general and administrative expenses necessary to support our growth and to invest in initiatives relating to the evolving regulatory environment.

The increase in cost per dollar collected in the United States was partially offset due to the following:

53

• Collection agency commissions, as a percentage of total collections in the United States, decreased to 1.1% during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, from 2.0% during the same period in the prior year. Our collection agency commission rate decreased to 16.1% during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, from 19.7% during the same period in the prior year. The decrease in collection agency commissions as a percentage of total collections was primarily related to a decrease in this channel’s collections as a percentage of total collections. Commissions, as a percentage of collections in this channel, vary from period to period depending on, among other things, the amount of time that has passed since the charge-off of the accounts placed with an agency. Generally, freshly charged-off accounts have a lower commission rate than accounts that have been charged off for a longer period of time.

Interest Expense—Portfolio Purchasing and Recovery

Interest expense increased$14.3 million to $43.5 million during the three months ended September 30, 2014, from $29.2 million during the three months ended September 30, 2013. Interest expense increased$81.2 million to $124.7 million during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, from $43.5 million during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013.

The following table summarizes our interest expense (in thousands, except percentages):

	Three Months Ended September 30,
	2014			2013		$ Change			% Change
Stated interest on debt obligations	$	36,391		$	21,893	$	14,498		66.2	%
Interest expense on preferred equity certificates	5,738			5,877		(139		)	(2.4	)%
Amortization of loan fees and other loan costs	1,900			1,249		651			52.1	%
(Accretion of debt premium), net of amortization of debt discount	(531		)	167		(698		)	(418.0	)%
Total interest expense	$	43,498		$	29,186	$	14,312		49.0	%

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014			2013		$ Change			% Change
Stated interest on debt obligations	$	101,910		$	33,130	$	68,780		207.6	%
Interest expense on preferred equity certificates	17,069			5,877		11,192			190.4	%
Amortization of loan fees and other loan costs	7,099			3,031		4,068			134.2	%
(Accretion of debt premium), net of amortization of debt discount	(1,400		)	1,484		(2,884		)	(194.3	)%
Total interest expense	$	124,678		$	43,522	$	81,156		186.5	%

The payment of the accumulated interest on the preferred equity certificates issued in connection with the Cabot Acquisition will only be satisfied in connection with the disposition of the noncontrolling interests of J.C. Flowers & Co. LLC and management.

The increase in interest expense was primarily attributable to interest expense incurred at Cabot during the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 of $36.1 million and $105.6 million, respectively, including $5.7 million and $17.1 million, respectively, of interest expense on the preferred equity certificates as compared to $18.2 million for each of the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 including $5.9 million of interest expense on the preferred equity certificates. The increase was also a result of increased interest expense related to additional borrowings to finance recent acquisitions.

Provision for Income Taxes

During the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, we recorded income tax provisions of $10.2 million and $10.3 million, respectively. During the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 and 2013, we recorded income tax provisions of $35.9 million and $30.1 million, respectively.

54

The effective tax rates for the respective periods are shown below:

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014		2013		2014		2013
Federal provision	35.0	%	35.0	%	35.0	%	35.0	%
State provision	5.8	%	5.2	%	5.8	%	5.2	%
State benefit	(2.0	)%	(1.8	)%	(2.0	)%	(1.8	)%
Changes in state apportionment(1)	0.0	%	(4.0	)%	0.0	%	(1.7	)%
Tax reserves(2)	0.0	%	1.8	%	0.0	%	0.7	%
International benefit(3)	(8.7	)%	(4.8	)%	(5.0	)%	(2.0	)%
Permanent items(4)	5.7	%	1.1	%	4.1	%	1.3	%
Other(5)	(10.6	)%	0.0	%	(4.0	)%	0.0	%
Effective rate	25.2	%	32.5	%	33.9	%	36.7	%

________________________

(1) Represents changes in state apportionment methodologies.

(2) Represents reserves taken for certain tax positions adopted by the Company.

(3) Relates primarily to the lower tax rate on the income attributable to international operations.

(4) Represents a provision for nondeductible items.

(5) Includes the effect of discrete items, primarily relates to the recognition of tax benefit as a result of a favorable tax settlement with taxing authorities as discussed below.

Our subsidiary in Costa Rica is operating under a 100% tax holiday through December 31, 2018 and a 50% tax holiday for the subsequent four years. The impact of the tax holiday in Costa Rica for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 and 2013 was immaterial.

We had gross unrecognized tax benefits of $19.0 million and $83.0 million at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The total gross unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would result in a net tax benefit of $14.4 million and $13.5 million as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The decrease in total gross unrecognized tax benefits was due to a favorable tax settlement with taxing authorities related to a previously uncertain tax position associated with AACC’s pre-merger tax revenue recognition policy. As a result of the settlement, we reclassed $58.0 million of the gross unrecognized tax benefit to deferred tax liabilities, $14.3 million to income tax payable, and recognized $4.3 million of tax benefit during the three months ended September 30, 2014. The decrease was partially offset by increases in the gross unrecognized tax benefit of $12.6 million associated with certain business combinations. The uncertain tax benefit is included in “Other liabilities” in our condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

During the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, we did not provide for United States income taxes or foreign withholding taxes on the quarterly undistributed earnings of our subsidiaries operating outside of the United States. Undistributed net income of these subsidiaries during the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 was approximately $8.2 million and $11.5 million, respectively.

Supplemental Performance Data—Portfolio Purchasing and Recovery

Extension of United States Portfolio Collection Forecasts

During the quarter ended September 30, 2014, we revised the forecasting methodology we use in the United States to value and calculate IRRs on our United States portfolios by extending the collection forecasts from 84 or 96 months to 120 months. This change was made as a result of increased confidence in our ability to forecast future cash collections to 120 months. Extending the collection forecast did not result in a significant increase to any quarterly pool group IRRs or revenue during the quarter. We have historically included collections to 120 months in our estimated remaining collection disclosures and when evaluating the economic returns of our portfolio purchases, therefore this change did not affect these disclosures.

55

Cumulative Collections to Purchase Price Multiple

The following table summarizes our purchases and related gross collections by year of purchase (in thousands, except multiples):

Year of Purchase	Purchase Price(1)		Cumulative Collections though September 30, 2014
			<2004		2004		2005		2006		2007		2008		2009		2010		2011		2012		2013		2014		Total(2)		CCM(3)
Charged-off consumer receivables:
United States(4):
<1999	$	41,117	$	133,727	$	4,202	$	2,042	$	1,513	$	989	$	501	$	406	$	296	$	207	$	128	$	100	$	75	$	144,186	3.5
1999	48,712		76,104		8,654		5,157		3,513		1,954		1,149		885		590		487		345		256		184		99,278		2.0
2000	6,153		21,580		2,293		1,323		1,007		566		324		239		181		115		103		96		45		27,872		4.5
2001	38,185		108,453		28,551		20,622		14,521		5,644		2,984		2,005		1,411		1,139		991		731		456		187,508		4.9
2002	61,490		118,549		62,282		45,699		33,694		14,902		7,922		4,778		3,575		2,795		1,983		1,715		1,019		298,913		4.9
2003	88,496		59,038		86,958		69,932		55,131		26,653		13,897		8,032		5,871		4,577		3,582		2,882		1,803		338,356		3.8
2004	101,316		—		39,400		79,845		54,832		34,625		19,116		11,363		8,062		5,860		4,329		3,442		2,074		262,948		2.6
2005	192,585		—		—		66,491		129,809		109,078		67,346		42,387		27,210		18,651		12,669		9,552		5,928		489,121		2.5
2006	141,026		—		—		—		42,354		92,265		70,743		44,553		26,201		18,306		12,825		9,468		5,379		322,094		2.3
2007	204,064		—		—		—		—		68,048		145,272		111,117		70,572		44,035		29,619		20,812		11,363		500,838		2.5
2008	227,768		—		—		—		—		—		69,049		165,164		127,799		87,850		59,507		41,773		23,378		574,520		2.5
2009	253,244		—		—		—		—		—		—		96,529		206,773		164,605		111,569		80,443		46,142		706,061		2.8
2010	345,748		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		125,465		284,541		215,088		150,558		83,904		859,556		2.5
2011	382,413		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		122,224		300,536		225,451		123,586		771,797		2.0
2012	474,368		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		186,472		322,962		190,399		699,833		1.5
2013	543,510		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		223,862		311,804		535,666		1.0
2014	472,554		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		81,166		81,166		0.2
Subtotal	3,622,749		517,451		232,340		291,111		336,374		354,724		398,303		487,458		604,006		755,392		939,746		1,094,103		888,705		6,899,713		1.9
Europe:
2013	619,079		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		134,259		189,621		323,880		0.5
2014	515,442		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		90,847		90,847		0.2
Subtotal	1,134,521		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		134,259		280,468		414,727		0.4
Purchased bankruptcy receivables:
2010	11,971		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		388		4,247		5,598		6,248		4,502		20,983		1.8
2011	1,642		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		1,372		1,413		1,070		256		4,111		2.5
2012	83,158		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		1,249		31,020		20,319		52,588		0.6
2013	39,833		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		12,806		18,924		31,730		0.8
Subtotal	136,604		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		388		5,619		8,260		51,144		44,001		109,412		0.8
Total	$	4,893,874	$	517,451	$	232,340	$	291,111	$	336,374	$	354,724	$	398,303	$	487,458	$	604,394	$	761,011	$	948,006	$	1,279,506	$	1,213,174	$	7,423,852	1.5

________________________

(1) Adjusted for put-backs and account recalls. Put-backs represent accounts that are returned to the seller in accordance with the respective purchase agreement (“Put-Backs”). Recalls represent accounts that are recalled by the seller in accordance with the respective purchase agreement (“Recalls”).

(2) Cumulative collections from inception through September 30, 2014, excluding collections on behalf of others.

(3) Cumulative Collections Multiple (“CCM”) through September 30, 2014 refers to collections as a multiple of purchase price.

(4) United States data includes immaterial results from Latin America.

56

Total Estimated Collections to Purchase Price Multiple

The following table summarizes our purchases, resulting historical gross collections, and estimated remaining gross collections, by year of purchase (in thousands, except multiples):

	Purchase  Price(1)		Historical Collections(2)		Estimated Remaining Collections (3)		Total Estimated Gross Collections		Total Estimated Gross Collections to Purchase Price
Charged-off consumer receivables:
United States (4):
<2005	$	385,469	$	1,359,061	$	26	$	1,359,087	3.5
2005	192,585		489,121		3,703		492,824		2.6
2006	141,026		322,094		6,938		329,032		2.3
2007	204,064		500,838		13,821		514,659		2.5
2008	227,768		574,520		27,673		602,193		2.6
2009	253,244		706,061		100,402		806,463		3.2
2010	345,748		859,556		194,979		1,054,535		3.1
2011	382,413		771,797		282,380		1,054,177		2.8
2012	474,368		699,833		420,301		1,120,134		2.4
2013	543,510		535,666		811,017		1,346,683		2.5
2014	472,554		81,166		844,976		926,142		2.0
Subtotal	3,622,749		6,899,713		2,706,216		9,605,929		2.7
Europe:
2013	619,079		323,880		1,292,583		1,616,463		2.6
2014	515,442		90,847		1,047,865		1,138,712		2.2
Subtotal	1,134,521		414,727		2,340,448		2,755,175		2.4
Purchased bankruptcy receivables:
2010	11,971		20,983		974		21,957		1.8
2011	1,642		4,111		986		5,097		3.1
2012	83,158		52,588		46,895		99,483		1.2
2013	39,833		31,730		32,324		64,054		1.6
Subtotal	136,604		109,412		81,179		190,591		1.4
Total	$	4,893,874	$	7,423,852	$	5,127,843	$	12,551,695	2.6

________________________

(1) Adjusted for Put-Backs and Recalls.

(2) Cumulative collections from inception through September 30, 2014, excluding collections on behalf of others.

(3) Estimated remaining collections (“ERC”) for charged off consumer receivables includes $98.8 million related to accounts that converted to bankruptcy after purchase.

(4) United States data includes immaterial results from Latin America.

57

Estimated Remaining Gross Collections by Year of Purchase

The following table summarizes our estimated remaining gross collections by year of purchase (in thousands):

	Estimated Remaining Gross Collections by Year of Purchase(1), (2)
	2014		2015		2016		2017		2018		2019		2020		2021		2022		>2022		Total
Charged-off consumer receivables:
United States (3):
<2006	$	1,400	$	2,326	$	2	$	1	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	3,729
2006	1,320		4,009		1,608		—		1		—		—		—		—		—		6,938
2007	1,957		6,156		3,866		1,841		1		—		—		—		—		—		13,821
2008	3,526		11,049		6,856		4,251		1,991		—		—		—		—		—		27,673
2009	11,006		36,993		23,996		15,013		9,344		4,050		—		—		—		—		100,402
2010	19,435		66,656		46,012		28,735		17,858		11,163		5,120		—		—		—		194,979
2011	27,995		94,471		64,650		40,795		25,022		15,771		9,698		3,978		—		—		282,380
2012	40,307		133,541		97,613		61,011		37,719		23,455		14,671		9,185		2,799		—		420,301
2013	73,855		240,152		172,187		114,637		77,563		51,979		35,028		23,332		16,484		5,800		811,017
2014	57,169		227,653		189,819		131,766		85,306		55,376		42,772		23,769		15,979		15,367		844,976
Subtotal	237,970		823,006		606,609		398,050		254,805		161,794		107,289		60,264		35,262		21,167		2,706,216
Europe:
2013	47,955		189,181		200,538		176,240		153,940		136,057		122,799		112,262		103,017		50,594		1,292,583
2014	38,510		155,221		161,724		138,038		118,203		103,186		92,241		82,488		72,186		86,068		1,047,865
Subtotal	86,465		344,402		362,262		314,278		272,143		239,243		215,040		194,750		175,203		136,662		2,340,448
Purchased bankruptcy receivables:
2010	246		547		181		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		974
2011	91		280		206		205		204		—		—		—		—		—		986
2012	5,693		19,748		12,855		6,599		2,000		—		—		—		—		—		46,895
2013	5,690		15,115		8,755		2,652		112		—		—		—		—		—		32,324
Subtotal	11,720		35,690		21,997		9,456		2,316		—		—		—		—		—		81,179
Total	$	336,155	$	1,203,098	$	990,868	$	721,784	$	529,264	$	401,037	$	322,329	$	255,014	$	210,465	$	157,829	$	5,127,843

________________________

(1) ERC for Zero Basis Portfolios can extend beyond our collection forecasts.

(2) ERC for charged off consumer receivables includes $98.8 million related to accounts that converted to bankruptcy after purchase.

(3) United States data includes immaterial results from Latin America.

58

Unamortized Balances of Portfolios

The following table summarizes the remaining unamortized balances of our purchased receivable portfolios by year of purchase (in thousands, except percentages):

	Unamortized Balance as of September 30, 2014		Purchase Price(1)		Unamortized Balance as a Percentage of Purchase Price		Unamortized Balance as a Percentage of Total
Charged-off consumer receivables:
United States (2):
2007	$	3,033	$	204,064	1.5	%	0.3	%
2008	9,157		227,768		4.0	%	0.9	%
2009	9,153		253,244		3.6	%	0.9	%
2010	26,221		345,748		7.6	%	2.7	%
2011	62,962		382,413		16.5	%	6.4	%
2012	131,256		474,368		27.7	%	13.3	%
2013	314,638		543,510		57.9	%	31.9	%
2014	430,978		472,554		91.2	%	43.6	%
Subtotal	987,398		2,903,669		34.0	%	100.0	%
Europe:
2013	546,130		619,079		88.2	%	53.3	%
2014	478,712		515,442		92.9	%	46.7	%
Subtotal	1,024,842		1,134,521		90.3	%	100.0	%
Purchased bankruptcy receivables:
2010	633		11,971		5.3	%	1.0	%
2011	9		1,642		0.5	%	0.0	%
2012	40,621		83,158		48.8	%	66.7	%
2013	19,729		39,833		49.5	%	32.3	%
Subtotal	60,992		136,604		44.6	%	100.0	%
Total	$	2,073,232	$	4,174,794	49.7	%	100.0	%

________________________

(1) Purchase price refers to the cash paid to a seller to acquire a portfolio less Put-Backs, Recalls, and other adjustments.

(2) United States data includes immaterial results from Latin America.

59

Estimated Future Amortization of Portfolios

As of September 30, 2014, we had $2.1 billion in investment in receivable portfolios. This balance will be amortized based upon current projections of cash collections in excess of revenue applied to the principal balance. The estimated amortization of the investment in receivable portfolios balance is as follows (in thousands):

Years Ending December 31,	Charged-off Consumer Receivables United States		Charged-off Consumer Receivables Europe		Purchased Bankruptcy Receivables		Total Amortization
2014(1)	$	50,364	$	18,605	$	8,969	$	77,938
2015	249,883		84,371		28,287		362,541
2016	234,348		132,544		15,734		382,626
2017	159,502		117,990		6,053		283,545
2018	103,203		105,894		1,949		211,046
2019	53,641		100,484		—		154,125
2020	70,007		103,534		—		173,541
2021	34,358		116,468		—		150,826
2022	20,475		125,623		—		146,098
2023	8,558		99,034		—		107,592
2024	3,059		20,295		—		23,354
Total	$	987,398	$	1,024,842	$	60,992	$	2,073,232

________________________

(1) 2014 amount consists of three months data from October 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014.

Headcount by Function by Geographic Location

The following table summarizes our headcount by function by geographic location:

	Headcount as of September 30,
	2014		2013
	Domestic	International	Domestic	International
General & Administrative	1,021	1,571	1,035	1,008
Internal Legal Account Manager	43	61	73	32
Account Manager	322	2,294	370	1,743
	1,386	3,926	1,478	2,783

60

Gross Collections by Account Manager

The following table summarizes our collection performance by account manager (in thousands, except headcount):

	Three Months Ended   September 30,				Nine Months Ended   September 30,
	2014		2013		2014		2013
United States(1):
Gross collections—collection sites	$	122,600	$	119,080	$	389,913	$	362,495
Average active Account Manager	1,482		1,705		1,579		1,634
Collections per average active Account Manager	$	82.7	$	69.8	$	246.9	$	221.8
Europe:
Gross collections—collection sites	$	57,283	$	37,931	$	157,860	$	37,931
Average active Account Manager	583		384		509		384
Collections per average active Account Manager	$	98.3	$	98.8	$	310.1	$	98.8
Overall:
Collections per average active Account Manager	$	87.1	$	75.2	$	262.3	$	198.4

________________________

(1) United States represents account manager statistics for United States portfolios and includes collection statistics for our India and Costa Rica call centers.

Gross Collections per Hour Paid

The following table summarizes our gross collections per hour paid to account managers (in thousands, except gross collections per hour paid):

	Three Months Ended   September 30,				Nine Months Ended   September 30,
	2014		2013		2014		2013
United States(1):
Gross collections—collection sites	$	122,600	$	119,080	$	389,913	$	362,495
Total hours paid	710		769		2,228		2,216
Collections per hour paid	$	172.7	$	154.9	$	175.0	$	163.6
Europe:
Gross collections—collection sites	$	57,283	$	37,931	$	157,860	$	37,931
Total hours paid	159		103		426		103
Collections per hour paid	$	360.3	$	368.3	$	370.6	$	368.3
Overall:
Collections per hour paid	$	207.0	$	180.1	$	206.4	$	172.7

________________________

(1) United States represents account manager statistics for United States portfolios and includes collection statistics for our India and Costa Rica call centers.

61

Collection Sites Direct Cost per Dollar Collected

The following table summarizes our gross collections in collection sites and the related direct cost (in thousands, except percentages):

	Three Months Ended   September 30,						Nine Months Ended   September 30,
	2014			2013			2014			2013
United States(1):
Gross collections—collection sites	$	122,600		$	119,080		$	389,913		$	362,495
Direct cost(2)	$	8,794		$	10,056		$	25,534		$	24,472
Cost per dollar collected	7.2		%	8.4		%	6.5		%	6.8		%
Europe:
Gross collections—collection sites	$	57,283		$	37,931		$	157,860		$	37,931
Direct cost(2)	$	3,637		$	2,174		$	10,133		$	2,174
Cost per dollar collected	6.3		%	5.7		%	6.4		%	5.7		%
Overall:
Cost per dollar collected	6.9		%	7.8		%	6.5		%	6.7		%

________________________

(1) United States statistics include gross collections and direct costs for our India and Costa Rica call centers.

(2) Represent account managers and their supervisors’ salaries, variable compensation, and employee benefits.

Salaries and Employee Benefits by Function

The following table summarizes our salaries and employee benefits by function (excluding stock-based compensation) (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended   September 30,				Nine Months Ended   September 30,
	2014		2013		2014		2013
Portfolio purchasing and recovery activities
Collection site salaries and employee benefits(1)	$	13,210	$	12,230	$	38,125	$	26,646
Non-collection site salaries and employee benefits(2)	41,176		34,561		125,307		73,912
Subtotal	54,386		46,791		163,432		100,558
Non portfolio purchasing and recovery	2,780		1,479		6,675		4,333
	$	57,166	$	48,270	$	170,107	$	104,891

________________________

(1) Represents account managers and their supervisors’ salaries, variable compensation, and employee benefits.

(2) Includes internal legal channel salaries and employee benefits of $5.3 million and $5.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $17.1 million and $11.8 million for the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

62

Purchases by Quarter

The following table summarizes the charged-off consumer receivable portfolios we purchased by quarter, and the respective purchase prices (in thousands):

Quarter	# of Accounts	Face Value		Purchase  Price
Q1 2012	2,132	$	2,902,409	$	130,463
Q2 2012	3,679	6,034,499		230,983
Q3 2012	1,037	1,052,191		47,311
Q4 2012	3,125	8,467,400		153,578
Q1 2013	1,678	1,615,214		58,771
Q2 2013(1)	23,887	68,906,743		423,113
Q3 2013(2)	4,232	13,437,807		617,852
Q4 2013	614	1,032,472		105,043
Q1 2014(3)	1,104	4,288,159		467,565
Q2 2014	1,210	3,075,343		225,762
Q3 2014(4)	2,203	3,970,145		299,509

________________________

(1) Includes $383.4 million of portfolios acquired with a face value of approximately $68.2 billion in connection with the AACC Merger.

(2) Includes $559.0 million of portfolios acquired with a face value of approximately $12.8 billion in connection with the Cabot Acquisition.

(3) Includes $208.5 million of portfolios acquired with a face value of approximately $2.4 billion in connection with the Marlin Acquisition.

(4) Includes $105.4 million of portfolios acquired with a face value of approximately $1.7 billion in connection with the Atlantic Acquisition.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Historically, we have met our cash requirements by utilizing our cash flows from operations, bank borrowings, convertible debt offerings, and equity offerings. Our primary cash requirements have included the purchase of receivable portfolios, the acquisition of U.S. and international entities, operating expenses, the payment of interest and principal on borrowings, and the payment of income taxes.

The following table summarizes our cash flows by category for the periods presented (in thousands):

	Nine Months Ended   September 30,
	2014			2013
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	98,763		$	39,866
Net cash used in investing activities	(704,241		)	(214,394		)
Net cash provided by financing activities	593,051			264,660

On February 25, 2014, we amended our revolving credit facility and term loan facility (the “Credit Facility”) pursuant to a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. On August 1, 2014, we further amended the Credit Facility pursuant to Amendment No. 1 to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as amended, the “Restated Credit Agreement”). Under the Restated Credit Agreement, we have a revolving credit facility tranche of $692.6 million, a term loan facility tranche of $153.8 million, and an accordion feature that allows us to increase the revolving credit facility by an additional $250.0 million. Including the accordion feature, the maximum amount that can be borrowed under the Restated Credit Agreement is $1.1 billion. The Restated Credit Agreement has a five-year maturity, expiring in February 2019, except with respect to two subtranches of the term loan facility of $60.0 million and $6.3 million, expiring in February 2017 and November 2017, respectively. As of September 30, 2014, we had $577.0 million outstanding and $263.6 million of availability under the Credit Facility, excluding the $250.0 million accordion.

On March 5, 2014, we sold $140.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 2.875% convertible senior notes due March 15, 2021 in a private placement transaction. On March 6, 2014, the initial purchasers exercised, in full, their option to purchase an additional $21.0 million of the convertible senior notes, which resulted in an aggregate principal amount of $161.0 million of the convertible senior notes outstanding (collectively, the “2021 Convertible Notes”). The 2021 Convertible Notes are general unsecured obligations of Encore. The net proceeds from the sale of the 2021 Convertible Notes were approximately $155.7 million, after deducting the initial purchasers’ discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses paid by

63

the Company. The Company used approximately $19.5 million of the net proceeds from this offering to pay the cost of the capped call transactions entered into in connection with the 2021 Convertible Notes and used the remainder of the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital.

On August 6, 2014, we acquired all of the outstanding equity interests of Atlantic for approximately $196.1 million in cash considerations, of which $126.1 million was used to retire certain indebtedness and obligations of Atlantic. We financed the acquisition through borrowings under our Restated Credit Agreement and cash on hand.

Through Cabot Financial (UK) Limited (“Cabot Financial UK”), an indirect subsidiary, we have a revolving credit facility of £85.0 million (the “Cabot Credit Facility”). As of September 30, 2014, there was £57.0 million (approximately $92.4 million) outstanding and we had £28.0 million (approximately $45.4 million) available for borrowing.

Propel has a $200.0 million syndicated loan facility (the “Propel Facility I”). The Propel Facility I is used to fund tax liens in Texas and Arizona. As of September 30, 2014, there was $38.5 million outstanding and $161.5 million of availability under our Propel Facility I.

Affiliates of Propel have a revolving credit facility (the “Propel Facility II”) that is used to purchase tax liens in various states directly from taxing authorities. On May 6, 2014, we amended the Propel Facility II and increased the commitment amount from $100.0 million to the following: (a) during the period from July 1, 2014 to and including September 30, 2014, $190.0 million or (b) at any other time, $150.0 million. As of September 30, 2014, there was $46.6 million outstanding and $143.4 million of availability under our Propel Facility II. As described above, the commitment amount decreased to $150.0 million effective October 1, 2014, accordingly, the availability under the Propel Facility II decreased by $40.0 million. Refer to Note 10, “Debt - Propel Facilities” in the notes to our condensed consolidated financial statements for detailed information related to the Propel Facility II and the amendment.

On May 6, 2014, Propel, through its affiliates, completed the securitization of a pool of approximately $141.5 million in payment agreements and contracts relating to unpaid real property taxes, assessments, and other charges secured by liens on real property located in the State of Texas. In connection with the securitization, investors purchased approximately $134.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 1.44% notes collateralized by these receivables (the “Propel Securitized Notes”), due 2029. Proceeds from the sale of the Propel Securitized Notes were used to pay down borrowings on the Propel Facility I, pay certain expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of the Propel Securitized Notes and fund certain reserves.

On April 24, 2014, our Board of Directors approved a $50.0 million share repurchase program. Repurchases under this program are expected to be made with cash on hand and may be made from time to time, subject to market conditions and other factors, in the open market, through solicited or unsolicited privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we repurchased 400,000 shares of our common stock for approximately $16.8 million. The program does not obligate us to acquire any particular amount of common stock, and it may be modified or suspended at any time at our discretion.

Currently, all of our portfolio purchases are funded with cash from operations and borrowings under our Restated Credit Agreement and our Cabot Credit Facility. All of our purchases for receivables secured by property tax liens are funded with cash from Propel’s operations and borrowings under our Propel Facility I, Propel Facility II, and Propel Securitized Notes.

See Note 10, “Debt” to our condensed consolidated financial statements for a further discussion of our debt.

Operating Cash Flows

Net cash provided by operating activities was $98.8 million and $39.9 million during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Cash provided by operating activities during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 was primarily related to net income of $70.3 million, various non-cash add backs in operating activities, and changes in operating assets and liabilities. Cash provided by operating activities during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013 was primarily related to net income of $51.5 million, various non-cash add backs in operating activities, and changes in operating assets and liabilities.

Investing Cash Flows

Net cash used in investing activities was $704.2 million and $214.4 million during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The cash flows used in investing activities during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 were primarily related to cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired, of $495.5 million, receivable portfolio purchases (excluding the portfolios acquired from the Marlin Acquisition of $208.5 million and from the Atlantic Acquisition of $105.4 million) of $666.5 million,

64

offset by collection proceeds applied to the principal of our receivable portfolios in the amount of $488.1 million. The cash flows used in investing activities during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013 were primarily related to cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired of $413.1 million, receivable portfolio purchases (excluding the portfolios acquired from the AACC Merger of $383.4 million and from the Cabot Acquisition of $559.0 million) of $156.4 million, and originations of receivables secured by tax liens of $100.3 million, offset by collection proceeds applied to the principal of our receivable portfolios in the amount of $418.0 million and collections applied to our receivables secured by tax liens of $51.1 million.

Capital expenditures for fixed assets acquired with internal cash flows were $13.6 million and $8.2 million for nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Financing Cash Flows

Net cash provided by financing activities was $593.1 million and $264.7 million during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The cash provided by financing activities during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 primarily reflects $1.0 billion in borrowings under our Restated Credit Agreement, $288.6 million of proceeds from Cabot’s senior secured notes due 2021, $161.0 million of proceeds from the issuance of the 2021 Convertible Notes, and $134.0 million of proceeds from the issuance of Propel’s securitized notes, offset by $878.9 million in repayments of amounts outstanding under our Restated Credit Agreement and $33.6 million in purchases of convertible hedge instruments, including the payment for our warrant restrike transaction associated with our 2017 Convertible Notes. The cash provided by financing activities during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013 primarily reflects $522.1 million in borrowings under our Restated Credit Agreement and Propel Facilities, $151.7 million in issuances of senior secured notes at our Cabot subsidiary, and $172.5 million in borrowings under our 2020 Convertible Senior Notes, offset by $491.5 million in repayments of amounts outstanding under our Restated Credit Agreement and Propel Facilities.

We are in compliance with all covenants under our financing arrangements. We believe that we have sufficient liquidity to fund our operations for at least the next twelve months, given our expectation of continued positive cash flows from operations, our cash and cash equivalents of $115.4 million as of September 30, 2014 (approximately $25.3 million of which were held at our Cabot subsidiary), our access to capital markets, and availability under our credit facilities.

Our future cash needs will depend on our acquisitions of portfolios and businesses.

Item 3 – Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Foreign Currency Exchange Rates. At September 30, 2014, there had not been a material change in any of the foreign currency risk information disclosed in Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk,” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.

Interest Rates. At September 30, 2014, there had not been a material change in the interest rate risk information disclosed in Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk,” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.

Item 4 – Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our periodic reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, our management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives and accordingly, management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

Based on their most recent evaluation, as of the end of the period covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act are effective.

65

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Except as disclosed in the following paragraph, there was no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

We continue to monitor and test Cabot’s system of internal control over financial reporting as part of management’s annual evaluation of internal control over financial reporting in 2014. We completed the Marlin and Atlantic Acquisitions during the first and third quarters of 2014, respectively. As part of management’s annual assessment of internal control over financial reporting, beginning in 2015, Marlin and Atlantic’s systems will be evaluated.

66

PART II – OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1 – Legal Proceedings

Information with respect to this item may be found in Note 13, “Commitments and Contingencies,” to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

Item 1A – Risk Factors

Other than with respect to the updated risk factor set forth below, there is no material change in the information reported under “Part I—Item 1A—Risk Factors” contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 and “Part II, Item 1A—Risk Factors” in our subsequent Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q.

Our business is subject to extensive laws and regulations, which have increased and may continue to increase.

Extensive laws and regulations relating to debt collection directly apply to key portions of our business. Our failure or the failure of third-party agencies and attorneys, or the credit originators or portfolio resellers selling our receivables, to comply with existing or new laws, rules, or regulations could limit our ability to recover on receivables, cause us to pay damages to consumers or result in fines or penalties, which could reduce our revenues, or increase our expenses, and harm our business.

We sometimes purchase accounts in asset classes that are subject to industry-specific and/or issuer-specific restrictions that limit the collection methods that we can use on those accounts. Our inability to collect sufficient amounts from these accounts, through available collections methods, could materially adversely affect our cash flows and results of operations.

Additional consumer protection or privacy laws, rules and regulations may be enacted, or existing laws, rules or regulations may be reinterpreted or enforced in a different manner, imposing additional restrictions or requirements on the collection of receivables or the facilitation of tax liens.

The regulatory regime to which Cabot is subject is currently experiencing a number of substantial changes. The most significant changes include the transfer of responsibility for the regulation of consumer credit businesses in the United Kingdom from the Office of Fair Trading (“OFT”) to the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) on April 1, 2014, and the proposal by the European Commission that substantial changes be made to the European Union data protection regime.

The FCA implemented an interim permission regime whereby businesses that held a consumer credit license with the OFT prior to the FCA taking over responsibility for regulating the consumer credit business must apply to the FCA for a new credit license before March 31, 2014 in order to continue consumer credit activities after April 1, 2014. The interim permission regime is expected to continue until April 1, 2016, and during this time businesses will be called upon at different intervals to apply for authorization to be fully regulated by the FCA. Cabot currently has all regulatory licenses, permissions, registrations and authorizations in place with the relevant regulatory bodies in order to provide and continue debt purchase and collection activities, including holding interim permission with the FCA.

Cabot is in the process of preparing to apply for full authorization with the FCA in order to be fully regulated by the FCA. Cabot has a designated application period in which it must apply for authorization. In the event it does not apply for authorization during the designated application period, the interim permission granted by the FCA automatically lapses and Cabot will be prevented from carrying on any of the consumer credit activities, in which case Cabot would not be able to operate in the regulated consumer credit sector until it has full authorization with the FCA. The FCA may take any one of the following actions with Cabot’s application: (1) the FCA may authorize Cabot to continue debt purchasing, collecting and associated credit activities without further conditions; (2) the FCA may authorize Cabot subject to certain conditions which will require Cabot to take certain actions to either remediate or comply with the FCA’s conditions; (3) the FCA may require that certain improvements to Cabot’s processes be made as a precursor to authorization, or appoint a skilled person elected by the FCA to investigate, examine and oversee Cabot’s operations, at Cabot’s cost; or (4) the FCA may decline to authorize Cabot. In addition to the authorization of the business with the FCA, Cabot will be required to apply to the FCA to appoint certain individuals that have significant control or influence over the management of the business, known as “Approved Persons,” who will jointly and severally be liable for the acts and omissions of the company and its business affairs. Approved Persons will be subject to statements of principle and codes of practice established and enforced by the FCA. The FCA may take the following action in connection with the application for Approved Persons: (1) authorize the Approved Person without further conditions; (2) refuse to authorize the Approved Person; (3) request that the applicant undertake further qualifications before it authorizes a person to become an Approved Person; or (4) ban a person from acting as an Approved Person for a period of time or for life.

67

The FCA has adopted detailed rules relating to conducting consumer credit activities, in addition to putting in place high level principles and conditions to which it expects businesses and Approved Persons in the sector to adhere. The FCA has significantly greater powers than the OFT, including, but not limited to, the ability to impose significant fines, ban certain individuals from carrying on trade within the financial services industry, impose requirements on a firm’s permission, and cease certain products from being collected upon.

Furthermore, the regulatory regime in the United Kingdom relating to the protection of consumers from unfair terms and practices is subject to change. In January 2014, a Consumer Rights Bill was introduced to the U.K. House of Commons and is currently progressing through the Parliamentary process to become an Act and formal legislation. The Bill represents the most significant overhaul of U.K. consumer law reform in decades and is largely driven by the European Commission’s Directive for Consumer Rights. It envisaged that the Bill will become law in October 2015, and once fully enacted it will reform and consolidate much of the general consumer protection law in the United Kingdom and introduce enhanced consumer measures that can be imposed on businesses. Certain elements of the European Commission’s Directive for Consumer Rights were incorporated into U.K. law, through regulations, in June 2014 in order for the United Kingdom to comply with the European Union’s timescales for implementing certain consumer protection measures while the draft Consumer Rights Bill progresses through Parliament.

Finally, The Civil Procedure Rules Committee, which is a statutorily created sub-committee of the United Kingdom’s Ministry of Justice, issued a consultation in September 2014 whereby it proposed to introduce a designated pre-action protocol for debt claims that would, if adopted in its current form, require Cabot to exchange significant amounts of information with a consumer prior to commencing a claim and impose certain other requirements, which may significantly increase the costs and time required to bring a claim to court and may further have a detrimental impact on consumers’ ability to engage and understand the technical and complex court procedures. Cabot and certain key industry representatives and trade bodies have issued responses to the consultation and are awaiting the outcome of such responses, which is expected to be released by the end of 2014. The protocol, if enacted, would supplement existing rules that govern civil court procedures, which courts will have to regard in assessing the parties’ ongoing conduct of legal proceedings. In some cases, Cabot’s issuers may not be able to provide, and Cabot does not currently maintain, the information that would be required to be provided by Cabot under the protocol in its current form. Therefore, if enacted in its current form, the protocol could limit Cabot’s ability to commence proceedings to recover a debt.

It is not yet possible to predict the precise impact that the above-referenced changes will have on Cabot. It is likely that the rules and regulations applicable to Cabot, and the burden of regulatory scrutiny to which Cabot is subject, will continue to increase. The FCA’s imposition of additional requirements on Cabot’s operations or failure to authorize Cabot’s collection activities, the addition or reinterpretation of any laws, rules, regulations, or protocols and the enforcement of them, or increased enforcement of existing consumer protection or privacy laws, rules and regulations, may materially adversely affect our ability to collect on receivables and may increase our costs associated with regulatory compliance, which could materially adversely affect our business or operations.

Item 5 - Other Information

Performance Stock Awards and Revised Severance Arrangements

On November 4, 2014, the Compensation Committee (the “Compensation Committee”) of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) approved special one-time equity awards (the “Performance Awards”) to the following executive officers of the Company: Kenneth A. Vecchione, President and Chief Executive Officer, Paul Grinberg, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, Ashish Masih, Executive Vice President, U.S. Debt Purchasing Operations, and Gregory L. Call, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary. The Performance Awards are granted pursuant to the Encore Capital Group, Inc. 2013 Incentive Compensation Plan. In the case of Messrs. Masih and Call, their Performance Awards were subject to their agreement to enter into new severance arrangements with the Company described more fully below.

The number of shares underlying the Performance Awards granted to Messrs. Vecchione, Grinberg, Masih, and Call are as follows:

Name	Shares
Kenneth A. Vecchione	40,000
Paul Grinberg	25,581
Ashish Masih	23,721
Gregory L. Call	17,441

68

The Performance Awards consist of shares of the Company’s common stock divided into three vesting tranches and are subject to both performance vesting and time vesting conditions further described below.

Performance-Vesting Conditions

The Performance Awards will performance vest as follows:

• Tranche 1 will vest on the earlier of (A) the date that fair market value of a share of common stock equals or exceeds $49.51 for 15 days in any 20 consecutive trading-day period commencing on or after January 1, 2015 and ending on or before December 31, 2015 and the average of the fair market value of a share of common stock during such 20 consecutive trading-day equals or exceeds $49.51, or (B) the date that fair market value of a share of common stock equals or exceeds $65.47 for 15 days in any 20 consecutive trading-day period commencing on or after January 1, 2017 and ending on or before December 31, 2017 and the average of the fair market Value of a share of common stock during such 20 consecutive trading-day equals or exceeds $65.47.

• Tranche 2 will vest on the earlier of (A) the date that fair market value of a share of common stock equals or exceeds $56.93 for 15 days in any 20 consecutive trading-day period commencing on or after January 1, 2016 and ending on or before December 31, 2016 and the average of the fair market value of a share of common stock during such 20 consecutive trading-day equals or exceeds $56.93, or (B) the date that fair market value of a share of common stock equals or exceeds $65.47 for 15 days in any 20 consecutive trading-day period commencing on or after January 1, 2017 and ending on or before December 31, 2017 and the average of the fair market value of a share of common stock during such 20 consecutive trading-day equals or exceeds $65.47.

• Tranche 3 will vest on the date that fair market value of a share of common stock equals or exceeds $65.47 for 15 days in any 20 consecutive trading-day period commencing on or after January 1, 2017 and ending on or before December 31, 2017 and the average of the fair market value of a share of common stock during such 20 consecutive trading-day equals or exceeds $65.47.

Time-Vesting Conditions

Subject to the Performance Award recipient being continuously employed with the Company or any of its affiliates as of the dates set forth below, the Performance Awards will time vest as follows:

• Tranche 1 will vest on December 31, 2017.

• Tranche 2 will vest on December 31, 2018.

• Tranche 3 will vest on December 31, 2019.

Change-in-Control Vesting

If there is a change in control on or before December 31, 2017, the Performance Awards will performance vest (if not already vested) on the date of the change in control as follows:

• Tranche 1 will performance vest if the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of the change in control equals or exceeds $49.51.

• Tranche 2 will performance vest if the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of the change in control equals or exceeds $56.93.

• Tranche 3 will performance vest if the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of the change in control equals or exceeds $65.47.

A change in control only affects the performance vesting of the Performance Awards; it does not affect time vesting of each tranche.

Other Performance Award Provisions

In addition to the foregoing, the Performance Awards set forth the terms under which the Performance Awards will vest or be forfeited in connection with a separation of service with the Company.

Attached to this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q as Exhibit 10.1 is a Form of the Performance Award Agreement, which is incorporated herein by reference. The above description of the material provisions of the Performance Awards is a summary

69

and does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Form of the Performance Award Agreement.

Revised Severance Arrangements

The Company also entered into new severance arrangements with Messrs. Masih and Call. The new severance arrangements are governed by the Encore Capital Group, Inc. Executive Separation Plan (the “Plan”), which was also adopted by the Company on November 4, 2014. The Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee and sets forth the benefits to which Messrs. Masih and Call are entitled in the event of a separation from the Company under various circumstances. Messrs. Masih and Call have terminated their existing severance protection agreements as a condition to their participation in the Plan.

Messrs. Masih and Call will be eligible for severance amounts under the Plan in the event that their employment with the Company is terminated without cause (as defined in the Plan) or in the event that they resign from the Company for good reason (as defined in the Plan) (an “ordinary course separation”). In addition, Messrs. Masih and Call will be eligible for severance amounts under the Plan if during the 6 months before or within 24 months after a change in control (as defined in the Plan), their employment is terminated without cause or if they resign for good reason (a “change-in-control separation”). The payment of any severance that may be due is contingent upon execution of a waiver and release of claims on or before the 50^th day following the executive’s separation from the Company and is further subject to the executive’s compliance with restrictive covenants set forth in the Plan.

Pursuant to their tier designations under the Plan, Messrs. Masih and Call are entitled to the following benefits in the case of an ordinary course separation and a change in control separation:

Ordinary Course Separation
General Cash Severance	Prorated Cash Bonus	Equity	Welfare Benefit Arrangements
1.5x base salary	Prorated actual bonus paid	Vesting continued for 12 months	Lump sum payment of 18 months of estimated COBRA costs

Change-in-Control Separation
General Cash Severance	Prorated Cash Bonus	Equity	Welfare Benefit Arrangements
2.0x base salary	Prorated target bonus for current year; plus 1.0x the greater of (i) target bonus or (ii) bonus that would have been paid if year-to-date performance were annualized	Time-based equity: Accelerated vesting	Lump sum payment of 24 months of estimated COBRA costs
		Performance-based equity (other than stock price performance-based equity): Prorated accelerated vesting based on the greater of (i) target performance or (ii) the performance that would have been achieved if performance period-to-date performance were applied to the full performance period
		Stock price performance-based equity: Accelerated vesting if the change-in-control price equals or exceeds the stock price target(s)
		Vested options or stock appreciation rights: Remain exercisable for 90 days following separation

In addition to the benefits set forth above, the Compensation Committee has discretion to accelerate the vesting of long-term incentive awards, to accelerate the payment of any pension benefits, or to provide additional benefits with respect to Messrs. Masih and Call. Further, severance benefits that would have been paid to Messrs. Masih or Call but for their death will be paid to their respective beneficiaries.

The Plan contains provisions intended to ensure that the Plan complies with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Plan may be amended or terminated by the Board at any time, except that it may not be

70

amended or terminated during the period commencing on the 180^th day immediately preceding a change in control and ending on the second anniversary of the change in control without the consent of each participant.

The Plan does not provide for a gross-up payment to offset any excise taxes that may be imposed on excess parachute payments under Section 4999 (the “Excise Tax”) of the Code. Instead, the Plan provides that in the event that the payments described above would, if paid, be subject to the Excise Tax, then the payments will be reduced to the extent necessary so that no portion of the payments is subject to the Excise Tax, provided that the net amount of the reduced payments, after giving effect to income tax consequences, is greater than or equal to the net amount of the payments without such reduction, after giving effect to the Excise Tax and income tax consequences.

Attached to this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q as Exhibit 10.2 is a copy of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. The above description of the revised severance arrangements of Messrs. Masih and Call is a summary and does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Plan.

71

Item 6 – Exhibits

10.1+	Form of Performance Award Agreement (filed herewith)
10.2+	Encore Capital Group, Inc. Executive Separation Plan (filed herewith)
31.1	Certification of the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith)
31.2	Certification of the Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith)
32.1	Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (furnished herewith)
101	The following financial information from the Encore Capital Group, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 formatted in eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition; (ii) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income; (iii) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income; (iv) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; and (v) the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

+ Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

72

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
By:	/s/ Paul Grinberg
	Paul Grinberg
	Executive Vice President,
	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Date: November 6, 2014

73

EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

November 5, 2014

[Name]

[Job Title]

Encore Capital Group, Inc.

3111 Camino Del Rio North, Suite 103

San Diego, California 92108

Re: Grant of Special Equity Award

Dear [Name]:

Encore Capital Group, Inc. (“Encore”) is pleased to grant you a special one-time equity award of performance shares (in addition to your annual equity award) in recognition of your importance to the Encore team and the service you will perform over the next several years. This special equity award (“Award”) is designed so that you are rewarded if Encore’s stock price increases by 15% over the next three years. This letter (“Agreement”) will serve as the agreement between you and Encore with respect to this Award. The terms and conditions of the Award are as follows:

1.    Grant of Award. The Award is granted pursuant to and in accordance with the Encore Capital Group, Inc. 2013 Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended (“Plan”). Capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement will have the definitions ascribed to them in the Plan. If any provision of this Agreement conflicts with any provision of the Plan, the provision of the Plan will control and prevail. A copy of the Plan is enclosed with this letter and you acknowledge receipt of the Plan.

2.    [Prerequisite. The Award is subject to you becoming a participant in the Encore Capital Group, Inc. Executive Separation Plan (“ESP”). If you do not sign a participation agreement under the ESP and, if applicable, give up all of your rights under your severance protection letter dated [__________], this Award shall be null and void ab initio.]

3.    Number of Shares. Effective immediately, Encore grants you the Award consisting of [__________] shares of Common Stock (“Shares”). These Shares will be subject to both performance vesting and time vesting. The Shares will only fully vest on the date that both the performance-vesting condition and the time-vesting condition are met. The Award will be divided into three tranches as follows:

• Tranche 1: [1/3 of Shares]

• Tranche 2: [1/3 of Shares]

• Tranche 3: [1/3 of Shares]

4.    Performance Vesting. The Shares will performance vest as follows:

(a)    Tranche 1 will vest on the earlier of (A) the date that Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock equals or exceeds $49.51 for 15 days in any 20 consecutive trading-day period commencing on or after January 1, 2015 and ending on or before December 31, 2015 and the average of the Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock during such 20 consecutive trading-day equals or exceeds $49.51, or (B) the date that Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock equals or exceeds

1

$65.47 for 15 days in any 20 consecutive trading-day period commencing on or after January 1, 2017 and ending on or before December 31, 2017 and the average of the Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock during such 20 consecutive trading-day equals or exceeds $65.47,

(b)    Tranche 2 will vest on the earlier of (A) the date that Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock equals or exceeds $56.93 for 15 days in any 20 consecutive trading-day period commencing on or after January 1, 2016 and ending on or before December 31, 2016 and the average of the Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock during such 20 consecutive trading-day equals or exceeds $56.93, or (B) the date that Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock equals or exceeds $65.47 for 15 days in any 20 consecutive trading-day period commencing on or after January 1, 2017 and ending on or before December 31, 2017 and the average of the Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock during such 20 consecutive trading-day equals or exceeds $65.47,

(c)    Tranche 3 will vest on the date that Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock equals or exceeds $65.47 for 15 days in any 20 consecutive trading-day period commencing on or after January 1, 2017 and ending on or before December 31, 2017 and the average of the Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock during such 20 consecutive trading-day equals or exceeds $65.47.

5.    Time Vesting. Provided that you have been continuously employed with Encore or any of its affiliates as of the dates shown below, the Shares will time vest as follows:

•Tranche 1 on December 31, 2017

•Tranche 2 on December 31, 2018

•Tranche 3 on December 31, 2019.

6.    Change-in-Control Vesting. Notwithstanding the above, if there is a Change in Control (as such term is defined under the ESP) on or before December 31, 2017, the Award will performance vest (if not already vested) on the date of such Change in Control as follows:

(a)    Tranche 1 will performance vest if the Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock on the date of the Change in Control equals or exceeds $49.51.

(b)    Tranche 2 will performance vest if the Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock on the date of the Change in Control equals or exceeds $56.93.

        (c)    Tranche 3 will performance vest if the Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock on the date of the Change in Control equals or exceeds $65.47.

The Change in Control only affects the performance vesting of the Award; it does not affect time vesting of each Tranche as set forth in Paragraph 5 above.

7.    Separation from Service. If you separate from service, the Award will vest or be forfeited as follows under the following separation events:

(a)    Separation due to death, Disability (as such term is defined in the ESP) or Retirement (as such term is defined in the ESP) prior to January 1, 2018: Shares that have performance vested but have not yet time vested will immediately and fully time vest on the date of separation. Shares that have not performance vested will continue to be subject to performance vesting, and those Shares that performance vest after the date of separation will become fully time vested on December 31,

2

2017 on a pro rata basis based on the number of full and partial months you were employed during the applicable performance period for each tranche.

Example 1: You separate from service due to Retirement on June 20, 2016. Tranches 1 and 2 did not performance vest prior to your date of separation, but all Tranches performance vest on December 31, 2017 after your date of separation. You will receive 100% of the Tranche 1 Shares because you worked the full Tranche 1 performance period (12 months/12 months) and you will receive 50% of the Tranche 2 Shares because you worked part of the Tranche 2 performance period (6 months/12 months).

Example 2: You separate from service due to Retirement on June 20, 2016. Tranche 1 performance vests during 2015 and prior to your date of separation. All of the Tranche 1 Shares will immediately and fully time vest on your date of separation. Tranche 2 does not performance vest in 2016 but does performance vest in 2017 because Tranche 3 performance vests in 2017. You will receive 50% of the Tranche 2 Shares because you worked part of the Tranche 2 performance period (6 months/12 months) and 0% of the Tranche 3 Shares because you did not work at all during the Tranche 3 performance period (0 months/12 months).

Example 3: You separate from service due to Retirement on June 20, 2016. Tranche 1 performance vests during 2015 and prior to your date of separation. All of the Tranche 1 Shares will immediately and fully time vest on your date of separation. Tranche 2 does not performance vest in 2016 and it also does not performance vest in 2017 because Tranche 3 does not performance vest in 2017. You will receive 0% of the Tranche 2 Shares because they did not performance vest at all. You will receive 0% of the Tranche 3 Shares because they did not performance vest and you were not employed during the Tranche 3 performance period.

(b)    Separation due to death, Disability or Retirement on or after January 1, 2018: Shares that have performance vested but have not yet time vested will immediately and fully vest; Shares that have not performance vested will have already been forfeited.

(c)    Separation due to Cause (as such term is defined in the ESP) or for a Quit (as such term is defined in the ESP): All Shares will be immediately forfeited (if not already forfeited).

(d)    Separation without Cause or (if applicable) for Good Reason (as such term is defined in the ESP): Shares that have performance vested but have not time vested will immediately and fully vest; Shares that have not performance vested will be immediately forfeited (if not already forfeited).

8.    Securities Law Compliance. You may not be issued any Shares under your Award unless the Shares are either: (i) then registered under the Securities Act; or (ii) Encore has determined that such issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Your Award also must comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the Award, and you will not receive such Shares if Encore determines that such receipt would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

9.    Limitation on Transfer. Your Award is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, you agree not to assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any interest in any of the Shares until the Shares are vested in accordance with this Agreement. After the Shares have

3

vested, you are free to assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any interest in such Shares provided that any such actions are in compliance with the provisions herein and applicable securities laws.

10.    Dividends. You shall be entitled to receive payments equal to any cash dividends and other distributions paid with respect to the Shares covered by your Award, provided that such distributions shall be converted into additional Shares covered by the Award. If such distributions are paid in cash, you shall be credited with additional Shares covered by the Award in an amount equal to (i) the amount of the dividends or other distributions paid on that number of Shares equal to the aggregate number of Shares covered by the Award as of that date divided by (ii) the Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock as of such date. The additional Shares credited shall be subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions as the Shares covered by the Award with respect to which they relate.

11.    Restrictive Legends. The Shares issued under your Award shall be endorsed with appropriate legends determined by Encore.

12.    Award Not a Service Contract. Your employment with Encore or an affiliate is not for any specified term and may be terminated by you or by Encore or an affiliate at any time, for any reason, with or without Cause and with or without notice. Nothing in this Agreement (including, but not limited to, the vesting of your Award pursuant to the schedule set forth herein), the Plan or any covenant of good faith and fair dealing that may be found implicit in this Agreement or the Plan shall: (i) confer upon you any right to continue in the employ of, or affiliation with, Encore or an affiliate; (ii) constitute any promise or commitment by Encore or an affiliate regarding the fact or nature of future positions, future work assignments, future compensation or any other term or condition of employment or affiliation; (iii) confer any right or benefit under this Agreement or the Plan unless such right or benefit has specifically accrued under the terms of this Agreement or Plan; or (iv) deprive Encore of the right to terminate you at will and without regard to any future vesting opportunity that you may have.

By accepting this Award, you acknowledge and agree that the right to continue vesting in the Award pursuant to the schedule set forth herein is earned only by continuing as an employee, director or consultant at the will of Encore (not through the act of being hired, being granted this Award or any other award or benefit) and that Encore has the right to reorganize, sell, spin-out or otherwise restructure one or more of its businesses or affiliates at any time or from time to time, as it deems appropriate (a “reorganization”). You further acknowledge and agree that such a reorganization could result in the termination of your employment, or the termination of affiliate status of your employer and the loss of benefits available to you under this Agreement, including but not limited to, the termination of the right to continue vesting in the Award. You further acknowledge and agree that this Agreement, the Plan, the transactions contemplated hereunder and the vesting schedule set forth herein or any covenant of good faith and fair dealing that may be found implicit in any of them do not constitute an express or implied promise of continued engagement as an employee or consultant for the term of this Agreement, for any period, or at all, and shall not interfere in any way with your right or Encore’s right to terminate your employment at any time, with or without Cause and with or without notice.

13.    Withholding Obligations. On or before vesting of the Shares pursuant to your Award, or at any time thereafter as requested by Encore, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and/or any other amounts payable to you, provided that any such withholding will not be in excess of the minimum statutory withholding requirement, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of Encore or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with your Award. If permissible under applicable law, Encore

4

may, in its sole discretion: (i) sell or arrange for the sale, on your behalf, of Shares acquired by you to meet the withholding obligation and/or (ii) withhold in Shares, provided that only the amount of Shares necessary to satisfy the minimum withholding amount are withheld. Encore also reserves the right to require that you assume liability for any tax- and/or social insurance-related charges that may otherwise be due by Encore or an Affiliate with respect to the Award, if Encore determines in its sole discretion that such charges may legally be transferred to you. To the extent that liability for any such charges is transferred to you, such charges will be subject to the applicable withholding methods set forth in this Section 13.

Unless the tax withholding obligations of Encore and/or any affiliate are satisfied, Encore shall have no obligation to remove the restrictive legends from the Shares subject to your Award.

14.    Notices. Any notices provided for in your Award or the Plan shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by Encore to you, 5 days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to Encore.

15.    Miscellaneous. The rights and obligations of Encore under your Award shall be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by Encore’s successors and assigns.

For purposes of your personal tax planning, you may make an election under Section 83(b) within 30 days of the date of grant; however, this election by you will be in your sole discretion. We strongly advise you to consult with your personal legal, tax and financial advisors before you make such an election.

You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of Encore to carry out the purposes or intent of your Award.

You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your Award in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your Award, and fully understand all provisions of your Award.

16.    Governing Plan Document. Your Award is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your Award, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of your Award and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

17.    Severability. If all or any part of this Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity shall not invalidate any portion of this Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any paragraph of this Agreement (or part of such a paragraph) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such paragraph or part of a paragraph to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

18.    Effect on Other Employee Benefit Plans. The value of the Award subject to this Agreement shall not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating the Employee’s benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by Encore or any

5

Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. Encore expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of Encore’s or any affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

19.    Amendment. This Agreement may not be modified, amended or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by you and by a duly authorized representative of Encore. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended solely by the Board by a writing which specifically states that it is amending this Agreement, so long as a copy of such amendment is delivered to you, and provided that no such amendment adversely affecting your rights hereunder may be made without your written consent. Without limiting the foregoing, the Board reserves the right to change, by written notice to you, the provisions of this Agreement in any way it may deem necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the grant as a result of any change in applicable laws or regulations or any future law, regulation, ruling, or judicial decision, provided that any such change shall be applicable only to rights relating to that portion of the Award which is then subject to restrictions as provided here.

If the terms and conditions of this Agreement are acceptable to you, please sign below.

Sincerely,

[Name]

[Title]

Encore Capital Group, Inc.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:

[Name] Date

6

EX-10.2

Exhibit 10.2

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

EXECUTIVE SEPARATION PLAN

As Adopted Effective November 4, 2014

1

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

EXECUTIVE SEPARATION PLAN

Table of Contents

Section 1	Definitions
Section 2	Purpose of Plan
Section 3	Eligibility and Participation
Section 4	Administration
Section 5	Separation Due to Death
Section 6	Separation Due to Disability
Section 7	Separation Due to Retirement
Section 8	Separation for Cause or Quit
Section 9	Separation without Cause or for Good Reason
Section 10	Change in Control
Section 11	Participant Obligations
Section 12	Claims
Section 13	Taxes
Section 14	Term of Plan; Amendment and Termination of Plan
Section 15	Miscellaneous

2

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

EXECUTIVE SEPARATION PLAN

1.0 DEFINITIONS

The following terms shall have the following meanings unless the context indicates otherwise:

1.1 “Affiliate” of a person or other entity shall mean a person or other entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the person or other entity specified.

1.2 “Beneficiary” shall mean a beneficiary designated in writing by the Participant to receive any Separation Benefits in accordance with Sections 5 through 10 below. If no beneficiary is designated by the Participant, then the Participant's estate shall be deemed to be the Participant's Beneficiary.

1.3 “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

1.4 “Bonus” shall mean the Participant’s annual cash bonus with respect to the year in which the Separation Date occurs.

1.5 “Cause” shall mean – unless otherwise defined in an employment agreement between the Participant and the Company or Subsidiary – the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) a conviction of the Participant of – or the plea of guilty or nolo contendere to – (i) a felony or (ii) a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; or

(2) willful misconduct or gross negligence by the Participant; or

(3) failure by the Participant to carry out the lawful and reasonable directions of the Board or the Participant’s immediate supervisor, as the case may be; or

(4) refusal to cooperate or non-cooperation by the Participant with any governmental regulatory authority; or

(5) fraud, embezzlement, theft or dishonesty by the Participant against the Company or any Subsidiary or a material violation by the Participant of a policy or procedure of the Company or the Company’s Standards of Business Conduct, resulting, in any case, in harm to the Company or any Subsidiary.

1.6 “CEO” shall mean the Executive serving as the chief executive officer of the Company at the relevant time.

1.7 “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(1) any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 3(a)(9) and 13(d) of the Exchange Act, becomes a “beneficial owner,” as such term is used in Rule 13d‑3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, of 50% or more of the Voting Stock (as defined below) of the Company; or

(2) the majority of the Board consists of individuals other than Incumbent Directors; provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the Effective Date whose election or nomination for

3

election was supported by two-thirds of the directors who then comprised the Incumbent Directors shall be considered to be an Incumbent Director; or

(3) the Company adopts any plan of liquidation providing for the distribution of all or substantially all of its assets; or

(4) all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company are disposed of pursuant to a merger, consolidation or other transaction (unless the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, in substantially the same proportion as they owned the Voting Stock of the Company, all of the Voting Stock or other ownership interests of the entity or entities, if any, that succeed to the business of the Company); or

(5) the Company combines with another company and is the surviving corporation but, immediately after the combination, the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to the combination hold, directly or indirectly, 50% or less of the Voting Stock of the combined company (there being excluded from the number of shares held by such shareholders, but not from the Voting Stock of the combined company, any shares received by Affiliates of such other company in exchange for stock of such other company).

1.8 “Change-in-Control Date” shall mean the date that a Change in Control first occurs.

1.9 “Change-in-Control Health Continuation Period” shall mean the period commencing on the Separation Date and continuing until the end of the applicable period as shown on Schedule B and which is to be used if the Participant’s Separation is without Cause or – for certain Participants – for Good Reason in connection with a Change in Control.

1.10 “Change-in-Control Non-Competition Period” shall mean the period commencing on the date the Executive becomes a Participant and continuing until the end of the applicable period as shown on Schedule B and which is to be used if the Participant’s Separation is without Cause or – for certain Participants – for Good Reason in connection with a Change in Control.

1.11 “Change-in-Control Non-Solicitation Period” shall mean the period commencing on the date the Executive becomes a Participant and continuing until the end of the applicable period as shown on Schedule B.

1.12 “Change-in-Control Severance Multiple” shall mean the multiplier that shall be used to determine cash Separation Benefits paid to the Participant as shown on Schedule B and which is to be used if the Participant’s Separation is without Cause or – for certain Participants – for Good Reason in connection with a Change in Control.

1.13 “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

1.14 “Committee” shall mean the Board's Compensation Committee as constituted from time to time.

1.15 “Company” shall mean Encore Capital Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, including any successor entity or any successor to the assets of the Company that has assumed the Plan.

1.16 “Competitive Activity” shall mean the Participant’s engaging in an activity – whether as an employee, consultant, principal, member, agent, officer, director, partner or shareholder (except as a less than 1% shareholder of a publicly traded company) – that is competitive with any business of the Company or any Subsidiary conducted by the Company or such Subsidiary at any time during the Standard Non-Competition Period or the Change-in-Control Non-Competition Period (as applicable); provided, however, that the Participant may be employed by or otherwise associated with:

(i) a business of which a subsidiary, division, segment, unit, etc. is in competition with the Company or any Subsidiary but as to which such subsidiary, division, segment, unit, etc. the Participant has absolutely no direct or indirect responsibilities or involvement, or

(ii) a company where the Competitive Activity is:

4

(A) from the perspective of such company, de minimis with respect to the business of such company and its affiliates, and

(B) from the perspective of the Company or any Subsidiary, not in material competition with the Company or any Subsidiary.

1.17 “Disability” shall mean a disability as determined in accordance with the Company's (or the applicable Subsidiary's) long-term disability plan or program in effect on the date that the disability first occurs, or if no such plan or program is in effect on the date that the disability first occurs, then a disability as defined under Code Section 22(e)(3).

1.18 “Effective Date” shall mean the date the Board adopts the Plan.

1.19 “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

1.20 “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

1.21 “Executive” shall mean a regular full-time employee of the Company or any Subsidiary with executive, managerial or similar duties and responsibilities.

1.22 “Good Reason” shall mean – unless otherwise defined in an in-force employment agreement between the Participant and the Company or Subsidiary – the occurrence of any of the following within the 60-day period preceding a Separation Date without the Participant’s prior written consent:

(1) a material reduction in the Participant's base salary or annual cash bonus opportunity (other than any reduction applicable to all similarly situated Executives generally); or

(2) a material adverse diminution of the Participant’s titles, authority, duties or responsibilities, or the assignment to the Participant of titles, authority, duties or responsibilities that are materially inconsistent with his or her titles, authority, duties and/or responsibilities in a manner materially adverse to the Participant; or

(3) a failure of the Company to obtain the assumption in writing of its obligations under the Plan by any successor to all or substantially all of the assets of the Company within 45 days after a merger, consolidation, sale or similar transaction that qualifies as a Change in Control; or

(4) an actual relocation of the Participant’s primary office location to a location that is (i) more than 35 miles from the Participant’s present primary office location and (ii) more than 35 miles from the Participant’s primary residence at the time of such relocation.

1.23 “Incumbent Directors” shall mean the members of the Board as of the Effective Date.

1.24 “Participant” shall mean an Executive who has been designated to participate in the Plan in accordance with Section 3 below and who is participating in the Plan on the Separation Date.

1.25 “Plan” shall mean the Encore Capital Group, Inc. Executive Separation Plan.

1.26 “Quit” shall mean termination of the Participant’s employment by the Participant other than due to death, Disability, Retirement or – for certain Participants – for Good Reason.

1.27 “Retirement” shall mean that the Participant has retired in accordance with the Company’s applicable benefit and compensation plans, including but not limited to the Company’s primary qualified pension benefit plan (as such term is defined under ERISA Section 3(2)).

1.28 “Salary” shall mean the highest annual base salary paid to the Participant during the 12-month period immediately preceding the earlier of (i) the Separation Date or (ii) the Change-in-Control Date, with such amount increased (if applicable) to take into account any elective or mandatory deferrals.

5

1.29 “Separated Participant” shall mean a Participant whose employment with the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries has been terminated.

1.30 “Separation” shall mean a termination of the Participant’s employment:

(1) due to the death of the Participant; or

(2) by the Company or by the Participant due to Disability; or

(3) by the Participant as a Retirement; or

(4) by the Company for Cause; or

(5) by the Company without Cause; or

(6) by the Participant as a Quit; or

(7) for certain Participants, by the Participant for Good Reason.

1.31 “Separation Benefits” shall mean the compensation and benefits payable or provided to a Separated Participant under the Plan.

1.32 “Separation Date” shall mean the date the Participant's employment with the Company and/or a Subsidiary is terminated.

1.33 “Standard Health Continuation Period” shall mean the period commencing on the Separation Date and continuing until the end of the applicable period as shown on Schedule A and which is to be used if the Participant’s Separation is without Cause or – for certain Participants – for Good Reason and is NOT in connection with a Change in Control.

1.34 “Standard Non-Competition Period” shall mean the period commencing on the date the Executive becomes a Participant and continuing until the end of the applicable period as shown on Schedule A and which is to be used if the Participant’s Separation is without Cause or – for certain Participants – for Good Reason and isNOT in connection with a Change in Control.

1.35 “Standard Non-Solicitation Period” shall mean the period commencing on the date the Executive becomes a Participant and continuing until the end of the applicable period as shown on Schedule A.

1.36 “Standard Severance Multiple” shall mean the multiplier that shall be used to determine cash Separation Benefits paid to the Participant as shown on Schedule A and which is to be used if the Participant’s Separation is without Cause or – for certain Participants – for Good Reason and is NOT in connection with a Change in Control.

1.37 “Standard Vesting Continuation Period” shall mean the period over which equity-based compensation will continue to vest/become exercisable commencing on the Separation Date and continuing until the end of the applicable period as shown on Schedule A and which is to be used if the Participant’s Separation is without Cause or – for certain Participants – for Good Reason and is NOT in connection with a Change in Control.

1.38 “Subsidiary” shall mean a corporation of which the Company directly or indirectly owns more than 50 percent of the Voting Stock or any other business entity in which the Company directly or indirectly has an ownership interest of more than 50 percent.

1.39 “Voting Stock” shall mean capital stock of any class or classes having general voting power under ordinary circumstances, in the absence of contingencies, to elect the directors of a corporation.

2.0 PURPOSE OF PLAN

2.1 Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is:

6

(a) to provide the terms and conditions relating to an Executive’s separation from service from the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries;

(b) to retain certain highly qualified individuals as Executives; and

(c) to maintain the focus of such Executives on the business of the Company and to mitigate the distractions caused by the possibility that (i) the Executive’s employment may be terminated or (ii) the Company may be the target of an acquisition.

The Plan is intended to qualify as an “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined under ERISA Section 3(3)) and, accordingly, the Plan is intended to be subject to ERISA. In addition, the Plan is intended to qualify as a “top-hat” plan (as such term is commonly used under the ERISA regulations promulgated by the U.S. Department of Labor) since it provides benefits only to a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Company.

The Plan is NOT intended to provide “nonqualified deferred compensation” as such term is defined and used under Code Section 409A. Accordingly, the Plan is NOT intended to be subject to Code Section 409A.

3.0 ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

3.1 Eligibility. All Executives of the Company shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.

3.2 Participation. Participants shall consist of the CEO and those Executives designated by the CEO in his or her sole discretion to participate in the Plan; provided, however, that the CEO shall not designate an Executive as a new Participant following a Change-in-Control Date. An Executive who becomes a Participant shall remain the Participant until the earlier of (i) a date certain as determined by the Committee or CEO or (ii) the termination of the Plan in accordance with Section 14 below.

3.3 Committee Approval. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, an Executive designated by the CEO in accordance with Section 3.2 above shall not become a Participant until such designation has been approved in writing by the Committee.

4.0 ADMINISTRATION

4.1 Responsibility. The Committee shall have the responsibility, in its sole discretion, to control, operate, manage and administer the Plan in accordance with its terms.

4.2 Authority of the Committee. The Committee shall have the maximum discretionary authority permitted by law that may be necessary to enable it to discharge its responsibilities with respect to the Plan, including but not limited to the following:

(a) to determine eligibility for participation in the Plan;

(b) to approve Executives designated as Participants by the CEO;

(c) to determine or calculate the Participant's Separation Benefits;

(d) to correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan in such manner and to such extent as it shall deem appropriate in its sole discretion to carry the same into effect;

(e) to issue administrative guidelines as an aid to administer the Plan and make changes in such guidelines as it from time to time deems proper;

(f) to make rules for carrying out and administering the Plan and make changes in such rules as it from time to time deems proper;

(g) to the extent permitted under the Plan, grant waivers of Plan terms, conditions, restrictions, and limitations;

7

(h) to make reasonable determinations as to the Participant's eligibility for benefits under the Plan, including determinations as to Cause and Good Reason; and

(i) to take any and all other actions it deems necessary or advisable for the proper operation or administration of the Plan.

4.3 Action by the Committee. The Committee may act only by a majority of its members. Any determination of the Committee may be made, without a meeting, by a writing or writings signed by all of the members of the Committee. In addition, the Committee may authorize any one or more of its members to execute and deliver documents on behalf of the Committee.

4.4 Delegation of Authority. The Committee may delegate to one or more of its members, or to one or more agents, such administrative duties as it may deem advisable; provided, however, that any such delegation shall be in writing. In addition, the Committee, or any person to whom it has delegated duties as aforesaid, may employ one or more persons to render advice with respect to any responsibility the Committee or such person may have under the Plan. The Committee may employ such legal or other counsel, consultants and agents as it may deem desirable for the administration of the Plan and may rely upon any opinion or computation received from any such counsel, consultant or agent. Expenses incurred by the Committee in the engagement of such counsel, consultant or agent shall be paid by the Company, or the Subsidiary whose employees have benefited from the Plan, as determined by the Committee.

4.5 Determinations and Interpretations by the Committee. All determinations and interpretations made by the Committee shall be binding and conclusive to the maximum extent permitted by law on all Participants and their heirs, successors, and legal representatives.

4.6 Information. The Company shall furnish to the Committee in writing all information the Committee may deem appropriate for the exercise of its powers and duties in the administration of the Plan. Such information may include, but shall not be limited to, the full names of all Participants, their earnings and their dates of birth, employment, retirement or death. Such information shall be conclusive for all purposes of the Plan, and the Committee shall be entitled to rely thereon without any investigation thereof.

4.7 Liability. No member of the Board, no member of the Committee and no employee of the Company shall be liable for any act or failure to act hereunder, except in circumstances involving his or her bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct, or for any act or failure to act hereunder by any other member or employee or by any agent to whom duties in connection with the administration of the Plan have been delegated.

4.8 Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify members of the Committee and any agent of the Committee who is an employee of the Company, against any and all liabilities or expenses to which they may be subjected by reason of any act or failure to act with respect to their duties on behalf of the Plan, except in circumstances involving such person's bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct.

5.0 SEPARATION DUE TO DEATH

5.1 Separation Event. The Participant’s employment with the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries shall terminate on the date of the Participant’s death, and the Separated Participant shall be entitled to receive the Separation Benefits provided under this Section 5.

5.2 Accrued Obligations. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, the Company shall pay to the Separated Participant during the 30-day period immediately following the Separation Date, a lump sum cash payment equal to the Participant’s earned but unpaid Salary, plus earned but unpaid bonus for prior years’ service, plus unreimbursed expenses, plus any and all other Company obligations that are accrued and due and owing to the Separated Participant.

5.3 Cash Severance Benefits. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, the Company shall have no obligation to pay to the Separated Participant any cash severance benefits.

8

5.4 Long-Term Incentive Compensation. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, any and all long-term incentive arrangements shall vest, be exercisable and/or become payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of the long-term incentive compensation plan and award agreement.

5.5 Pension-Benefit Arrangements. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, all benefits under all pension-benefit arrangements, including deferred compensation arrangements, shall be paid in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plan, program, agreement or arrangement. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Committee may accelerate such payment, in its sole discretion, after having received advice from the Company’s tax advisors that such acceleration would not violate Code Section 409A or any other provision of the Code.

5.6 Welfare-Benefit Arrangements. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, the dependents of the deceased Separated Participant shall be entitled to receive continued health coverage in accordance with the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 and the Affordable Care Act of 2010. Unless otherwise provided for in any written agreement between the Company and a Separated Participant, or as otherwise agreed to by the Committee in its sole discretion, all other welfare benefits shall cease as of the Separation Date.

5.7 Payment of Separation Benefits to Beneficiaries. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, all Separation Benefits under this Section 5 shall be paid to the Separated Participant's Beneficiary.

5.8 Other Benefits. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, the Company or the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide benefits in addition to the benefits described under this Section 5.

6.0 SEPARATION DUE TO DISABILITY

6.1 Separation Event. The Participant’s employment with the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries shall terminate on the date the Participant or the Company (and/or any of its Subsidiaries) terminates such employment due to a Disability, and the Separated Participant shall be entitled to receive the Separation Benefits provided under this Section 6.

6.2 Accrued Obligations. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, the Company shall pay to the Separated Participant during the 30-day period immediately following the Separation Date, a lump sum cash payment equal to the Participant’s earned but unpaid Salary, plus earned but unpaid bonus for prior years’ service, plus unreimbursed expenses, plus any and all other Company obligations that are accrued and due and owing to the Separated Participant.

6.3 Cash Severance Benefits. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, the Company shall have no obligation to pay to the Separated Participant any cash severance benefits.

6.4 Long-Term Incentive Compensation. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, any and all long-term incentive arrangements shall vest, be exercisable and/or become payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of the long-term incentive compensation plan and award agreement.

6.5 Pension-Benefit Arrangements. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, all benefits under all pension-benefit arrangements, including deferred compensation arrangements, shall be paid in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plan, program, agreement or arrangement. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Committee may accelerate such payment, in its sole discretion, after having received advice from the Company’s tax advisors that such acceleration would not violate Code Section 409A or any other provision of the Code.

9

6.6 Welfare-Benefit Arrangements. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, the Separated Participant and his or her dependents shall be entitled to receive continued health coverage in accordance with rules and provisions under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 and the Affordable Care Act of 2010. Unless otherwise provided for in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and a Separated Participant, or as otherwise agreed to by the Committee in its sole discretion, all other welfare benefits shall cease as of the Separation Date due to Disability.

6.7 Payment of Separation Benefits to Beneficiaries. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, in the event of the Separated Participant's death, all Separation Benefits that would have been paid to the Separated Participant under this Section 6 but for his or her death, shall be paid to the Separated Participant's Beneficiary.

6.8 Other Benefits. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, the Company or the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide benefits in addition to the benefits described under this Section 6.

7.0 SEPARATION DUE TO RETIREMENT

7.1 Separation Event. The Participant’s employment with the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries shall terminate on the date the Participant terminates his or her employment with the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries due to a Retirement, and the Separated Participant shall be entitled to receive the Separation Benefits provided under this Section 7.

7.2 Accrued Obligations. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, the Company shall pay to the Separated Participant during the 30-day period immediately following the Separation Date, a lump sum cash payment equal to the Participant’s earned but unpaid Salary, plus earned but unpaid bonus for prior years’ service, plus unreimbursed expenses, plus any and all other Company obligations that are accrued and due and owing to the Separated Participant.

7.3 Cash Severance Benefits. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, the Company shall have no obligation to pay to the Separated Participant any cash severance benefits.

7.4 Long-Term Incentive Compensation. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, any and all long-term incentive arrangements shall vest, be exercisable and/or become payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of the long-term incentive compensation plan and award agreement.

7.5 Pension-Benefit Arrangements. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, all benefits under all pension-benefit arrangements, including deferred compensation arrangements, shall be paid in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plan, program, agreement or arrangement. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Committee may accelerate such payment, in its sole discretion, after having received advice from the Company’s tax advisors that such acceleration would not violate Code Section 409A or any other provision of the Code.

7.6 Welfare-Benefit Arrangements. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, the Separated Participant and his or her dependents shall be entitled to receive continued health coverage in accordance with rules and provisions under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 and the Affordable Care Act of 2010. Unless otherwise provided for in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and a Separated Participant, or as otherwise agreed to by the Committee in its sole discretion, all other welfare benefits shall cease as of the Separation Date.

7.7 Payment of Separation Benefits to Beneficiaries. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, in the event of the Separated Participant's death, all Separation Benefits that would have been paid to the Separated Participant under this Section 7 but for his or her death, shall be paid to the Separated Participant's Beneficiary.

10

7.8 Other Benefits. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, the Company or the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide benefits in addition to the benefits described under this Section 7.

8.0 SEPARATION FOR CAUSE OR QUIT

8.1 Separation Event. The Participant’s employment with the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries shall terminate on the date that:

(a) the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries terminate(s) the Participant’s employment for     Cause; or

(b) the Participant Quits;

and the Separated Participant shall be entitled to receive the Separation Benefits provided under this Section 8. If the Participant Quits, then such Participant shall notify the Company in writing at least 30 days prior to the Separation Date.

8.2 Accrued Obligations. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, the Company shall pay to the Separated Participant during the 30-day period immediately following the Separation Date, a lump sum cash payment equal to the Participant’s earned but unpaid Salary, plus unreimbursed expenses, plus any and all other Company obligations that are accrued and due and owing to the Separated Participant.

8.3 Cash Severance Benefits. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, the Company shall have no obligation to pay to the Separated Participant any cash severance benefits.

8.4 Long-Term Incentive Compensation. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, any and all long-term incentive arrangements shall immediately be forfeited as of the Separation Date.

8.5 Pension-Benefit Arrangements. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, all benefits under all pension-benefit arrangements, including deferred compensation arrangements, shall be immediately forfeited by the Separated Participant as of the Separation Date, provided that such forfeiture does not violate ERISA.

8.6 Welfare-Benefit Arrangements. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, the Separated Participant and his or her dependents shall be entitled to receive continued health coverage in accordance with rules and provisions under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 and the Affordable Care Act of 2010. Unless otherwise provided for in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and a Separated Participant, or as otherwise agreed to by the Committee in its sole discretion, all other welfare benefits shall cease as of the Separation Date.

8.7 Payment of Separation Benefits to Beneficiaries. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, in the event of the Separated Participant's death, all Separation Benefits that would have been paid to the Separated Participant under this Section 8 but for his or her death, shall be paid to the Separated Participant's Beneficiary.

8.8 Other Benefits. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, the Company or the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide benefits in addition to the benefits described under this Section 8.

9.0 SEPARATION WITHOUT CAUSE OR FOR GOOD REASON

9.1 Separation Event. The Participant’s employment with the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries shall terminate on the date that the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries terminate(s) the Participant’s

11

employment with the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries without Cause (other than due to death, a Disability or a Retirement) or – for certain Participants – on the date that the Participant terminates his or her employment for Good Reason, and the Separated Participant shall be entitled to receive the Separation Benefits provided under this Section 9.

9.2 Accrued Obligations. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, the Company shall pay to the Separated Participant during the 30-day period immediately following the Separation Date, a lump sum cash payment equal to the Participant’s earned but unpaid Salary, plus earned but unpaid bonus for prior years’ service, plus unreimbursed expenses, plus any and all other Company obligations that are accrued and due and owing to the Separated Participant.

9.3 Cash Severance Benefits. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, the Company shall pay to the Separated Participant:

(b) a lump sum cash payment equal to the product of (i) the Standard Severance Multiple times (i) the Separated Participant's Salary, payable on the 60th day immediately following the Separation Date, and

(a) a pro rata Bonus based on (i) the number of full and partial months that the Participant was employed during the year in which the Separation Date occurs and (ii) achievement of the applicable performance conditions, payable when such bonuses are paid to other similarly situated Executives.

9.4 Equity-Based Compensation. Notwithstanding anything contained in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant:

(a) All shares underlying time-based and performance-based equity awards will continue to vest as if the Participant were still an employee during the Standard Vesting Continuation Period, and all unvested shares underlying time-based and performance-based equity awards that do not vest during the Standard Vesting Continuation shall be forfeited; and

(b) Stock options and stock-settled stock appreciation rights held by the Participant that are vested     as of the Separation Date or vest during the during the Standard Vesting Continuation Period shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) the 90th day immediately following the Standard Vesting Continuation Period or (ii) the stock option’s and/or stock appreciation right’s originally scheduled expiration date.

9.5 Long-Term Incentive Compensation. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, all long-term incentive arrangements (other than equity-based compensation) shall forfeit, vest and/or be paid in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plan, program, agreement or arrangement. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Committee may accelerate such payment, in its sole discretion, after having received advice from the Company’s tax advisors that such acceleration would not violate Code Section 409A or any other provision of the Code.

9.6 Pension-Benefit Arrangements. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, all benefits under all pension-benefit arrangements, including deferred compensation arrangements, shall be paid in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plan, program, agreement or arrangement. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Committee may accelerate such payment, in its sole discretion, after having received advice from the Company’s tax advisors that such acceleration would not violate Code Section 409A or any other provision of the Code.

9.7 Welfare-Benefit Arrangements. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, the Company shall provide a Separated Participant with a lump sum cash payment equal to the estimated value of continued health coverage during the Standard Health Continuation Period, payable on the 60th day following the Separation Date. Unless otherwise provided for in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and a Separated Participant, or as otherwise agreed to by the Committee in its sole discretion, all other welfare benefits shall cease as of the Separation Date. Following the Separation Date, the Separated Participant and his or her

12

dependents shall be entitled to receive continued health coverage in accordance with rules and provisions under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 and the Affordable Care Act of 2010, if applicable.

9.8 Payment of Separation Benefits to Beneficiaries. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, in the event of the Separated Participant's death, all Separation Benefits that would have been paid to the Separated Participant under this Section 9 but for his or her death, shall be paid to the Separated Participant's Beneficiary.

9.9 Other Benefits. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, the Company or the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide benefits in addition to the benefits described under this Section 9.

10.0 CHANGE IN CONTROL

10.1 Separation Event. The Participant’s employment with the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries shall terminate on the date that the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries terminate(s) the Participant’s employment with the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries without Cause (other than due to death, a Disability or a Retirement) or – for certain Participants – on the date that the Participant terminates his or her employment for Good Reason during the period commencing on the 180th day immediately preceding a Change-in-Control Date and ending on the 2nd anniversary of such Change-in-Control Date, and the Separated Participant shall be entitled to receive the Separation Benefits provided under this Section 10.

10.2 Accrued Obligations. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, the Company shall pay to the Separated Participant during the 30-day period immediately following the Separation Date, a lump sum cash payment equal to the Participant’s earned but unpaid Salary, plus earned but unpaid bonus for prior years’ service, plus unreimbursed expenses, plus any and all other Company obligations that are accrued and due and owing to the Separated Participant.

10.3 Cash Severance Benefits. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, the Company shall pay to the Separated Participant on the 60th day immediately following the Separation Date a lump sum cash amount equal to the sum of:

(a) the product of (i) the Change-in-Control Severance Multiple times (ii) the Separated Participant's Salary, plus

(b) a pro rata Bonus based on (i) the number of full and partial months that the Participant was employed during the year in which the Separation Date occurs and (ii) the Participant’s target Bonus, plus

(c) the greater of (i) the Participant’s target Bonus or (ii) the Participant’s Bonus that would have     been paid assuming that actual year-to-date performance was annualized.

10.4 Equity-Based Compensation. Notwithstanding anything contained in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant:

(a) Based on the greater of (i) the number of performance-based shares, performance-based stock units, performance-based stock options, and performance-based stock-settled stock appreciation rights at target level or (ii) the number of performance-based shares, performance-based stock units, performance-based stock options, and performance-based stock-settled stock appreciation rights that would have vested if performance as of the performance period to date was applied to the full performance period, a pro rata number of shares or units (based on the number of full and partial months that the Participant was employed during the applicable performance period underlying the performance equity award held by the Participant on the Separation Date shall immediately vest as of the Separation Date; provided that this Section 10.4(a) shall not apply to any performance-based equity the vesting of which solely occurs due to the achievement of a specific stock price;

(b) any and all shares of restricted stock or restricted stock units held by the Participant on the Separation Date shall immediately vest as of the Separation Date; and

13

(c) any and all unvested time-vested stock options or stock-settled stock appreciation rights shall immediately vest as of the Separation Date, and any and all stock options and stock appreciation rights held by the Participant on the Separation Date (including those stock options and/or stock appreciation rights that vest/become exercisable under this Section 10.4) shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) the 90th day immediately following the Separation Date or (ii) the stock option’s and/or stock appreciation right’s originally scheduled expiration date.

10.5 Long-Term Incentive Compensation. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, all long-term incentive arrangements (other than equity-based compensation) shall forfeit, vest and/or be paid in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plan, program, agreement or arrangement. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Committee may accelerate such payment, in its sole discretion, after having received advice from the Company’s tax advisors that such acceleration would not violate Code Section 409A or any other provision of the Code.

10.6 Pension-Benefit Arrangements. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, all benefits under all pension-benefit arrangements, including deferred compensation arrangements, shall be paid in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plan, program, agreement or arrangement. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Committee may accelerate such payment, in its sole discretion, after having received advice from the Company’s tax advisors that such acceleration would not violate Code Section 409A or any other provision of the Code.

10.7 Welfare-Benefit Arrangements. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, the Company shall provide a Separated Participant with a lump sum cash payment equal to the estimated value of continued health coverage during the Change-in-Control Health Continuation Period, payable on the 60th day following the Separation Date. Unless otherwise provided for in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and a Separated Participant, or as otherwise agreed to by the Committee in its sole discretion, all other welfare benefits shall cease as of the Separation Date. Following the Separation Date, the Separated Participant and his or her dependents shall be entitled to receive continued health coverage in accordance with rules and provisions under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 and the Affordable Care Act of 2010, if applicable.

10.8 Payment of Separation Benefits to Beneficiaries. Unless otherwise provided in any written plan, program, agreement or arrangement between the Company and the Participant, in the event of the Separated Participant's death, all Separation Benefits that would have been paid to the Separated Participant under this Section 10 but for his or her death, shall be paid to the Separated Participant's Beneficiary.

10.9 Other Benefits. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, the Company or the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide benefits in addition to the benefits described under this Section 10.

10.10 Right of Company to Cure. If the Separation is by the Participant for Good Reason under this Section 10, then the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries shall be given a reasonable period of time – but not less than 30 days – to cure the event that constitutes Good Reason (if curable) before the Separation Date.

11.0 PARTICIPANT OBLIGATIONS

11.1 Waiver and Release. As a condition precedent for receiving the Separation Benefits provided under Section 9 or Section 10 above, a Separated Participant shall execute a waiver and release substantially in the form attached to the Plan as Exhibit A on or before the 50th day following the Separation Date.

11.2 Non-Competition. If the Participant’s Separation is without Cause or – for certain Participants – for Good Reason, then during the Standard Non-Competition Period or the Change-in-Control Non-Competition Period, as applicable, a Separated Participant shall not at any time, directly or indirectly, engage in a Competitive Activity.

14

11.3 Non-Solicitation. During the Standard Non-Solicitation Period or Change-in-Control Non-Solicitation Period, as applicable, a Separated Participant shall not at any time, directly or indirectly, whether on behalf of himself or herself or any other person or entity (x) solicit any client and/or customer of the Company or any Subsidiary with respect to a Competitive Activity or (y) solicit or employ any employee of the Company or any Subsidiary for the purpose of causing such employee to terminate his or her employment with the Company or such Subsidiary.

11.4 Confidentiality. At all times prior to and following the Separation Date, the Participant shall not disclose to anyone or make use of any trade secret or proprietary or confidential information of the Company, including such trade secret or proprietary or confidential information of any customer or client or other entity to which the Company owes an obligation not to disclose such information, which he or she acquires during his or her employment with the Company, including but not limited to records kept in the ordinary course of business, except:

(a) as such disclosure or use may be required or appropriate in connection with his or her work as an employee of the Company;

(b) when required to do so by a court of law, by any governmental agency having supervisory authority over the business of the Company or by any administrative or legislative body (including a committee thereof) with apparent jurisdiction to order him or her to divulge, disclose or make accessible such information;

(c) as to such confidential information that becomes generally known to the public or trade without his or her violation of this Section 11.4; or

(d) to the Participant’s spouse, his or her attorneys, and his or her personal tax and financial advisors as reasonably necessary or appropriate to advance the Participant’s tax, financial and other personal planning (each an “Exempt Person”), provided, however, that any disclosure or use of any trade secret or proprietary or confidential information of the Company by an Exempt Person shall be deemed to be a breach of this Section 11.4 by the Participant.

11.5 Non-Disparagement. At all times prior to and following the Separation Date, the Participant shall not make any statements or express any views that disparage the business reputation or goodwill of the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries.

11.6 Resignation as Officer and Director. On or before the Separation Date, the Separated Participant shall submit to the Company in writing his or her resignation (as applicable) as (i) an officer of the Company and of all Subsidiaries and (ii) a member of the Board and of the board of directors of all Subsidiaries.

11.7 Return of Company Property. Immediately following the Separation Date, the Participant shall immediately return all Company property in his or her possession, including but not limited to all computer equipment (hardware and software), telephones, facsimile machines, smart phones and other communication devices, credit cards, office keys, security access cards, badges, identification cards and all copies (including drafts) of any documentation or information (however stored) relating to the business of the Company, its customers and clients or its prospective customers and clients.

11.8 Cooperation. Following the Separation Date, the Participant shall give his or her assistance and cooperation willingly, upon reasonable advance notice with due consideration for his or her other business or personal commitments, in any matter relating to his or her position with the Company, or his or her expertise or experience as the Company may reasonably request, including his or her attendance and truthful testimony where deemed appropriate by the Company, with respect to any investigation or the Company's defense or prosecution of any existing or future claims or litigations or other proceeding relating to matters in which he or she was involved or potentially had knowledge by virtue of his or her employment with the Company. In no event shall his or her cooperation materially interfere with his or her services for a subsequent employer or other similar service recipient. The Company agrees that (i) it shall promptly reimburse the Separated Participant for his or her reasonable and documented expenses in connection with his or her rendering assistance and/or cooperation under this Section 11.8, upon his or her presentation of documentation for such expenses and (ii) the Separated Participant shall be reasonably compensated for any continued material services as required under this Section 11.8.

15

11.9 Enforcement of Section 11. If a Separated Participant materially violates any provision of this Section 11, he or she shall immediately forfeit any right, title and interest to any Separation Benefits that have not yet been paid or provided and shall be required to repay to the Company a cash amount equal to the value of the Separation Benefits that he or she has already received.

11.10 Enforcement of Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation and Confidentiality Covenants. In addition to Section 11.9 above, if a Separated Participant violates or threatens to violate Section 11.2, Section 11.3, and/or Section 11.4 above, the Company shall not have an adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, the Company shall be entitled to seek such equitable and injunctive relief as may be available to restrain the Separated Participant and any business, firm, partnership, individual, corporation or entity participating in the breach or threatened breach from the violation of the provisions of Section 11.2, Section 11.3, and/or Section 11.4 above. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other remedies available at law or in equity for breach or threatened breach of Section 11.2, Section 11.3, and/or Section 11.4 above, including the recovery of damages.

12.0 CLAIMS

12.1 Claims Procedure. If any Participant or Beneficiary, or his or her legal representative, has a claim for benefits under the Plan which is not being paid, such claimant may file a written claim with the Committee setting forth the amount and nature of the claim, supporting facts, and the claimant's address. Written notice of the disposition of a claim by the Committee shall be furnished to the claimant within 90 days after the claim is filed. In the event of special circumstances, the Committee may extend the period for determination for up to an additional 90 days, in which case it shall so advise the claimant. If the claim is denied, the reasons for the denial shall be specifically set forth in writing, pertinent provisions of the Plan shall be cited, including an explanation of the Plan's claim review procedure, and, if the claim is perfectible, an explanation as to how the claimant can perfect the claim shall be provided.

12.2 Claims Review Procedure. If a claimant whose claim has been denied wishes further consideration of his or her claim, he or she may request the Committee to review his or her claim in a written statement of the claimant's position filed with the Committee no later than 60 days after receipt of the written notification provided for in Section 12.1 above. The Committee shall fully and fairly review the matter and shall promptly advise the claimant, in writing, of its decision within the next 60 days. Due to special circumstances, the Committee may extend the period for determination for up to an additional 60 days.

12.3 Dispute Resolution. Any disputes arising under or in connection with the Plan (other than disputes arising under or in connection with Sections 11.2, 11.3 and/or 11.4 above) shall be resolved by binding arbitration, to be held in San Diego, California) or in any other location mutually agreed to by the Company and the Participant in accordance with the rules and procedures of the American Arbitration Association. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

12.4 Reimbursement of Expenses. If there is any dispute between the Company and the Participant with respect to a claim under the Plan, the Company shall reimburse such Participant for all reasonable fees, costs and expenses incurred by such Participant with respect to such disputed claim; provided, however, that (i) such Participant is the prevailing party with respect to such disputed claim or (ii) the disputed claim is settled in the Participant’s favor.

13.0 TAXES

13.1 Withholding Taxes. The Company shall be entitled to withhold from any and all payments made to the Participant under the Plan all federal, state, local and/or other taxes or imposts which the Company determines are required to be so withheld from such payments or by reason of any other payments made to or on behalf of the Participant or for his or her benefit hereunder.

13.2 Golden Parachute Excise Tax. If the Participant becomes subject to the excise tax imposed by Code Section 4999 (the “Parachute Excise Tax”), then the Company and the Participant agree that the aggregate “parachute payment” (as such term is used under Code Section 280G) shall be reduced to 299.99% of the Participant’s “base amount” (as such term is used under Code Section 280G) if such reduction would result in the Participant retaining on an after-tax basis an amount equal to or greater than the amount that the

16

Participant would have retained had he or she not been subject to the Parachute Excise Tax. If such reduction occurs under this Section 13.2, the Participant may select in his or her own discretion what portion of the parachute payments will be so reduced; provided that such selection fully complies with Code Section 409A.

13.3 Code Section 409A. The Plan is not intended to be subject to Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee shall have full authority to operate the Plan and to override any provision in the Plan in order for the Plan to be fully compliant – both in form and in operation – with Code Section 409A.

13.4 No Guarantee of Tax Consequences. No person connected with the Plan in any capacity, including, but not limited to, the Company and any Subsidiary and their directors, officers, agents and employees makes any representation, commitment, or guarantee that any tax treatment, including, but not limited to, federal, state and local income, estate and gift tax treatment, will be applicable with respect to amounts payable or provided under the Plan, or paid to or for the benefit of the Participant under the Plan, or that such tax treatment will apply to or be available to the Participant on account of participation in the Plan.

14.0 TERM OF PLAN; AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN

14.1 Term of Plan. The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date and shall remain in effect until the Board terminates the Plan.

14.2 Amendment of Plan. The Plan may be amended by the Board at any time with or without prior notice; provided, however, that the Plan shall not be amended during the period commencing on the 180th day immediately preceding a Change-in-Control Date and ending on the 2nd anniversary of such Change-in-Control Date without the written consent of each Participant.

14.3 Termination of Plan. The Plan may be terminated or suspended by the Board at any time with or without prior notice; provided, however, that the Plan shall not be terminated or suspended during the period commencing on the 180th day immediately preceding a Change-in-Control Date and ending on the 2nd anniversary of such Change-in-Control Date without the written consent of each Participant.

14.4 No Adverse Effect. If the Plan is amended, terminated, or suspended in accordance with Sections 14.2 or 14.3 above, such action shall not adversely affect the benefits of any Participant (including a Separated Participant) prior to the date of amendment, termination or suspension.

15.0 MISCELLANEOUS

15.1 No Mitigation. A Separated Participant shall be under no obligation to seek other employment following the Separation Date and there shall be no offset against amounts due the Separated Participant under the Plan on account of any compensation attributable to any subsequent employment.

15.2 Offset. Separation Benefits shall be reduced by any payment or benefit made or provided by the Company or any Subsidiary to the Participant pursuant to (i) any severance plan, program, policy or arrangement of the Company or any Subsidiary not otherwise referred to in the Plan, (ii) the termination-of-employment provisions of any employment agreement between the Company or any Subsidiary and the Participant, and (iii) any federal, state or local statute, rule, regulation or ordinance.

15.3 No Right, Title, or Interest in Company Assets. Participants shall have no right, title, or interest whatsoever in or to any assets of the Company or any investments which the Company may make to aid it in meeting its obligations under the Plan. Nothing contained in the Plan, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Participant, Beneficiary, legal representative or any other person. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company under the Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company. Subject to this Section 15.3, all payments to be made hereunder shall be paid from the general funds of the Company and no special or separate fund shall be established and no segregation of assets shall be made to assure payment of such amounts; provided, however, that the Company may establish a grantor trust to provide for the payment of the benefits under the Plan of which the Company is the grantor within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter

17

1, subtitle A of the Code and under which the assets held by such trust will be subject to the claims of the Company's general creditors under federal and state law in the event of the Company's insolvency.

15.4 No Right to Continued Employment. The Participant's rights, if any, to continue to serve the Company as an employee shall not be enlarged or otherwise affected by his or her designation as the Participant under the Plan, and the Company or the applicable Subsidiary reserves the right to terminate the employment of any employee at any time. The adoption of the Plan shall not be deemed to give any employee, or any other individual any right to be selected as the Participant or to continued employment with the Company or any Subsidiary.

15.5 Indemnification. During the period that the Executive is the Participant and – if the Participant becomes a Separated Participant – following the Separation Date, the Company shall indemnify the Participant or the Separated Participant, as the case may be, and hold him or her harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by, and subject to the limitations of Delaware law, for all claims against him or her by third parties by reason of his or her employment with the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries, including without limitation, all costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) whatsoever incurred or sustained by the Participant or Separated Participant, as the case may be, in connection with any action, suit or proceeding (other than any action, suit or proceeding brought by or in the name of the Company against the Participant or Separated Participant, as the case may be) to which he or she may be made a party by reason of being or having been a director, officer or employee of the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries or his or her serving or having served any other enterprise as a director, officer or employee at the request of the Company.

15.6 Clawback. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, the Participant’s paid, granted or awarded incentive compensation shall be subject to the Company’s Compensation Recovery Policy (as amended from time to time).

15.7 Other Rights. The Plan shall not affect or impair the rights or obligations of the Company or the Participant under any other written plan, contract, arrangement, or pension, profit sharing or other compensation plan.

15.8 Governing Law. The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Delaware without reference to principles of conflict of laws, except as superseded by ERISA and other applicable federal law.

15.9 Severability. If any term or condition of the Plan shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent or in any application, then the remainder of the Plan, with the exception of such invalid or unenforceable provision, shall not be affected thereby and shall continue in effect and application to its fullest extent.

15.10 Incapacity. If the Committee determines that the Participant or a Beneficiary is unable to care for his or her affairs because of illness or accident or because he or she is a minor, any benefit due the Participant or Beneficiary may be paid to the Participant's spouse or to any other person deemed by the Committee to have incurred expense for such Participant (including a duly appointed guardian, committee or other legal representative), and any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the Company's obligation hereunder.

15.11 Transferability of Rights. The Company shall have the unrestricted right to transfer its obligations under the Plan with respect to one or more Participants to any person, including, but not limited to, any purchaser of all or any part of the Company's business. No Participant or Beneficiary shall have any right to commute, encumber, transfer or otherwise dispose of or alienate any present or future right or expectancy which the Participant or Beneficiary may have at any time to receive payments of benefits hereunder, which benefits and the right thereto are expressly declared to be non-assignable and nontransferable, except to the extent required by law. Any attempt to transfer or assign a benefit, or any rights granted hereunder, by the Participant or the spouse of the Participant shall, in the sole discretion of the Committee (after consideration of such facts as it deems pertinent), be grounds for terminating any rights of the Participant or Beneficiary to any portion of the Plan benefits not previously paid.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

18

SCHEDULE A

STANDARD SEPARATION BENEFITS AND OBLIGATIONS
Partici-pant Tier	Good Reason Applies	Sever-ance Multiple	Standard Vesting Continuation Period	Standard Health Continu-ation Period	Standard Non-Competition Period	Standard Non-Solicitation Period
						Clients/ Customers	Employees
Tier 1	Yes	2.0x	12 months	24 months	24 months	24 months	24 months
Tier 2	Yes	1.5x	12 months	18 months	18 months	18 months	18 months
Tier 3	No	1.0x	9 months	12 months	12 months	12 months	12 months
Tier 4	No	0.5x	6 months	6 months	6 months	6 months	6 months

SCHEDULE B

CHANGE-IN-CONTROL SEPARATION BENEFITS AND OBLIGATIONS
Partici-pant Tier	Good Reason Applies	CIC Sever-ance Multiple	CIC Equity Vesting	CIC Health Continu-ation Period	CIC Non-Competition Period	CIC Non-Solicitation Period
						Clients/ Customers	Employees
Tier 1	Yes	2.0x	Time-based equity accelerated vest Performance-based (other than stock price performance-based equity) pro rata accelerated vest based on greater of target or to-date performance Stock price performance equity accelerated vest if CIC price equals or exceed stock price target Options/SARs remain exercisable for 90 days	24 months	24 months	24 months	24 months
Tier 2	Yes	1.5x	Same as Tier 1	18 months	18 months	18 months	18 months
Tier 3	Yes	1.0x	Same as Tier 1	12 months	12 months	12 months	12 months
Tier 4	No	0.5x	Same as Tier 1	6 months	6 months	6 months	6 months

19

EXHIBIT A

RELEASE

This RELEASE (“Release”) dated as of this ____day of ____________, 20___ between Encore Capital Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and ___________ (the “Employee”).

WHEREAS, the Employee is a participant in the Company’s Executive Separation Plan (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, the Employee’s employment with the Company (has been) (will be) terminated effective __________________; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section ___ of the Plan, the Employee is entitled to certain compensation and benefits upon such termination, contingent upon the execution of this Release;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements contained herein and in the Plan, the Company and the Employee agree as follows:

1.    The Employee, on [his/her] own behalf and on behalf of [his/her] heirs, estate and beneficiaries, does hereby release the Company, and any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates, and each past or present officer, director, agent, employee, shareholder, and insurer of any such entities, from any and all claims made, to be made, or which might have been made of whatever nature, whether known or unknown, from the beginning of time, including those that arose as a consequence of [his/her] employment with the Company, or arising out of the severance of such employment relationship, or arising out of any act committed or omitted during or after the existence of such employment relationship, all up through and including the date on which this Release is executed, including, but not limited to, those which were, could have been or could be the subject of an administrative or judicial proceeding filed by the Employee or on [his/her] behalf under federal, state or local law, whether by statute, regulation, in contract or tort, and including, but not limited to, every claim for front pay, back pay, wages, bonus, fringe benefit, any form of discrimination (including but not limited to, every claim of race, color, sex, religion, national origin, disability or age discrimination), wrongful termination, emotional distress, pain and suffering, breach of contract, compensatory or punitive damages, interest, attorneys’ fees, reinstatement or reemployment. If any court rules that such waiver of rights to file, or have filed on [his/her] behalf, any administrative or judicial charges or complaints is ineffective, the Employee agrees not to seek or accept any money damages or any other relief upon the filing of any such administrative or judicial charges or complaints. The Employee relinquishes any right to future employment with the Company and the Company shall have the right to refuse to re-employ the Employee without liability. The Employee acknowledges and agrees that even though claims and facts in addition to those now known or believed by [him/her] to exist may subsequently be discovered, it is [his/her] intention to fully settle and release all claims [he/she] may have against the Company and the persons and entities described above, whether known, unknown or suspected.

2.    The Employee acknowledges that [he/she] has been provided at least [21] [45] days to review the Release and has been advised to review it with an attorney of [his/her] choice. In the event the Employee elects to sign this Release prior to the end of this [21] [45]-day period, [he/she] agrees that it is a knowing and voluntary waiver of [his/her] right to wait the full [21] [45] days. The Employee further understands that [he/she] has 7 days after the signing hereof to revoke it by so notifying the Company in writing, such notice to be received by _____________ within the 7-day period. The Employee further acknowledges that [he/she] has carefully read this Release, and knows and understands its contents and its binding legal effect. The Employee acknowledges that by signing this Release, [he/she] does so of [his/her] own free will and act and that it is [his/her] intention that [he/she] be legally bound by its terms.

20

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Release on the date first above written.

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP, INC. 
By:_________________________   Name:   Title:

_____________________________

[Employee’s Name]

21

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I, Kenneth A. Vecchione, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Encore Capital Group, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons fulfilling the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

By:	/S/ KENNETH A. VECCHIONE
	Kenneth A. Vecchione President and Chief Executive Officer

Date: November 6, 2014

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

I, Paul Grinberg, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Encore Capital Group, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons fulfilling the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

By:	/S/ PAUL GRINBERG
	Paul Grinberg Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Date: November 6, 2014

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Encore Capital Group, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of his knowledge:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ KENNETH A. VECCHIONE

Kenneth A. Vecchione

President and Chief Executive Officer

November 6, 2014

/s/ PAUL GRINBERG

Paul Grinberg

Executive Vice President,

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

November 6, 2014

This certification accompanies the above described Report and is being furnished pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall be not be deemed filed as part of the Report.

XML

Earnings Per Share Additional Information (Details) (USD $)	1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	May 31, 2014	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013	Apr. 24, 2014	Sep. 30, 2014 2017 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 2017 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Nov. 27, 2012 2017 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 2017 Convertible Senior Notes [Member] Before Amendment [Member]	Dec. 16, 2013 2017 Convertible Senior Notes [Member] After Amendment [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 2017 Convertible Senior Notes [Member] Adjusted Debt Conversion Rate Following Hedge Transactions [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 2020 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Jun. 24, 2013 2020 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 2021 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Mar. 05, 2014 2021 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Stock repurchase program, amount authorized						$ 50,000,000.0
Stock repurchased during period (shares)	400,000
Stock repurchased during period (value)	16,800,000
Anti-dilutive securities, employee stock options excluded from EPS		0	0	0	0
Debt component							$ 115,000,000						$ 172,500,000		$ 161,000,000
Initial conversion price							$ 31.56		$ 31.56			$ 60.00	$ 45.72	$ 45.72	$ 59.39	$ 59.39
Warrants sold to purchase common stock (in shares)								3,600,000
Warrants exercise price (in dollars per share)										$ 44.19	$ 60.00

XML

Other Assets - Components of Other Assets (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Sep. 30, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Deferred Costs, Capitalized, Prepaid, and Other Assets Disclosure [Abstract]
Debt issuance costs, net of amortization	$ 40,453	$ 28,066
Prepaid income taxes	29,301	5,009
Prepaid expenses	21,940	23,487
Funds held in escrow	17,524	0
Deferred tax assets	17,209	13,974
Identifiable intangible assets, net	17,034	23,549
Service fee receivables	12,692	8,954
Interest receivable	12,178	7,956
Other financial receivables	7,666	7,962
Receivable from seller	7,357	0
Security deposits	4,814	2,500
Recoverable legal fees	2,826	3,049
Other	27,125	30,277
Total other assets	$ 218,119	$ 154,783

XML

Investment in Receivable Portfolios, Net - Summary of Changes in Balance of Investment in Receivable Portfolios (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended		3 Months Ended			9 Months Ended		3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended		3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended		3 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013 AACC Merger [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Accrual Basis Portfolios [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Accrual Basis Portfolios [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Accrual Basis Portfolios [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Accrual Basis Portfolios [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Cost Recovery Portfolios [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Cost Recovery Portfolios [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Cost Recovery Portfolios [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Cost Recovery Portfolios [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Zero Basis Portfolios [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Zero Basis Portfolios [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Zero Basis Portfolios [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Zero Basis Portfolios [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Atlantic Credit and Finance, Inc. [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Cabot Acquisition [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Marlin [Member]
Investment in Receivables Portfolio [Roll Forward]
Balance, beginning of period	$ 1,987,985	$ 1,096,698	$ 1,590,249	$ 873,119		$ 1,978,493	$ 1,090,922	$ 1,585,587	$ 873,119	$ 9,492	$ 5,776	$ 4,662	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0
Purchases of receivable portfolios	299,509	617,852	992,836	1,099,736	383,400	297,800	616,779	991,127	1,098,663	1,709	1,073	1,709	1,073	0	0	0	0	105,400	559,000	208,500
Transfer of portfolios	0	0	0	0		(11,519)	0	(18,682)	(6,649)	11,519	0	18,682	6,649	0	0	0	0
Gross collections	(407,220)	(379,670)	(1,213,174)	(928,228)		(395,945)	(371,482)	(1,186,431)	(905,751)	(4,056)	(983)	(6,305)	(1,825)	(7,219)	(7,205)	(20,438)	(20,652)
Put-backs and recalls	(1,544)	(997)	(10,770)	(2,787)		(2,817)	(755)	(11,640)	(2,512)	1,278	(242)	875	(273)	(5)	0	(5)	(2)
Foreign currency adjustments	(57,283)	36,372	(23,493)	35,708		(55,865)	36,372	(22,394)	35,708	(1,418)	0	(1,099)	0	0	0	0	0
Revenue recognized	245,982	222,409	725,129	510,436		241,502	218,182	713,656	496,804	0	0	0	0	4,480	4,227	11,473	13,632
Portfolio allowance reversals, net	5,803	2,978	12,455	7,658		3,059	0	3,485	636	0	0	0	0	2,744	2,978	8,970	7,022
Balance, end of period	$ 2,073,232	$ 1,595,642	$ 2,073,232	$ 1,595,642		$ 2,054,708	$ 1,590,018	$ 2,054,708	$ 1,590,018	$ 18,524	$ 5,624	$ 18,524	$ 5,624	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0
Revenue as a percentage of collections	60.40%	58.60%	59.80%	55.00%		61.00%	58.70%	60.20%	54.80%	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%	62.10%	58.70%	56.10%	66.00%

XML

Segment Information - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014 Segment	Dec. 31, 2013
Segment Reporting, Asset Reconciling Item [Line Items]
Number of reportable segments	2
Assets	$ 3,722,086	$ 2,685,274
Portfolio Purchasing and Recovery [Member]
Segment Reporting, Asset Reconciling Item [Line Items]
Assets	3,300,000
Tax Lien Transfer [Member]
Segment Reporting, Asset Reconciling Item [Line Items]
Assets	$ 386,100

XML

Debt - Components of Debt (Detail) (USD $)	Sep. 30, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Encore revolving credit facility	$ 429,000,000	$ 356,000,000
Encore term loan facility	147,984,000	140,625,000
Encore senior secured notes	47,500,000	58,750,000
Encore convertible senior notes	448,500,000	287,500,000
Less: Debt discount	(53,461,000)	(42,240,000)
Add: Debt premium	72,595,000	43,583,000
Preferred equity certificates	210,891,000	199,821,000
Capital lease obligations	15,274,000	12,219,000
Debt and capital lease obligations, total	2,790,746,000	1,850,431,000
Other [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Other	38,340,000	20,271,000
Propel facilities [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Encore revolving credit facility	109,660,000	170,630,000
Propel securitized notes [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Encore senior secured notes	113,401,000	0
Cabot Senior Secured Notes [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Encore senior secured notes	1,118,628,000	603,272,000
Cabot Credit Facility [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Encore revolving credit facility	$ 92,434,000	$ 0

XML

Investment in Receivable Portfolios, Net - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended		3 Months Ended					6 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013 AACC Merger [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 AACC Merger [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Marlin [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Atlantic Credit and Finance, Inc. [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Cabot Acquisition [Member]	Jun. 30, 2014 Minimum [Member]	Jun. 30, 2014 Maximum [Member]
Certain Loans Acquired In Transfer Not Accounted For As Debt Securities Carrying Amount Net [Line Items]
Collection forecast estimated on receivable portfolios			120 months							84 months	96 months
Income recognized under cost recovery method			$ 0
Purchase price of receivable portfolios	299,509,000	617,852,000	992,836,000	1,099,736,000		383,400,000	208,500,000	105,400,000	559,000,000
Face value of receivable portfolios	4,000,000,000	13,400,000,000	11,300,000,000	83,900,000,000	68,200,000,000
Purchase cost as a percentage of face value	7.50%	4.60%	8.80%	1.30%	0.60%
Estimated future collections at acquisition for receivable portfolios	600,000,000			2,000,000,000
Zero Basis Revenue	$ 4,500,000	$ 4,200,000	$ 11,500,000	$ 13,600,000

XML

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2014

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Reportable Segments by Reporting Units

Goodwill was allocable to reporting units included in the Company’s reportable segments, as follows (in thousands):

	Portfolio Purchasing  and Recovery			Tax Lien Business		Total
Balance, December 31, 2013	$	454,936		$	49,277	$	504,213
Goodwill acquired	427,647			—		427,647
Effect of foreign currency translation	(10,341		)	—		(10,341		)
Balance, September 30, 2014	$	872,242		$	49,277	$	921,519

Summary of Acquired Intangible Assets

The Company’s acquired intangible assets are summarized as follows (in thousands):

	As of September 30, 2014							As of December 31, 2013
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount
Customer relationships	$	6,012	$	(583	)	$	5,429	$	1,975	$	(74	)	$	1,901
Developed technologies	7,422		(1,570		)	5,852		4,909		(468		)	4,441
Trade name and other	4,890		(1,099		)	3,791		15,631		(386		)	15,245
Other intangibles—indefinite lived	1,962		—			1,962		1,962		—			1,962
Total intangible assets	$	20,286	$	(3,252	)	$	17,034	$	24,477	$	(928	)	$	23,549

XML

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets - Schedule of Reportable Segments by Reporting Units (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Balance at beginning of period	$ 504,213
Goodwill acquired	427,647
Effect of foreign currency translation	(10,341)
Balance at end of period	921,519
Portfolio Purchasing and Recovery [Member]
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Balance at beginning of period	454,936
Goodwill acquired	427,647
Effect of foreign currency translation	(10,341)
Balance at end of period	872,242
Tax Lien Transfer [Member]
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Balance at beginning of period	49,277
Goodwill acquired	0
Effect of foreign currency translation	0
Balance at end of period	$ 49,277

XML

Debt - Encore Senior Secured and Convertible Senior Notes (Detail) (USD $) Share data in Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended					9 Months Ended		3 Months Ended			9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2014 2021 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Mar. 05, 2014 2021 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 2011 Senior Secured Notes [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 2010 Senior Secured Notes [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 2017 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 2017 Convertible Senior Notes [Member] D	Sep. 30, 2013 2017 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 2017 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 2017 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Nov. 27, 2012 2017 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 2020 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Jun. 24, 2013 2020 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Hedging of Convertible Debt Instrument [Member] 2021 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Hedging of Convertible Debt Instrument [Member] 2017 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Dec. 16, 2013 Hedging of Convertible Debt Instrument [Member] 2017 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Nov. 27, 2012 Hedging of Convertible Debt Instrument [Member] 2017 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Hedging of Convertible Debt Instrument [Member] 2020 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Convertible Notes [Member] 2021 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Convertible Notes [Member] 2017 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Jul. 31, 2014 Convertible Notes [Member] 2020 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Senior secured notes, aggregate amount	$ 75,000,000		$ 75,000,000					$ 25,000,000	$ 50,000,000
Debt instrument, stated interest rate						2.875%		7.375%	7.75%	3.00%			3.00%			3.00%							2.875%	3.00%	3.00%
Debt instrument maturity date								2018	2017
Senior secured notes, periodic principal repayment								1,250,000	2,500,000
Senior Notes	47,500,000		47,500,000		58,750,000
Basis spread over the current Treasury Rate			0.50%
Debt instrument, face amount																							161,000,000	115,000,000	172,500,000
Initial conversion price						$ 59.39	$ 59.39			$ 31.56			$ 31.56		$ 31.56	$ 45.72	$ 45.72	$ 83.14	$ 60.00	$ 60.00	$ 44.19	$ 61.55
Event of early conversion, percentage of conversion price											130.00%
Event of early conversion, period stock price exceeds conversion price, trading days (more than)											20
Event of early conversion, term prior to period end stock price exceeds conversion price, consecutive trading days											30 days
Fair value of notes										185,000,000			185,000,000
Redeemable equity component of convertible senior notes			$ 9,800,000
Dilutive effect of convertible senior notes (in shares) (less than 0.1 million)	1,043	805	1,118	298						1,000		800	1,100	300

XML

Segment Information - Reconciliation of Revenue and Operating Income from Segments to Consolidated (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013
Segment Reporting, Reconciling Item for Operating Profit (Loss) from Segment to Consolidated [Line Items]
Revenues	$ 273,282	$ 235,558	$ 796,218	$ 536,265
Depreciation and amortization	(6,933)	(4,523)	(19,879)	(8,527)
Other expense	(44,030)	(29,485)	(124,870)	(47,784)
Income before income taxes	40,292	31,644	106,227	81,942
Operating Segments [Member]
Segment Reporting, Reconciling Item for Operating Profit (Loss) from Segment to Consolidated [Line Items]
Revenues	273,282	235,558	796,218	536,265
Operating income loss before depreciation and amortization	95,264	69,635	264,536	147,416
Depreciation and amortization	(6,933)	(4,523)	(19,879)	(8,527)
Stock-based compensation	(4,009)	(3,983)	(13,560)	(9,163)
Other expense	(44,030)	(29,485)	(124,870)	(47,784)
Income before income taxes	40,292	31,644	106,227	81,942
Operating Segments [Member] | Portfolio Purchasing and Recovery [Member]
Segment Reporting, Reconciling Item for Operating Profit (Loss) from Segment to Consolidated [Line Items]
Revenues	264,800	230,885	775,476	523,659
Operating income loss before depreciation and amortization	91,470	67,803	256,756	143,961
Operating Segments [Member] | Tax Lien Transfer [Member]
Segment Reporting, Reconciling Item for Operating Profit (Loss) from Segment to Consolidated [Line Items]
Revenues	8,482	4,673	20,742	12,606
Operating income loss before depreciation and amortization	$ 3,794	$ 1,832	$ 7,780	$ 3,455

XML

Fair Value Measurements (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2014

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Summary of Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on Recurring Basis

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below (in thousands):

	Fair Value Measurements as of September 30, 2014
	Level 1		Level 2			Level 3			Total
Assets
Foreign currency exchange contracts	$	—	$	791		$	—		$	791
Interest rate cap contracts	—		4			—			4
Liabilities
Foreign currency exchange contracts	—		(1,449		)	—			(1,449		)
Temporary Equity
Redeemable noncontrolling interests	—		—			(30,280		)	(30,280		)

	Fair Value Measurements as of December 31, 2013
	Level 1		Level 2			Level 3			Total
Assets
Foreign currency exchange contracts	$	—	$	46		$	—		$	46
Interest rate cap contracts	—		202			—			202
Liabilities
Foreign currency exchange contracts	—		(4,123		)	—			(4,123		)
Temporary Equity
Redeemable noncontrolling interests	—		—			(26,564		)	(26,564		)

Change in Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests

The components of the change in the redeemable noncontrolling interests for the period ended September 30, 2014 are presented in the following table:

	Amount
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	26,564
Initial redeemable noncontrolling interest related to business combinations	4,997
Net loss attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests	(5,182		)
Adjustment of the redeemable noncontrolling interests to fair value	5,258
Effect of foreign currency translation attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests	(1,357		)
Balance at September 30, 2014	$	30,280

XML

Deferred Court Costs, Net - Additional Information (Detail)	9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014
Deferred Costs, Capitalized, Prepaid, and Other Assets Disclosure [Abstract]
Deferred Court Costs not recovered, years	3 years
Extended Deferred Court Costs not recovered, years	5 years

XML

Fair Value Measurements - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)									9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014	Jun. 30, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2014 Cabot and Marlin Acquisitions [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Cabot Acquisition [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 United States [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 United States [Member] Cost to collect [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 United States [Member] Discount rate [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 United Kingdom [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 United Kingdom [Member] Cost to collect [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 United Kingdom [Member] Discount rate [Member]
Fair Value Measurements Of Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Estimated market participant cost to collect										50.30%			30.90%
Discount rate											12.00%			19.30%
Fluctuation in discount rate	1.00%
Increase or decrease of the fair value									$ 44,100,000			$ 34,300,000
Carrying value of investment in receivable portfolios	2,073,232,000	1,987,985,000	1,590,249,000	1,595,642,000	1,096,698,000	873,119,000
Convertible senior notes, carrying value	448,500,000		287,500,000
Unamortized debt discount	53,461,000		42,240,000
Fair value estimate of convertible senior notes incorporates quoted market prices	519,500,000		412,400,000				1,200,000,000	680,700,000
Senior secured notes, carrying value	47,500,000		58,750,000				1,200,000,000	646,900,000
Senior secured notes, debt premium	$ 72,595,000		$ 43,583,000				$ 72,600,000	$ 43,600,000

XML

Business Combinations - Pro Forma (Details) (Atlantic Credit and Finance, Inc. [Member], USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013
Atlantic Credit and Finance, Inc. [Member]
Business Acquisition, Pro Forma Information, Nonrecurring Adjustment [Line Items]
Consolidated pro forma revenue	$ 278,913	$ 250,977	$ 834,301	$ 586,952
Consolidated pro forma income from continuing operations attributable to Encore	$ 31,106	$ 24,444	$ 81,989	$ 56,773

XML

Deferred Court Costs, Net - Schedule of Court Cost Reserve (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013
Deferred Costs, Capitalized, Prepaid, and Other Assets [Roll Forward]
Balance at beginning of period	$ (243,832)	$ (176,094)	$ (210,889)	$ (149,080)
Provision for court costs	(17,949)	(17,866)	(50,892)	(44,880)
Balance at end of period	$ (261,781)	$ (193,960)	$ (261,781)	$ (193,960)

XML

Income Taxes - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2013
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Provision for income taxes	$ 10,154,000	$ 10,272,000	$ 35,906,000	$ 30,110,000
Unrecognized tax benefit	19,000,000		19,000,000		83,000,000
Net tax benefit from unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized	14,400,000		14,400,000		13,500,000
Undistributed earnings	8,200,000		11,500,000
AACC Merger [Member]
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Increase (Decrease) in gross unrecognized tax benefit			(4,300,000)
AACC Merger [Member] | Deferred tax liabilities [Member]
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Increase (Decrease) in gross unrecognized tax benefit			(58,000,000)
AACC Merger [Member] | Income taxes payable [Member]
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Increase (Decrease) in gross unrecognized tax benefit			(14,300,000)
Other business combinations [Member]
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Unrecognized Tax Benefits, Increase Resulting from Acquisition			$ 12,600,000
Costa Rica [Member] | Tax Holiday Through December 31, 2018 [Member]
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Holiday tax rate			100.00%
Costa Rica [Member] | Subsequent Four Years [Member]
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Holiday tax rate			50.00%
Income tax holiday, term			4 years

XML

Debt - Interest Expense (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013
Convertible Notes [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Interest expense—stated coupon rate	$ 3,316	$ 2,141	$ 9,080	$ 3,947
Interest expense—amortization of debt discount	2,228	1,570	6,164	2,887
Total interest expense—convertible notes	5,544	3,711	15,244	6,834
Cabot and Marlin Acquisitions [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Interest expense—stated coupon rate	26,239	12,857	72,099	12,857
Interest expense—amortization of debt discount	(2,760)	(1,367)	(7,565)	(1,367)
Total interest expense—convertible notes	$ 23,479	$ 11,490	$ 64,534	$ 11,490

XML

Investment in Receivable Portfolios, Net - Summary of Accretable Yield and an Estimate of Zero Basis Future Cash Flows (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended						9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014	Jun. 30, 2014	Mar. 31, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013
Certain Loans Acquired In Transfer Not Accounted For As Debt Securities Carrying Amount Net [Line Items]
Purchase price of receivable portfolios	$ 299,509			$ 617,852			$ 992,836	$ 1,099,736
Investment in Receivables Portfolio [Roll Forward]
Balance at beginning of period	2,910,986	2,854,453	2,399,936	1,644,213	1,109,130	1,002,310	2,399,936	1,002,310
Revenue recognized, net	(251,785)	(248,231)	(237,568)	(225,387)	(152,024)	(140,683)	(737,584)	(518,094)
Net additions on existing portfolios	215,806	86,717	100,880	32,149	41,242	180,695
Additions for current purchases	179,604	218,047	591,205	975,380	645,865	66,808
Balance at end of period	3,054,611	2,910,986	2,854,453	2,426,355	1,644,213	1,109,130	3,054,611	2,426,355
Accretable Yield [Member]
Investment in Receivables Portfolio [Roll Forward]
Balance at beginning of period	2,901,050	2,843,944	2,391,471	1,622,451	1,090,314	984,944	2,391,471	984,944
Revenue recognized, net	(244,561)	(241,523)	(231,057)	(218,182)	(144,186)	(135,072)
Net additions on existing portfolios	161,622	80,582	92,325	29,101	30,458	173,634
Additions for current purchases	179,604	218,047	591,205	975,380	645,865	66,808
Balance at end of period	2,997,715	2,901,050	2,843,944	2,408,750	1,622,451	1,090,314	2,997,715	2,408,750
Estimate of Zero Basis Cash Flows [Member]
Investment in Receivables Portfolio [Roll Forward]
Balance at beginning of period	9,936	10,509	8,465	21,762	18,816	17,366	8,465	17,366
Revenue recognized, net	(7,224)	(6,708)	(6,511)	(7,205)	(7,838)	(5,611)
Net additions on existing portfolios	54,184	6,135	8,555	3,048	10,784	7,061
Additions for current purchases	0	0	0	0	0	0
Balance at end of period	56,896	9,936	10,509	17,605	21,762	18,816	56,896	17,605
AACC Merger [Member]
Certain Loans Acquired In Transfer Not Accounted For As Debt Securities Carrying Amount Net [Line Items]
Purchase price of receivable portfolios					$ 383,400

XML

Earnings Per Share

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2014

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Earnings Per Share

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net earnings attributable to Encore by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is calculated on the basis of the weighted average number of shares of common stock plus the effect of dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method. Dilutive potential common shares include outstanding stock options, restricted stock, warrants, and the dilutive effect of convertible senior notes.

On April 24, 2014, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a $50.0 million share repurchase program. Repurchases under this program are expected to be made with cash on hand and may be made from time to time, subject to market conditions and other factors, in the open market, through solicited or unsolicited privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. In May 2014, the Company repurchased 400,000 shares of its common stock for approximately $16.8 million. The program does not obligate the Company to acquire any particular amount of common stock, and it may be modified or suspended at any time at the Company’s discretion.

A reconciliation of shares used in calculating earnings per basic and diluted shares follows (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended September 30,		Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014	2013	2014	2013
Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic	25,879	25,535	25,811	24,323
Dilutive effect of stock-based awards	410	843	684	940
Dilutive effect of convertible senior notes	1,043	805	1,118	298
Dilutive effect of warrants	—	—	9	—
Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted	27,332	27,183	27,622	25,561

No anti-dilutive employee stock options were outstanding during the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 or 2013.

The Company has the following convertible senior notes outstanding: $115.0 million convertible senior notes due 2017 at a conversion price equivalent to approximately $31.56 per share of the Company’s common stock (the “2017 Convertible Notes”), $172.5 million convertible senior notes due 2020 at a conversion price equivalent to approximately $45.72 per share of the Company’s common stock (the “2020 Convertible Notes”), and $161.0 million convertible senior notes due 2021 at a conversion price equivalent to approximately $59.39 per share of the Company’s common stock (the “2021 Convertible Notes”).

In the event of conversion, the 2017 Convertible Notes are convertible into cash up to the aggregate principal amount and permit the excess conversion premium to be settled in cash or shares of the Company’s common stock. For the 2020 Convertible Notes and 2021 Convertible Notes, the Company has the option to pay cash, issue shares of common stock or any combination thereof for the aggregate amount due upon conversion. The Company’s intent is to settle the principal amount of the 2020 and 2021 Convertible Notes in cash upon conversion. As a result, upon conversion of all the convertible senior notes, only the amounts payable in excess of the principal amounts are considered in diluted earnings per share under the treasury stock method. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, diluted earnings per share includes the effect of the common shares issuable upon conversion of the 2017 Convertible Notes because the average stock price exceeded the conversion price of these notes. However, as described in Note 10, “Debt—Encore Convertible Senior Notes,” the Company entered into certain hedge transactions that have the effect of increasing the effective conversion price of the 2017 Convertible Notes to $60.00. On January 2, 2014, the 2017 Convertible Notes became convertible as certain conditions for conversion were met in the immediately preceding calendar quarter as defined in the applicable indenture. However, none of the 2017 Convertible Notes were converted during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014.

In conjunction with the issuance of the 2017 Convertible Notes, the Company entered into privately negotiated transactions with certain counterparties and sold warrants to purchase approximately 3.6 million shares of its common stock. The warrants had an exercise price of $44.19. On December 16, 2013, the Company entered into amendments with the same counterparties to exchange the original warrants with new warrants with an exercise price of $60.00. All other terms and settlement provisions remain unchanged. The warrant restrike transaction was completed on February 6, 2014. Diluted earnings per share includes the effect of these warrants for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The effect of the warrants was anti-dilutive for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, and nine months ended September 30, 2013.

XML

Debt - Hedge Program for Convertible Notes (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	9 Months Ended		9 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014 2017 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Nov. 27, 2012 2017 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 2020 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Jun. 24, 2013 2020 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 2021 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Mar. 05, 2014 2021 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Hedging of Convertible Debt Instrument [Member] 2017 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Dec. 16, 2013 Hedging of Convertible Debt Instrument [Member] 2017 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Nov. 27, 2012 Hedging of Convertible Debt Instrument [Member] 2017 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Hedging of Convertible Debt Instrument [Member] 2020 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Hedging of Convertible Debt Instrument [Member] 2021 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Cost of the hedge transaction(s)	$ 50,595		$ 18,113		$ 19,545
Conversion price (in dollars per share)	$ 31.56	$ 31.56	$ 45.72	$ 45.72	$ 59.39	$ 59.39	$ 60.00	$ 60.00	$ 44.19	$ 61.55	$ 83.14

XML

Derivatives and Hedging Instruments - Additional Information (Detail)		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014 Cabot Acquisition [Member] GBP (£)	Sep. 30, 2014 Forward Contracts [Member] USD ($)	Sep. 30, 2013 Forward Contracts [Member] USD ($)
Derivative [Line Items]
Derivative instrument, notional amount	£ 125,000,000	$ 51,800,000
Period of forward contracts entered for cash payments of future forecasted transactions in Indian rupees, maximum		36 months
Net derivative loss included in OCI will be reclassified into earnings		1,100,000
Gains or losses were reclassified from OCI into earnings		$ 0	$ 0

XML

Other Assets (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2014

Deferred Costs, Capitalized, Prepaid, and Other Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Components of Other Assets

Other assets consist of the following (in thousands):

	September 30, 2014		December 31, 2013
Debt issuance costs, net of amortization	$	40,453	$	28,066
Prepaid income taxes	29,301		5,009
Prepaid expenses	21,940		23,487
Funds held in escrow	17,524		—
Deferred tax assets	17,209		13,974
Identifiable intangible assets, net	17,034		23,549
Service fee receivables	12,692		8,954
Interest receivable	12,178		7,956
Other financial receivables	7,666		7,962
Receivable from seller	7,357		—
Security deposits	4,814		2,500
Recoverable legal fees	2,826		3,049
Other	27,125		30,277
	$	218,119	$	154,783

XML

Deferred Court Costs, Net (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2014

Deferred Costs, Capitalized, Prepaid, and Other Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Deferred Court Costs

Deferred Court Costs consist of the following as of the dates presented (in thousands):

	September 30, 2014			December 31, 2013
Court costs advanced	$	505,951		$	399,274
Court costs recovered	(191,040		)	(147,166		)
Court costs reserve	(261,781		)	(210,889		)
	$	53,130		$	41,219

Schedule of Court Cost Reserve

A roll forward of the Company’s court cost reserve is as follows (in thousands):

	Court Cost Reserve
	Three Months Ended   September 30,						Nine Months Ended   September 30,
	2014			2013			2014			2013
Balance at beginning of period	$	(243,832	)	$	(176,094	)	$	(210,889	)	$	(149,080	)
Provision for court costs	(17,949		)	(17,866		)	(50,892		)	(44,880		)
Balance at end of period	$	(261,781	)	$	(193,960	)	$	(261,781	)	$	(193,960	)

XML

Debt - Encore Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan Facility (Detail) (USD $)	0 Months Ended			0 Months Ended			0 Months Ended		0 Months Ended
	Aug. 01, 2014 subtranche	Sep. 30, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Aug. 01, 2014 Restated Credit Agreement [Member]	Aug. 01, 2014 Revolving Credit Facility [Member]	Aug. 01, 2014 Foreign Portfolio Investment Basket [Member]	Aug. 01, 2014 Term Loan One [Member]	Aug. 01, 2014 Term Loan [Member]	Aug. 01, 2014 Term Loan Subtranche One [Member]	Aug. 01, 2014 Term loan Subtranche Two [Member]	Aug. 01, 2014 Base Rate [Member] Revolving Credit Facility [Member] Minimum [Member]	Aug. 01, 2014 Base Rate [Member] Revolving Credit Facility [Member] Maximum [Member]	Aug. 01, 2014 Base Rate [Member] Term Loan One [Member] Minimum [Member]	Aug. 01, 2014 Base Rate [Member] Term Loan One [Member] Maximum [Member]	Aug. 01, 2014 Base Rate [Member] Term Loan Subtranche One [Member] Minimum [Member]	Aug. 01, 2014 Base Rate [Member] Term Loan Subtranche One [Member] Maximum [Member]	Aug. 01, 2014 Base Rate [Member] Term loan Subtranche Two [Member] Minimum [Member]	Aug. 01, 2014 Base Rate [Member] Term loan Subtranche Two [Member] Maximum [Member]	Aug. 01, 2014 LIBOR [Member] Revolving Credit Facility [Member] Minimum [Member]	Aug. 01, 2014 LIBOR [Member] Revolving Credit Facility [Member] Maximum [Member]	Aug. 01, 2014 LIBOR [Member] Term Loan One [Member] Minimum [Member]	Aug. 01, 2014 LIBOR [Member] Term Loan One [Member] Maximum [Member]	Aug. 01, 2014 LIBOR [Member] Term Loan Subtranche One [Member] Minimum [Member]	Aug. 01, 2014 LIBOR [Member] Term Loan Subtranche One [Member] Maximum [Member]	Aug. 01, 2014 LIBOR [Member] Term loan Subtranche Two [Member] Minimum [Member]	Aug. 01, 2014 LIBOR [Member] Term loan Subtranche Two [Member] Maximum [Member]	Aug. 01, 2014 Propel [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Quarter To Date [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Quarter To Date [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Year To Date [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Year To Date [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Revolving credit facility					$ 692,600,000.0
Term loan facility		147,984,000	140,625,000				87,500,000	153,800,000	60,000,000	6,300,000
Additional line of revolving credit facility					250,000,000
Maximum borrowing capacity including accordion agreement after amendment				1,100,000,000.0
Debt instrument, term				5 years			5 years
Line of credit facility expiry date				Feb. 28, 2019					Feb. 25, 2017	Nov. 03, 2017
Debt Instrument, Number of Subtranches	2
Basis spread on variable rate											1.50%	2.00%	1.50%	2.00%	1.00%	1.50%	1.50%	2.00%	2.50%	3.00%	2.50%	3.00%	2.00%	2.50%	2.50%	3.00%
Percentage to be added to base rate for alternate base rate	0.50%
Percentage to be added to adjusted base rate for alternate base rate	1.00%
Principal amount amortized, 2014							4,400,000		3,000,000	400,000
Principal amount amortized, 2015							4,400,000		3,000,000	500,000
Principal amount amortized, 2016							6,600,000		4,500,000	600,000
Principal amount amortized, 2017							8,800,000			500,000
Principal amount amortized, 2018							8,800,000
Borrowing base as percentage of eligible estimated collection range start	30.00%
Borrowing base as percentage of eligible estimated collection range end	35.00%
Percentage of eligible estimated remaining collections	33.00%
Eligible estimated remaining collections for consumer receivables	55.00%
Percentage of multiplying factor	95.00%
Allowance of additional unsecured indebtedness	750,000,000
Company's repurchases, common stock	50,000,000.0
Percentage of acquisitions excluded	50.00%
Acquisition limit	225,000,000
Investments in unrestricted subsidiaries	250,000,000																										200,000,000
Acquisition limit per acquisition						150,000,000
Amount outstanding		$ 577,000,000
Revolving credit facility, interest rate																												2.95%	3.07%	2.92%	3.13%

XML

Derivatives and Hedging Instruments - Summary of Fair Value of Derivative Instruments as Recorded in Company's Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition (Detail) (Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member], USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Sep. 30, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Other Liabilities [Member] | Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Foreign currency exchange contracts, liabilities	$ (1,449)	$ (4,123)
Other Assets [Member] | Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Foreign currency exchange contracts, assets	791	46
Other Assets [Member] | Interest Rate Cap [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Interest rate cap, assets	4	202
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member] | Other Liabilities [Member] | Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Foreign currency exchange contracts, liabilities	(1,449)	(4,123)
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member] | Other Assets [Member] | Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Foreign currency exchange contracts, assets	791	46
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member] | Other Assets [Member] | Interest Rate Cap [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Interest rate cap, assets	$ 4	$ 202

XML

Debt (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2014

Debt Instrument [Line Items]

Schedule of Obligation Under Borrowings

The Company is in compliance with all covenants under its financing arrangements. The components of the Company’s consolidated debt and capital lease obligations are as follows (in thousands):

	September 30, 2014			December 31, 2013
Encore revolving credit facility	$	429,000		$	356,000
Encore term loan facility	147,984			140,625
Encore senior secured notes	47,500			58,750
Encore convertible senior notes	448,500			287,500
Less: Debt discount	(53,461		)	(42,240		)
Propel facilities	109,660			170,630
Propel securitized notes	113,401			—
Cabot senior secured notes	1,118,628			603,272
Add: Debt premium	72,595			43,583
Cabot senior revolving credit facility	92,434			—
Preferred equity certificates	210,891			199,821
Capital lease obligations	15,274			12,219
Other	38,340			20,271
	$	2,790,746		$	1,850,431

Schedule of Convertible Notes - Interest Rates, Hedging, Liability and Equity Components

The balances of the liability and equity components of all of the Convertible Notes outstanding were as follows (in thousands):

	September 30, 2014			December 31, 2013
Liability component—principal amount	$	448,500		$	287,500
Unamortized debt discount	(53,461		)	(42,240		)
Liability component—net carrying amount	$	395,039		$	245,260
Equity component	$	54,523		$	46,954

Prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding their respective conversion date (listed below), holders may convert their Convertible Notes under certain circumstances set forth in the applicable Convertible Notes indentures. On or after their respective conversion dates until the close of business on the scheduled trading day immediately preceding their respective maturity date, holders may convert their Convertible Notes at any time. Certain key terms related to the convertible features for each of the Convertible Notes as of September 30, 2014 are listed below.

	2017 Convertible Notes		2020 Convertible Notes		2021 Convertible Notes
Initial conversion price	$	31.56	$	45.72	$	59.39
Closing stock price at date of issuance	$	25.66	$	33.35	$	47.51
Closing stock price date	November 27, 2012		June 24, 2013		March 5, 2014
Conversion rate (shares per $1,000 principal amount)	31.6832		21.8718		16.8386
Conversion date(1)	May 27, 2017		January 1, 2020		September 15, 2020

_______________________

(1) 2017 Convertible Notes became convertible on January 2, 2014, as certain early conversion events were satisfied. Refer to “Conversion and EPS impact” section below for further details.

The debt and equity components, the issuance costs related to the equity component, the stated interest rate, and the effective interest rate for each of the Convertible Notes are listed below (in thousands, except percentages):

	2017 Convertible Notes			2020 Convertible Notes			2021 Convertible Notes
Debt component	$	100,298		$	140,271		$	143,604
Equity component	$	14,702		$	32,229		$	17,396
Equity issuance cost	$	788		$	1,113		$	575
Stated interest rate	3.000		%	3.000		%	2.875		%
Effective interest rate	6.000		%	6.350		%	4.700		%

The details of the hedge program for each of the Convertible Notes are listed below (in thousands, except conversion price):

	2017 Convertible Notes		2020 Convertible Notes		2021 Convertible Notes
Cost of the hedge transaction(s)	$	50,595	$	18,113	$	19,545
Initial conversion price	$	31.56	$	45.72	$	59.39
Effective conversion price	$	60.00	$	61.55	$	83.14

Cabot and Marlin Acquisitions [Member]

Debt Instrument [Line Items]

Interest Expense

Interest expense related to the Cabot Notes and Marlin Bonds was as follows (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014			2013			2014			2013
Interest expense—stated coupon rate	$	26,239		$	12,857		$	72,099		$	12,857
Interest income—accretion of debt premium	(2,760		)	(1,367		)	(7,565		)	(1,367		)
Total interest expense—Cabot Notes and Marlin Bonds	$	23,479		$	11,490		$	64,534		$	11,490

Convertible Notes [Member]

Debt Instrument [Line Items]

Interest Expense

Interest expense related to the convertible notes was as follows (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014		2013		2014		2013
Interest expense—stated coupon rate	$	3,316	$	2,141	$	9,080	$	3,947
Interest expense—amortization of debt discount	2,228		1,570		6,164		2,887
Total interest expense—convertible notes	$	5,544	$	3,711	$	15,244	$	6,834

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2014

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Effective Tax Rates

The effective tax rates for the respective periods are shown below:

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014		2013		2014		2013
Federal provision	35.0	%	35.0	%	35.0	%	35.0	%
State provision	5.8	%	5.2	%	5.8	%	5.2	%
State benefit	(2.0	)%	(1.8	)%	(2.0	)%	(1.8	)%
Changes in state apportionment(1)	0.0	%	(4.0	)%	0.0	%	(1.7	)%
Tax reserves(2)	0.0	%	1.8	%	0.0	%	0.7	%
International benefit(3)	(8.7	)%	(4.8	)%	(5.0	)%	(2.0	)%
Permanent items(4)	5.7	%	1.1	%	4.1	%	1.3	%
Other(5)	(10.6	)%	0.0	%	(4.0	)%	0.0	%
Effective rate	25.2	%	32.5	%	33.9	%	36.7	%

________________________

(1) Represents changes in state apportionment methodologies.

(2) Represents reserves taken for certain tax positions adopted by the Company.

(3) Relates primarily to the lower tax rate on the income attributable to international operations.

(4) Represents a provision for nondeductible items.

(5) Includes the effect of discrete items, primarily relates to the recognition of tax benefit as a result of a favorable tax settlement with taxing authorities as discussed below.

XML

Business Combinations

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2014

Business Combinations [Abstract]

Business Combinations

Business Combinations

Atlantic Acquisition

On August 6, 2014, the Company, pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement dated August 1, 2014 by and among the Company, Atlantic and the sellers, acquired all of the outstanding equity interests of Atlantic (the “Atlantic Acquisition”). The purchase price consisted of approximately $196.1 million in cash consideration, of which $126.1 million was used to retire certain indebtedness and obligations of Atlantic. Atlantic acquires and liquidates consumer finance receivables originated and charged off by U.S. financial institutions. The Company financed the acquisition through borrowings under its Restated Credit Agreement (as defined in Note 10, “Debt”) and cash on hand.

The Atlantic Acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the date of the acquisition. As of the date of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, the Company is in the process of obtaining independent valuations of certain intangible assets, investment in receivable portfolios, deferred court costs, deferred income taxes, and other assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The initial purchase price allocation presented below was based on the preliminary assessment of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. These provisional measurements are subject to change based on the final valuation study that is expected to be completed by the first quarter of 2015.

The components of the preliminary purchase price allocation for the Atlantic Acquisition are as follows (in thousands):

Purchase price:
Cash paid at acquisition	$	196,104
Allocation of purchase price:
Cash	$	16,743
Investment in receivable portfolios	105,399
Deferred court costs	3,100
Property and equipment	1,331
Other assets	14,229
Liabilities assumed	(20,955		)
Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets	76,257
Total net assets acquired	$	196,104

The goodwill recognized is primarily attributable to (i) the ability to utilize Atlantic’s proven competitive advantage in the collection of freshly charged-off receivable portfolios and (ii) synergies that are expected to arise after the acquisition. The entire goodwill related to the Atlantic Acquisition is not deductible for income tax purposes.

Total acquisition and integration costs related to the Atlantic Acquisition were approximately $0.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014, and have been expensed in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of income within general and administrative expenses. The amount of revenue and net income included in the Company’s condensed consolidated statement of income from the date of acquisition for the three months ended September 30, 2014 related to Atlantic since the date of acquisition was $10.7 million and $2.6 million, respectively.

Marlin Acquisition

On February 7, 2014, Cabot, through its subsidiary Cabot Financial Holdings Group Limited (“Cabot Financial Holdings”), entered into a Share Sale and Purchase Agreement (the “Marlin Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to which Cabot acquired (a) the entire issued share capital of Marlin, and (b) certain subordinated fixed rate loan notes of Marlin Financial Intermediate Limited, which is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Marlin (the “Marlin Acquisition”), from funds managed by Duke Street LLP and certain individuals, including certain executive management of Marlin (collectively, the “Sellers”). Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Marlin Purchase Agreement and certain ancillary agreements, Cabot Financial Holdings also assumed substantially all of the outstanding debt of Marlin Intermediate Holdings plc, a subsidiary of Marlin.

The purchase price consisted of £166.8 million (approximately $274.1 million) in cash consideration, of which £44.8 million (approximately $73.7 million) was used to pay off Marlin’s fixed rate loan notes. In addition, Cabot assumed £150.0 million (approximately $246.5 million) of Marlin’s outstanding senior secured notes. The Marlin Acquisition was financed with borrowings under Cabot’s existing revolving credit facility and under Cabot’s new senior secured bridge facilities. Refer to Note 10, “Debt” for further details of Cabot’s revolving credit facility and senior secured bridge facilities.

The Marlin Acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the date of the acquisition. Fair value measurements have been applied based on assumptions that market participants would use in the pricing of the respective assets and liabilities. As of the date of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, the Company is still finalizing the allocation of the purchase price. The initial purchase price allocation presented below was based on the preliminary assessment of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, which is subject to change based on the final valuation study that is expected to be completed by the fourth quarter of 2014.

The components of the preliminary purchase price allocation for the Marlin Acquisition are as follows (in thousands):

Purchase price:
Cash paid at acquisition	$	274,068
Allocation of purchase price:
Cash	$	16,342
Investment in receivable portfolios	208,450
Deferred court costs	914
Property and equipment	1,508
Other assets	18,091
Liabilities assumed	(302,915		)
Identifiable intangible assets	1,819
Goodwill	329,859
Total net assets acquired	$	274,068

The goodwill recognized is primarily attributable to (i) the ability to utilize Marlin’s proven competitive advantage in the use of litigation-enhanced collections for non-paying financial services receivables and (ii) synergies that are expected to be achieved by applying Cabot’s scoring model to Marlin’s portfolio. The Company is still finalizing its analysis of the effects of these synergies which, when finalized, will be incorporated into Marlin and Cabot’s estimated remaining collections. The entire goodwill of $329.9 million related to the Marlin Acquisition is not deductible for income tax purposes.

Total acquisition and integration costs related to the Marlin Acquisition were approximately $0.2 million and $9.9 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively, and have been expensed in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of income within general and administrative expenses.

Other Acquisitions

In addition to the business combination transactions discussed above, the Company completed certain other acquisitions in 2013, including the acquisition of Refinancia in December 2013. The Company also completed the acquisition of approximately 68.2% of the equity ownership interest in Grove on April 1, 2014. On May 2, 2014, Propel completed the acquisition of a portfolio of tax liens and other assets in a transaction valued at approximately $43.0 million. These acquisitions were immaterial to the Company’s financial statements individually and in the aggregate during their respective reporting periods.

Pro Forma Results of Operations

The following summary presents unaudited pro forma consolidated results of operations for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 and 2013, as if the Atlantic Acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2013. The following unaudited pro forma financial information does not necessarily reflect the actual results that would have occurred had Encore and Atlantic been combined during the periods presented, nor is it necessarily indicative of the future results of operations of the combined companies (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended   September 30,				Nine Months Ended   September 30,
	2014		2013		2014		2013
Consolidated pro forma revenue	$	278,913	$	250,977	$	834,301	$	586,952
Consolidated pro forma income from continuing operations attributable to Encore	31,106		24,444		81,989		56,773

Pro forma financial information for the Marlin Acquisition has not been included as the computation of such information is impracticable.

XML

Segment Information (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2014

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Reconciliation of Revenue and Operating Income from Segments to Consolidated

The following table provides a reconciliation of revenue and segment operating income by reportable segment to consolidated results and was derived from the segments’ internal financial information as used for corporate management purposes (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014			2013			2014			2013
Revenues:
Portfolio purchasing and recovery	$	264,800		$	230,885		$	775,476		$	523,659
Tax lien business	8,482			4,673			20,742			12,606
	$	273,282		$	235,558		$	796,218		$	536,265
Operating income:
Portfolio purchasing and recovery	$	91,470		$	67,803		$	256,756		$	143,961
Tax lien business	3,794			1,832			7,780			3,455
	95,264			69,635			264,536			147,416
Depreciation and amortization	(6,933		)	(4,523		)	(19,879		)	(8,527		)
Stock-based compensation	(4,009		)	(3,983		)	(13,560		)	(9,163		)
Other expense	(44,030		)	(29,485		)	(124,870		)	(47,784		)
Income from operations before income taxes	$	40,292		$	31,644		$	106,227		$	81,942

Schedule of Geographical Areas of Which Company Operates

The following presents information about geographic areas in which the Company operates (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014		2013		2014		2013
Revenues(1) :
Domestic	$	190,581	$	189,086	$	565,134	$	489,793
International	82,701		46,472		231,084		46,472
	$	273,282	$	235,558	$	796,218	$	536,265

________________________

(1) Revenues are attributed to countries based on location of customer.

XML

Fair Value Measurements - Summary of Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on Recurring Basis (Detail) (Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member], USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Sep. 30, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Temporary Equity
Redeemable noncontrolling interests	$ (30,280)	$ (26,564)
Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] | Other Assets [Member]
Assets
Foreign currency exchange contracts	791	46
Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] | Other Liabilities [Member]
Liabilities
Foreign currency exchange contracts	(1,449)	(4,123)
Interest Rate Cap [Member] | Other Assets [Member]
Assets
Interest rate cap contracts	4	202
Level 1 [Member]
Temporary Equity
Redeemable noncontrolling interests	0	0
Level 1 [Member] | Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] | Other Assets [Member]
Assets
Foreign currency exchange contracts	0	0
Level 1 [Member] | Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] | Other Liabilities [Member]
Liabilities
Foreign currency exchange contracts	0	0
Level 1 [Member] | Interest Rate Cap [Member] | Other Assets [Member]
Assets
Interest rate cap contracts	0	0
Level 2 [Member]
Temporary Equity
Redeemable noncontrolling interests	0	0
Level 2 [Member] | Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] | Other Assets [Member]
Assets
Foreign currency exchange contracts	791	46
Level 2 [Member] | Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] | Other Liabilities [Member]
Liabilities
Foreign currency exchange contracts	(1,449)	(4,123)
Level 2 [Member] | Interest Rate Cap [Member] | Other Assets [Member]
Assets
Interest rate cap contracts	4	202
Level 3 [Member]
Temporary Equity
Redeemable noncontrolling interests	(30,280)	(26,564)
Level 3 [Member] | Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] | Other Assets [Member]
Assets
Foreign currency exchange contracts	0	0
Level 3 [Member] | Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] | Other Liabilities [Member]
Liabilities
Foreign currency exchange contracts	0	0
Level 3 [Member] | Interest Rate Cap [Member] | Other Assets [Member]
Assets
Interest rate cap contracts	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Receivables Secured by Property Tax Liens, Net (Details) (USD $)	9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2014 Variable Interest Entities [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Variable Interest Entities [Member]	May 06, 2014 Texas [Member]
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Property tax liens, collections from foreclosure, percentage of properties (less than)	0.50%
Receivables secured by tax liens, typical redemption period	84 months
Receivables secured by property tax liens, net	$ 276,081,000	$ 212,814,000	$ 116,980,000	$ 0	$ 141,500,000
Receivable secured by property tax liens, principal amount					$ 134,000,000
Debt instrument, stated interest rate					1.44%

XML

Segment Information - Schedule of Geographical Areas of Which Company Operates (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenues	$ 273,282	$ 235,558	$ 796,218	$ 536,265
Domestic
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenues	190,581	189,086	565,134	489,793
International
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenues	$ 82,701	$ 46,472	$ 231,084	$ 46,472

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Sep. 30, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 115,440	$ 126,213
Investment in receivable portfolios, net	2,073,232	1,590,249
Deferred court costs, net	53,130	41,219
Receivables secured by property tax liens, net	276,081	212,814
Property and equipment, net	64,565	55,783
Other assets	218,119	154,783
Goodwill	921,519	504,213
Total assets	3,722,086	2,685,274
Liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	192,309	137,272
Debt	2,790,746	1,850,431
Other liabilities	98,864	95,100
Total liabilities	3,081,919	2,082,803
Commitments and contingencies
Redeemable noncontrolling interest	30,280	26,564
Redeemable equity component of convertible senior notes	9,787	0
Equity:
Convertible preferred stock, $.01 par value, 5,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding	0	0
Common stock, $.01 par value, 50,000 shares authorized, 25,720 shares and 25,457 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively	257	255
Additional paid-in capital	121,491	171,819
Accumulated earnings	471,704	394,628
Accumulated other comprehensive gain	3,274	5,195
Total Encore Capital Group, Inc. stockholders’ equity	596,726	571,897
Noncontrolling interest	3,374	4,010
Total equity	600,100	575,907
Total liabilities, redeemable equity and equity	3,722,086	2,685,274
Variable Interest Entities [Member]
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	34,261	62,403
Investment in receivable portfolios, net	1,008,885	620,312
Deferred court costs, net	9,407	0
Receivables secured by property tax liens, net	116,980	0
Property and equipment, net	13,491	13,755
Other assets	89,911	33,772
Goodwill	695,825	376,296
Liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	104,200	47,219
Debt	1,622,302	846,676
Other liabilities	$ 6,885	$ 1,897

XML

Derivatives and Hedging Instruments - Summary of Effects of Derivatives on Cash Flow Hedging Relationships in Company's Statements of Income (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013
Interest Rate Swaps [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Gain or (Loss) Recognized in OCI- Effective Portion	$ 0	$ 132	$ 0	$ 506
Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts 1 [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Gain or (Loss) Recognized in OCI- Effective Portion	(429)	(1,871)	2,215	(3,809)
Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts 2 [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Gain or (Loss) Recognized in OCI- Effective Portion	(79)	(381)	242	(809)
Interest Expense [Member] | Interest Rate Swaps [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from OCI into Income - Effective Portion	0	0	0	0
Salaries and Employee Benefits [Member] | Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts 1 [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from OCI into Income - Effective Portion	(243)	(622)	(818)	(890)
General and Administrative Expenses [Member] | Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts 2 [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from OCI into Income - Effective Portion	(46)	(119)	(143)	(171)
Other (expense) income [Member] | Interest Rate Swaps [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized - Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing	0	0	0	0
Other (expense) income [Member] | Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts 1 [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized - Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing	0	0	0	0
Other (expense) income [Member] | Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts 2 [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized - Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013
Operating activities:
Net income	$ 70,321	$ 51,524
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	19,879	8,527
Other non-cash interest expense	20,989	5,411
Stock-based compensation expense	13,560	9,163
Recognized loss on termination of derivative contract	0	3,630
Deferred income taxes	(11,863)	(217)
Excess tax benefit from stock-based payment arrangements	(11,422)	(5,238)
Reversal of allowances on receivable portfolios, net	(12,455)	(7,658)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Deferred court costs and other assets	(16,498)	1,897
Prepaid income tax and income taxes payable	2,402	(25,785)
Accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other liabilities	23,850	(1,388)
Net cash provided by operating activities	98,763	39,866
Investing activities:
Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired	(495,519)	(413,055)
Purchases of receivable portfolios, net of put-backs	(666,470)	(156,438)
Collections applied to investment in receivable portfolios, net	488,086	418,024
Originations and purchases of receivables secured by tax liens	(108,739)	(100,278)
Collections applied to receivables secured by tax liens	93,986	51,111
Purchases of property and equipment	(13,598)	(8,178)
Other	(1,987)	(5,580)
Net cash used in investing activities	(704,241)	(214,394)
Financing activities:
Payment of loan costs	(15,271)	(17,152)
Proceeds from credit facilities	993,449	522,065
Repayment of credit facilities	(878,883)	(491,462)
Proceeds from senior secured notes	288,645	151,670
Repayment of senior secured notes	(11,250)	(10,000)
Proceeds from issuance of convertible senior notes	161,000	172,500
Proceeds from issuance of securitized notes	134,000	0
Repayment of securitized notes	(20,599)	0
Repayment of preferred equity certificates, net	(702)	(39,743)
Purchases of convertible hedge instruments	(33,576)	(18,113)
Repurchase of common stock	(16,815)	0
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards	(19,356)	(9,270)
Excess tax benefit from stock-based payment arrangements	11,422	5,238
Other, net	987	(1,073)
Net cash provided by financing activities	593,051	264,660
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	(12,427)	90,132
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash	1,654	2,514
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period	126,213	17,510
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	115,440	110,156
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest	120,125	48,243
Cash paid for income taxes	54,452	54,499
Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:
Fixed assets acquired through capital lease	$ 6,852	$ 1,189

XML

Debt - Debt and Equity Components and Issuance Costs of Convertible Notes (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified			9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2014 2017 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 2020 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 2021 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt component			$ 100,298	$ 140,271	$ 143,604
Equity component	54,523	46,954	14,702	32,229	17,396
Equity issuance cost			$ 788	$ 1,113	$ 575
Stated interest rate			3.00%	3.00%	2.875%
Effective interest rate			6.00%	6.35%	4.70%

XML

Business Combinations - Additional Information (Detail)				0 Months Ended	3 Months Ended	9 Months Ended	0 Months Ended		3 Months Ended	9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2013 USD ($)	May 02, 2014 Tax Lien Portfolios [Member] USD ($)	Aug. 06, 2014 Atlantic Credit and Finance, Inc. [Member] USD ($)	Sep. 30, 2014 Atlantic Credit and Finance, Inc. [Member] USD ($)	Sep. 30, 2014 Atlantic Credit and Finance, Inc. [Member]	Feb. 07, 2014 Marlin Acquisition [Member] USD ($)	Feb. 07, 2014 Marlin Acquisition [Member] GBP (£)	Sep. 30, 2014 Marlin Acquisition [Member] USD ($)	Sep. 30, 2014 Marlin Acquisition [Member] USD ($)	Feb. 07, 2014 Marlin Acquisition [Member] USD ($)	Apr. 01, 2014 Grove Holdings [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Business acquisition, date of acquisition						Aug. 06, 2014				Feb. 07, 2014
Business acquisition, cash paid				$ 196,104,000			$ 274,068,000	£ 166,800,000
Business acquisition, repayment of debt of acquired entity				126,100,000
Business combination, acquisition and integration costs					500,000				200,000	9,900,000
Revenue of acquiree included in statement of income					10,700,000
Net income of acquiree included in statement of income					2,600,000
Cash consideration used to repay Acquiree loans							73,700,000	44,800,000
Liabilities assumed							246,500,000	150,000,000
Goodwill	921,519,000	504,213,000									329,859,000
Percentage of equity interest acquired												68.20%
Acquisition of property tax portfolio			$ 43,000,000

XML

Debt - Cabot Senior Revolving Credit Facility and Senior Secured Bridge Facilities (Detail)	9 Months Ended		0 Months Ended				9 Months Ended						0 Months Ended	9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2013 USD ($)	Mar. 27, 2014 Cabot 2021 Notes [Member] USD ($)	Mar. 27, 2014 Cabot 2021 Notes [Member] GBP (£)	Sep. 20, 2012 Cabot Credit Agreement [Member] USD ($)	Sep. 20, 2012 Cabot Credit Agreement [Member] GBP (£)	Sep. 30, 2014 Cabot Credit Facility [Member] USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2013 Cabot Credit Facility [Member] USD ($)	Jun. 28, 2013 Cabot Credit Facility [Member] USD ($)	Jun. 28, 2013 Cabot Credit Facility [Member] GBP (£)	Feb. 07, 2014 Bridge Facilitya [Member] GBP (£)	Feb. 07, 2014 Bridge Facilityb [Member] GBP (£)	Feb. 07, 2014 Bridge Facility [Member] GBP (£)	Sep. 30, 2014 Bridge Facility [Member] USD ($)	Sep. 30, 2014 LIBOR [Member] Cabot Credit Facility [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Quarter To Date [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Quarter To Date [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Quarter To Date [Member] Cabot Credit Facility [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Quarter To Date [Member] Cabot Credit Facility [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Year To Date [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Year To Date [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Year To Date [Member] Cabot Credit Facility [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Revolving credit facility					$ 82,700,000	£ 50,000,000.0			$ 140,600,000	£ 85,000,000.0	£ 105,000,000	£ 151,500,000
Debt instrument, term							5 years						1 year
Line of credit facility expiry date							Sep. 01, 2017
Basis spread on variable rate													6.00%		4.00%
Credit Facility, Estimated Remaining Collections, Maximum Term															84 months
Maximum Loan To Value Ratio							0.75%
Credit facility, outstanding amount	429,000,000	356,000,000					92,434,000	0
Weighted average interest rate																2.95%	3.07%	4.55%	4.24%	2.92%	3.13%	4.36%
Encore senior secured notes	47,500,000	58,750,000	291,800,000	175,000,000.0
Debt Instrument Additional Facility Face Amount													80,000,000
Debt Instrument Term Extension Period													6 years 6 months
Basis spread over the current Treasury Rate	0.50%												0.50%
Debt Instrument Basis Spread On Variable Rate Increase Interval Period													3 months
Debt issuance cost			$ 7,500,000											$ 2,000,000

XML

Ownership, Description of Business, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2014

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Portfolio Purchasing and Recovery

Portfolio Purchasing and Recovery

United States. The Company purchases receivable portfolios based on robust, account-level valuation methods and employs a suite of proprietary statistical and behavioral models across the full extent of its operations. These investments allow the Company to value portfolios accurately (and limit the risk of overpaying), avoid buying portfolios that are incompatible with its methods or goals and precisely align the accounts it purchases with its operational channels to maximize future collections. As a result, the Company has been able to realize significant returns from the receivables it acquires. The Company maintains strong relationships with many of the largest credit and telecommunication providers, and possesses one of the industry’s best collection staff retention rates.

The Company uses insights discovered during its purchasing process to build account collection strategies. The Company’s proprietary consumer-level collectability analysis is the primary determinant of whether an account will be actively serviced post-purchase. The Company continuously refines this analysis to determine the most effective collection strategy to pursue for each account it owns. After the Company’s preliminary analysis, it seeks to collect on only a fraction of the accounts it purchases, through one or more of its collection channels. The channel identification process is analogous to a funneling system, where the Company first differentiates those consumers who it believes are not able to pay from those who are able to pay. Consumers who the Company believes are financially incapable of making any payments, facing extenuating circumstances or hardships (such as medical issues), serving in the military, or currently receiving social security as their only source of income are excluded from the next step of its collection process and are designated as inactive. The remaining pool of accounts in the funnel then receives further evaluation. At that point, the Company analyzes and determines a consumer’s perceived willingness to pay. Based on that analysis, the Company will pursue collections through letters and/or phone calls to its consumers. Despite its efforts to reach consumers and work out a settlement option, only a small number of consumers who are contacted choose to engage with the Company. Those who do are often offered deep discounts on their obligations, or are presented with payment plans that are better suited to meet their daily cash flow needs. The majority of contacted consumers, however, ignore both the Company’s calls and letters, and therefore the Company must then make the difficult decision whether or not to pursue collections through legal means.

The Company continually monitors applicable changes to laws governing statutes of limitations and disclosures to consumers. The Company maintains policies, system controls, and processes designed to ensure that accounts past the applicable statute of limitations do not get placed into legal collections. Additionally, in written and verbal communications with consumers, the Company provides disclosures to the consumer that the account is past its applicable statute of limitations and, therefore, the Company will not pursue collections through legal means.

Europe. Through Cabot, portfolio receivables are purchased using a proprietary pricing model. This model allows Cabot to value portfolios with a high degree of accuracy and quantify portfolio performance in order to maximize future collections. As a result, Cabot has been able to realize significant returns from the assets it has acquired. Cabot maintains strong relationships with many of the largest financial service providers in the United Kingdom.

Cabot also uses insights discovered during its purchasing process to build account-level collection strategies. Cabot’s proprietary consumer-level collectability analysis is a determinant of how an account will be serviced post-purchase. Cabot continuously refines this analysis to determine the most effective customer engagement strategy to pursue for each account it owns to ensure that customers are treated fairly and the most suitable engagement and collection strategy for each individual customer is deployed. In recent years, Cabot has concentrated on buying portfolios that are defined as semi-performing, in which over 50% of the accounts in a portfolio have made a payment in three of the last four months immediately prior to the portfolio purchase. Cabot will try to establish contact with these consumers, in order to convey payment arrangements and gauge the willingness of these consumers to pay. Consumers who Cabot believes are financially incapable of making any payments, those having negative disposable income, or those experiencing hardships, are managed outside of normal collection routines.

The remaining pool of accounts then receives further evaluation. Cabot analyzes and estimates a consumer’s perceived willingness to pay. Based on that analysis, Cabot tries to engage with customers through letters and/or phone calls. Where contact is made and consumers indicate a willingness to pay, a patient approach of forbearance is applied using regulatory protocols within the United Kingdom to assess affordability and ensure that plans are fair and balanced and therefore, sustainable. Where consumers are not locatable or refuse to engage in a constructive dialogue, Cabot will pass these accounts through a litigation scorecard and rule set in order to assess suitability for legal action. Through Cabot’s newly acquired subsidiary, Marlin, a leading acquirer of non-performing consumer debt in the United Kingdom, Cabot has a competitive advantage in the use of litigation-enhanced collections for non-paying financial services receivables.

On April 1, 2014, the Company completed the acquisition of a controlling equity ownership interest in Grove. Grove, through its subsidiaries, is a leading specialty investment firm focused on consumer non-performing loans, including insolvencies (in particular, IVAs) in the United Kingdom and bank and non-bank receivables in Spain.

Latin America. Refinancia is one of the market leaders in the management of non-performing loans in Colombia and Peru. In addition to purchasing defaulted receivables, Refinancia offers portfolio management services to banks for non-performing loans. Refinancia also specializes in non-traditional niches in Colombia, including providing financial solutions to individuals with defaulted credit records, payment plan guarantee services through merchants and loan guarantee services to financial institutions.

Tax Lien Business

Tax Lien Business

Propel’s principal activities are the acquisition and servicing of residential and commercial tax liens on real property. These liens take priority over most other liens. By funding tax liens, Propel provides state and local taxing authorities and governments with much needed tax revenue. To the extent permitted by local law, Propel works with property owners to structure affordable payment plans designed to allow them to keep their property while paying their property tax obligation over time. Propel maintains a foreclosure rate of less than one-half of one percent.

Propel’s receivables secured by property tax liens include Texas tax liens, Nevada tax liens, and tax lien certificates in various other states (collectively, “Tax Liens”). With Texas and Nevada Tax Liens, Texas or Nevada property owners choose to have the taxing authority transfer their tax lien to Propel. Propel pays their tax lien obligation to the taxing authority and the property owner pays Propel over time at a lower interest rate than would be assessed by the taxing authority. Propel’s arrangements with Texas and Nevada property owners provide them with repayment plans that are both affordable and flexible when compared with other payment options. Propel also purchases Tax Liens in various other states directly from taxing authorities, securing rights to outstanding property tax payments, interest and penalties. In most cases, such Tax Liens continue to be serviced by the taxing authority. When the taxing authority is paid, it repays Propel the outstanding balance of the lien plus interest, which is established by statute or negotiated at the time of the purchase.

Basis of accounting

The accompanying interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared by Encore, without audit, in accordance with the instructions to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, and Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and, therefore, do not include all information and footnotes necessary for a fair presentation of its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”).

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and the disclosure of contingent amounts in the Company’s financial statements and the accompanying notes. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates.

Basis of Consolidation

Basis of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP, and reflect the accounts and operations of the Company and those of its subsidiaries in which the Company has a controlling financial interest. The Company also consolidates VIEs, for which it is the primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary has both (a) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly affect the entity’s economic performance, and (b) either the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits. Refer to Note 11, “Variable Interest Entities,” for further details. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

On June 13, 2013, the Company completed its merger with Asset Acceptance Capital Corp. (“AACC”), on July 1, 2013, the Company completed its acquisition of a controlling interest in Cabot (the “Cabot Acquisition”), on February 7, 2014, Cabot acquired Marlin, and on August 6, 2014, the Company completed the acquisition of Atlantic Credit & Finance, Inc. (“Atlantic”). The condensed consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 include the results of the operations of Marlin and Atlantic since the date of the acquisitions. The condensed consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 only include the results of operations of AACC and Cabot since the closing date of the merger with AACC and the closing date of the Cabot Acquisition.

Translation of Foreign Currencies

Translation of Foreign Currencies

The financial statements of certain of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are measured using their local currency as the functional currency. Assets and liabilities are translated as of the balance sheet date and revenue and expenses are translated at an average rate over the period. Currency translation adjustments are recorded as a component of other comprehensive income. Transaction gains and losses are included in other income or expense.

Reclassifications

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to the condensed consolidated financial statements to conform to the current year’s presentation.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued a comprehensive new revenue recognition standard “Revenue from Contracts with Customers.” This new standard supersedes the existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP, and requires entities to recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new standard, which does not apply to financial instruments, is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption of the standard on its financial statements.

XML

Business Combinations - Components of Purchase Price Allocation for Acquisition/Merger (Detail) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified			0 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2013 USD ($)	Aug. 06, 2014 Atlantic Credit and Finance, Inc. [Member] USD ($)	Feb. 07, 2014 Marlin [Member] USD ($)	Feb. 07, 2014 Marlin [Member] GBP (£)	Feb. 07, 2014 Marlin [Member] USD ($)
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Cash paid at acquisition			$ 196,104	$ 274,068	£ 166,800
Allocation of purchase price:
Cash			16,743			16,342
Investment in receivable portfolios			105,399			208,450
Deferred court costs			3,100			914
Property and equipment			1,331			1,508
Other assets			14,229			18,091
Liabilities assumed			(20,955)			(302,915)
Identifiable intangible assets						1,819
Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets			76,257
Goodwill	921,519	504,213				329,859
Total net assets acquired			$ 196,104			$ 274,068

XML

Earnings Per Share (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2014

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Reconciliation of Shares Used in Calculating Earnings Per Basic and Diluted Shares

A reconciliation of shares used in calculating earnings per basic and diluted shares follows (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended September 30,		Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014	2013	2014	2013
Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic	25,879	25,535	25,811	24,323
Dilutive effect of stock-based awards	410	843	684	940
Dilutive effect of convertible senior notes	1,043	805	1,118	298
Dilutive effect of warrants	—	—	9	—
Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted	27,332	27,183	27,622	25,561

XML

Income Taxes - Schedule of Effective Tax Rates (Detail)	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Federal provision	35.00%	35.00%	35.00%	35.00%
State provision	5.80%	5.20%	5.80%	5.20%
State benefit	(2.00%)	(1.80%)	(2.00%)	(1.80%)
Changes in state apportionment	0.00%	(4.00%)	0.00%	(1.70%)
Tax reserves	0.00%	1.80%	0.00%	0.70%
International benefit	(8.70%)	(4.80%)	(5.00%)	(2.00%)
Permanent items	5.70%	1.10%	4.10%	1.30%
Other	(10.60%)	0.00%	(4.00%)	0.00%
Effective rate	25.20%	32.50%	33.90%	36.70%

XML

Ownership, Description of Business, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2014

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Ownership, Description of Business, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Ownership, Description of Business, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Encore Capital Group, Inc. (“Encore”), through its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”), is an international specialty finance company, with operations spanning seven countries, providing debt recovery solutions for consumers and property owners across a broad range of financial assets. The Company purchases portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables at deep discounts to face value and manages them by partnering with individuals as they repay their obligations and work toward financial recovery. Defaulted receivables are consumers’ unpaid financial commitments to credit originators, including banks, credit unions, consumer finance companies, commercial retailers, and telecommunication companies. Defaulted receivables may also include receivables subject to bankruptcy proceedings. Encore, through certain subsidiaries, is a market leader in portfolio purchasing and recovery in the United States. Encore’s subsidiary, Janus Holdings Luxembourg S.a.r.l. (“Janus Holdings”), through its indirectly held United Kingdom-based subsidiary Cabot Credit Management Limited (“Cabot”), is a market leader in debt management in the United Kingdom, specializing in higher balance, semi-performing accounts. Cabot’s acquisition of Marlin Financial Group Limited (“Marlin”) provides Cabot with substantial litigation-enhanced collections capabilities for non-performing accounts. Encore’s majority-owned subsidiary, Grove Holdings (“Grove”), through its subsidiaries, is a leading specialty investment firm focused on consumer non-performing loans, including insolvencies (in particular, individual voluntary arrangements, or “IVAs”) in the United Kingdom and bank and non-bank receivables in Spain. Encore’s majority-owned subsidiary, Refinancia S.A. (“Refinancia”), through its subsidiaries, is one of the market leaders in debt collection and management in Colombia and Peru. In addition, through Encore’s subsidiary, Propel Financial Services, LLC (“Propel”), the Company assists property owners who are delinquent on their property taxes by structuring affordable monthly payment plans and purchases delinquent tax liens directly from selected taxing authorities.

Portfolio Purchasing and Recovery

United States. The Company purchases receivable portfolios based on robust, account-level valuation methods and employs a suite of proprietary statistical and behavioral models across the full extent of its operations. These investments allow the Company to value portfolios accurately (and limit the risk of overpaying), avoid buying portfolios that are incompatible with its methods or goals and precisely align the accounts it purchases with its operational channels to maximize future collections. As a result, the Company has been able to realize significant returns from the receivables it acquires. The Company maintains strong relationships with many of the largest credit and telecommunication providers, and possesses one of the industry’s best collection staff retention rates.

The Company uses insights discovered during its purchasing process to build account collection strategies. The Company’s proprietary consumer-level collectability analysis is the primary determinant of whether an account will be actively serviced post-purchase. The Company continuously refines this analysis to determine the most effective collection strategy to pursue for each account it owns. After the Company’s preliminary analysis, it seeks to collect on only a fraction of the accounts it purchases, through one or more of its collection channels. The channel identification process is analogous to a funneling system, where the Company first differentiates those consumers who it believes are not able to pay from those who are able to pay. Consumers who the Company believes are financially incapable of making any payments, facing extenuating circumstances or hardships (such as medical issues), serving in the military, or currently receiving social security as their only source of income are excluded from the next step of its collection process and are designated as inactive. The remaining pool of accounts in the funnel then receives further evaluation. At that point, the Company analyzes and determines a consumer’s perceived willingness to pay. Based on that analysis, the Company will pursue collections through letters and/or phone calls to its consumers. Despite its efforts to reach consumers and work out a settlement option, only a small number of consumers who are contacted choose to engage with the Company. Those who do are often offered deep discounts on their obligations, or are presented with payment plans that are better suited to meet their daily cash flow needs. The majority of contacted consumers, however, ignore both the Company’s calls and letters, and therefore the Company must then make the difficult decision whether or not to pursue collections through legal means.

The Company continually monitors applicable changes to laws governing statutes of limitations and disclosures to consumers. The Company maintains policies, system controls, and processes designed to ensure that accounts past the applicable statute of limitations do not get placed into legal collections. Additionally, in written and verbal communications with consumers, the Company provides disclosures to the consumer that the account is past its applicable statute of limitations and, therefore, the Company will not pursue collections through legal means.

Europe. Through Cabot, portfolio receivables are purchased using a proprietary pricing model. This model allows Cabot to value portfolios with a high degree of accuracy and quantify portfolio performance in order to maximize future collections. As a result, Cabot has been able to realize significant returns from the assets it has acquired. Cabot maintains strong relationships with many of the largest financial service providers in the United Kingdom.

Cabot also uses insights discovered during its purchasing process to build account-level collection strategies. Cabot’s proprietary consumer-level collectability analysis is a determinant of how an account will be serviced post-purchase. Cabot continuously refines this analysis to determine the most effective customer engagement strategy to pursue for each account it owns to ensure that customers are treated fairly and the most suitable engagement and collection strategy for each individual customer is deployed. In recent years, Cabot has concentrated on buying portfolios that are defined as semi-performing, in which over 50% of the accounts in a portfolio have made a payment in three of the last four months immediately prior to the portfolio purchase. Cabot will try to establish contact with these consumers, in order to convey payment arrangements and gauge the willingness of these consumers to pay. Consumers who Cabot believes are financially incapable of making any payments, those having negative disposable income, or those experiencing hardships, are managed outside of normal collection routines.

The remaining pool of accounts then receives further evaluation. Cabot analyzes and estimates a consumer’s perceived willingness to pay. Based on that analysis, Cabot tries to engage with customers through letters and/or phone calls. Where contact is made and consumers indicate a willingness to pay, a patient approach of forbearance is applied using regulatory protocols within the United Kingdom to assess affordability and ensure that plans are fair and balanced and therefore, sustainable. Where consumers are not locatable or refuse to engage in a constructive dialogue, Cabot will pass these accounts through a litigation scorecard and rule set in order to assess suitability for legal action. Through Cabot’s newly acquired subsidiary, Marlin, a leading acquirer of non-performing consumer debt in the United Kingdom, Cabot has a competitive advantage in the use of litigation-enhanced collections for non-paying financial services receivables.

On April 1, 2014, the Company completed the acquisition of a controlling equity ownership interest in Grove. Grove, through its subsidiaries, is a leading specialty investment firm focused on consumer non-performing loans, including insolvencies (in particular, IVAs) in the United Kingdom and bank and non-bank receivables in Spain.

Latin America. Refinancia is one of the market leaders in the management of non-performing loans in Colombia and Peru. In addition to purchasing defaulted receivables, Refinancia offers portfolio management services to banks for non-performing loans. Refinancia also specializes in non-traditional niches in Colombia, including providing financial solutions to individuals with defaulted credit records, payment plan guarantee services through merchants and loan guarantee services to financial institutions.

Tax Lien Business

Propel’s principal activities are the acquisition and servicing of residential and commercial tax liens on real property. These liens take priority over most other liens. By funding tax liens, Propel provides state and local taxing authorities and governments with much needed tax revenue. To the extent permitted by local law, Propel works with property owners to structure affordable payment plans designed to allow them to keep their property while paying their property tax obligation over time. Propel maintains a foreclosure rate of less than one-half of one percent.

Propel’s receivables secured by property tax liens include Texas tax liens, Nevada tax liens, and tax lien certificates in various other states (collectively, “Tax Liens”). With Texas and Nevada Tax Liens, Texas or Nevada property owners choose to have the taxing authority transfer their tax lien to Propel. Propel pays their tax lien obligation to the taxing authority and the property owner pays Propel over time at a lower interest rate than would be assessed by the taxing authority. Propel’s arrangements with Texas and Nevada property owners provide them with repayment plans that are both affordable and flexible when compared with other payment options. Propel also purchases Tax Liens in various other states directly from taxing authorities, securing rights to outstanding property tax payments, interest and penalties. In most cases, such Tax Liens continue to be serviced by the taxing authority. When the taxing authority is paid, it repays Propel the outstanding balance of the lien plus interest, which is established by statute or negotiated at the time of the purchase.

Financial Statement Preparation and Presentation

The accompanying interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared by Encore, without audit, in accordance with the instructions to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, and Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and, therefore, do not include all information and footnotes necessary for a fair presentation of its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”).

In the opinion of management, the unaudited financial information for the interim periods presented reflects all adjustments, consisting of only normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows. These condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. Operating results for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of operating results for an entire fiscal year.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and the disclosure of contingent amounts in the Company’s financial statements and the accompanying notes. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates.

Basis of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP, and reflect the accounts and operations of the Company and those of its subsidiaries in which the Company has a controlling financial interest. The Company also consolidates VIEs, for which it is the primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary has both (a) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly affect the entity’s economic performance, and (b) either the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits. Refer to Note 11, “Variable Interest Entities,” for further details. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

On June 13, 2013, the Company completed its merger with Asset Acceptance Capital Corp. (“AACC”), on July 1, 2013, the Company completed its acquisition of a controlling interest in Cabot (the “Cabot Acquisition”), on February 7, 2014, Cabot acquired Marlin, and on August 6, 2014, the Company completed the acquisition of Atlantic Credit & Finance, Inc. (“Atlantic”). The condensed consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 include the results of the operations of Marlin and Atlantic since the date of the acquisitions. The condensed consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 only include the results of operations of AACC and Cabot since the closing date of the merger with AACC and the closing date of the Cabot Acquisition.

Translation of Foreign Currencies

The financial statements of certain of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are measured using their local currency as the functional currency. Assets and liabilities are translated as of the balance sheet date and revenue and expenses are translated at an average rate over the period. Currency translation adjustments are recorded as a component of other comprehensive income. Transaction gains and losses are included in other income or expense.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to the condensed consolidated financial statements to conform to the current year’s presentation.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued a comprehensive new revenue recognition standard “Revenue from Contracts with Customers.” This new standard supersedes the existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP, and requires entities to recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new standard, which does not apply to financial instruments, is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption of the standard on its financial statements.

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition (Parenthetical) (USD $)	Sep. 30, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Statement of Financial Position [Abstract]
Convertible preferred stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Convertible preferred stock, shares authorized	5,000,000	5,000,000
Convertible preferred stock, shares issued	0	0
Convertible preferred stock, shares outstanding	0	0
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized	50,000,000	50,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	25,720,000	25,457,000
Common stock, shares outstanding	25,720,000	25,457,000

XML

Variable Interest Entities

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2014

Variable Interest Entities Disclosure [Abstract]

Variable Interest Entities

Variable Interest Entities

A VIE is defined as a legal entity whose equity owners do not have sufficient equity at risk, or, as a group, the holders of the equity investment at risk lack any of the following three characteristics: decision-making rights, the obligation to absorb losses, or the right to receive the expected residual returns of the entity. The primary beneficiary is identified as the variable interest holder that has both the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly affect the entity’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb expected losses or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE.

The Company’s VIEs include its subsidiary Janus Holdings and its special purpose entity used for the Propel securitization.

Janus Holdings is the immediate parent company of Cabot. The Company has determined that Janus Holdings is a VIE and the Company is the primary beneficiary of the VIE. The key activities that affect Cabot’s economic performance include, but are not limited to, operational budgets and purchasing decisions. Through its control of the board of directors of Janus Holdings, the Company controls the key operating activities at Cabot.

Propel used a special purpose entity to issue asset-backed securities to investors. The Company has determined that it is a VIE and Propel is the primary beneficiary of the VIE. Propel has the power to direct the activities of the VIE because it has the ability to exercise discretion in the servicing of the financial assets and add assets to revolving structures.

Assets recognized as a result of consolidating these VIEs do not represent additional assets that could be used to satisfy claims against our general assets. Conversely, liabilities recognized as a result of consolidating these VIEs do not represent additional claims on our general assets; rather, they represent claims against the specific assets of the consolidated VIEs.

The Company evaluates its relationships with the VIEs on an ongoing basis to ensure that it continues to be the primary beneficiary.

XML

Document and Entity Information	9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014	Oct. 28, 2014
Document And Entity Information [Abstract]
Document Type	10-Q
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Sep. 30, 2014
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2014
Document Fiscal Period Focus	Q3
Trading Symbol	ECPG
Entity Registrant Name	ENCORE CAPITAL GROUP INC
Entity Central Index Key	0001084961
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Filer Category	Large Accelerated Filer
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		25,719,591

XML

Income Taxes

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2014

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

During the three months ended September 30, 2014, and 2013, the Company recorded income tax provisions of $10.2 million and $10.3 million, respectively. During the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, and 2013, the Company recorded income tax provisions of $35.9 million and $30.1 million, respectively.

The effective tax rates for the respective periods are shown below:

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014		2013		2014		2013
Federal provision	35.0	%	35.0	%	35.0	%	35.0	%
State provision	5.8	%	5.2	%	5.8	%	5.2	%
State benefit	(2.0	)%	(1.8	)%	(2.0	)%	(1.8	)%
Changes in state apportionment(1)	0.0	%	(4.0	)%	0.0	%	(1.7	)%
Tax reserves(2)	0.0	%	1.8	%	0.0	%	0.7	%
International benefit(3)	(8.7	)%	(4.8	)%	(5.0	)%	(2.0	)%
Permanent items(4)	5.7	%	1.1	%	4.1	%	1.3	%
Other(5)	(10.6	)%	0.0	%	(4.0	)%	0.0	%
Effective rate	25.2	%	32.5	%	33.9	%	36.7	%

________________________

(1) Represents changes in state apportionment methodologies.

(2) Represents reserves taken for certain tax positions adopted by the Company.

(3) Relates primarily to the lower tax rate on the income attributable to international operations.

(4) Represents a provision for nondeductible items.

(5) Includes the effect of discrete items, primarily relates to the recognition of tax benefit as a result of a favorable tax settlement with taxing authorities as discussed below.

The Company’s subsidiary in Costa Rica is operating under a 100% tax holiday through December 31, 2018 and a 50% tax holiday for the subsequent four years. The impact of the tax holiday in Costa Rica for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 was immaterial.

The Company had gross unrecognized tax benefits of $19.0 million and $83.0 million at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The total gross unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would result in a net tax benefit of $14.4 million and $13.5 million as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The decrease in total gross unrecognized tax benefits was due to a favorable tax settlement with taxing authorities related to a previously uncertain tax position associated with AACC’s pre-merger tax revenue recognition policy. As a result of the settlement, the Company reclassed $58.0 million of the gross unrecognized tax benefit to deferred tax liabilities, $14.3 million to income tax payable, and recognized $4.3 million of tax benefit during the three months ended September 30, 2014. The decrease was partially offset by increases in the gross unrecognized tax benefit of $12.6 million associated with certain business combinations. The uncertain tax benefit is included in “Other liabilities” in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

During the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, the Company did not provide for United States income taxes or foreign withholding taxes on the quarterly undistributed earnings from operations of its subsidiaries operating outside of the United States. Undistributed net income of these subsidiaries during the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, was approximately $8.2 million and $11.5 million, respectively.

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013
Revenues
Revenue from receivable portfolios, net	$ 251,785	$ 225,387	$ 737,584	$ 518,094
Other revenues	13,445	5,792	38,943	6,473
Net interest income	8,052	4,379	19,691	11,698
Total revenues	273,282	235,558	796,218	536,265
Operating expenses
Salaries and employee benefits	61,175	52,253	183,667	114,054
Cost of legal collections	53,742	50,953	153,596	137,694
Other operating expenses	22,061	19,056	72,196	46,118
Collection agency commissions	9,517	14,158	25,275	22,717
General and administrative expenses	35,532	33,486	110,508	77,429
Depreciation and amortization	6,933	4,523	19,879	8,527
Total operating expenses	188,960	174,429	565,121	406,539
Income from operations	84,322	61,129	231,097	129,726
Other expense
Interest expense	(43,498)	(29,186)	(124,678)	(43,522)
Other expense	(532)	(299)	(192)	(4,262)
Total other expense	(44,030)	(29,485)	(124,870)	(47,784)
Income before income taxes	40,292	31,644	106,227	81,942
Provision for income taxes	(10,154)	(10,272)	(35,906)	(30,110)
Income from continuing operations	30,138	21,372	70,321	51,832
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax	0	(308)	0	(308)
Net income	30,138	21,064	70,321	51,524
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest	197	822	6,755	822
Net income attributable to Encore Capital Group, Inc. stockholders	30,335	21,886	77,076	52,346
Income from continuing operations	30,335	22,194	77,076	52,654
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax	$ 0	$ (308)	$ 0	$ (308)
Basic earnings (loss) per share from:
Continuing operations (in dollars per share)	$ 1.17	$ 0.87	$ 2.99	$ 2.16
Discontinued operations (in dollars per share)	$ 0.00	$ (0.01)	$ 0.00	$ (0.01)
Basic (in dollars per share)	$ 1.17	$ 0.86	$ 2.99	$ 2.15
Diluted earnings (loss) per share from:
Continuing operations (in dollars per share)	$ 1.11	$ 0.82	$ 2.79	$ 2.06
Discontinued operations (in dollars per share)	$ 0.00	$ (0.01)	$ 0.00	$ (0.01)
Diluted (in dollars per share)	$ 1.11	$ 0.81	$ 2.79	$ 2.05
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic (in shares)	25,879	25,535	25,811	24,323
Diluted (in shares)	27,332	27,183	27,622	25,561

XML

Investment in Receivable Portfolios, Net

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2014

Receivables [Abstract]

Investment in Receivable Portfolios, Net

Investment in Receivable Portfolios, Net

In accordance with the authoritative guidance for loans and debt securities acquired with deteriorated credit quality, discrete receivable portfolio purchases during a quarter are aggregated into pools based on common risk characteristics. Once a static pool is established, the portfolios are permanently assigned to the pool. The discount (i.e., the difference between the cost of each static pool and the related aggregate contractual receivable balance) is not recorded because the Company expects to collect a relatively small percentage of each static pool’s contractual receivable balance. As a result, receivable portfolios are recorded at cost at the time of acquisition. The purchase cost of the portfolios includes certain fees paid to third parties incurred in connection with the direct acquisition of the receivable portfolios.

In compliance with the authoritative guidance, the Company accounts for its investments in receivable portfolios using either the interest method or the cost recovery method. The interest method applies an internal rate of return (“IRR”) to the cost basis of the pool, which remains unchanged throughout the life of the pool, unless there is an increase in subsequent expected cash flows. Subsequent increases in expected cash flows are recognized prospectively through an upward adjustment of the pool’s IRR over its remaining life. Subsequent decreases in expected cash flows do not change the IRR, but are recognized as an allowance to the cost basis of the pool, and are reflected in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income as a reduction in revenue, with a corresponding valuation allowance, offsetting the investment in receivable portfolios in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

The Company utilizes its proprietary forecasting models to continuously evaluate the economic life of each pool. During the quarter ended September 30, 2014, the Company revised the forecasting methodology it uses to value and calculate IRRs on its portfolios in the United States by extending the collection forecasts from 84 or 96 months to 120 months. This change was made as a result of the Company’s increased confidence in its ability to forecast future cash collections to 120 months.  Extending the collection forecast did not result in a material increase to any quarterly pool group IRRs or revenue during the quarter. The Company has historically included collections to 120 months in its estimated remaining collection disclosures and when evaluating the economic returns of its portfolio purchases.

The Company accounts for each static pool as a unit for the economic life of the pool (similar to one loan) for recognition of revenue from receivable portfolios, for collections applied to the cost basis of receivable portfolios, and for provision for loss or allowance. Revenue from receivable portfolios is accrued based on each pool’s IRR applied to each pool’s adjusted cost basis. The cost basis of each pool is increased by revenue earned and decreased by gross collections and portfolio allowances.

If the amount and timing of future cash collections on a pool of receivables are not reasonably estimable, the Company accounts for such portfolios on the cost recovery method as Cost Recovery Portfolios. The accounts in these portfolios have different risk characteristics than those included in other portfolios acquired during the same quarter, or the necessary information was not available to estimate future cash flows and, accordingly, they were not aggregated with other portfolios. Under the cost recovery method of accounting, no revenue is recognized until the purchase price of a Cost Recovery Portfolio has been fully recovered.

Accretable yield represents the amount of revenue the Company expects to generate over the remaining life of its existing investment in receivable portfolios based on estimated future cash flows. Total accretable yield is the difference between future estimated collections and the current carrying value of a portfolio. All estimated cash flows on portfolios where the cost basis has been fully recovered are classified as zero basis cash flows.

The following table summarizes the Company’s accretable yield and an estimate of zero basis future cash flows at the beginning and end of the period presented (in thousands):

	Accretable Yield			Estimate of Zero Basis Cash Flows			Total
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	2,391,471		$	8,465		$	2,399,936
Revenue recognized, net	(231,057		)	(6,511		)	(237,568		)
Net additions on existing portfolios	92,325			8,555			100,880
Additions for current purchases(1)	591,205			—			591,205
Balance at March 31, 2014	2,843,944			10,509			2,854,453
Revenue recognized, net	(241,523		)	(6,708		)	(248,231		)
Net additions on existing portfolios	80,582			6,135			86,717
Additions for current purchases	218,047			—			218,047
Balance at June 30, 2014	2,901,050			9,936			2,910,986
Revenue recognized, net	(244,561		)	(7,224		)	(251,785		)
Net additions on existing portfolios	161,622			54,184			215,806
Additions for current purchases(2)	179,604			—			179,604
Balance at September 30, 2014	$	2,997,715		$	56,896		$	3,054,611

	Accretable Yield			Estimate of Zero Basis Cash Flows			Total
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	984,944		$	17,366		$	1,002,310
Revenue recognized, net	(135,072		)	(5,611		)	(140,683		)
Net additions on existing portfolios	173,634			7,061			180,695
Additions for current purchases	66,808			—			66,808
Balance at March 31, 2013	1,090,314			18,816			1,109,130
Revenue recognized, net	(144,186		)	(7,838		)	(152,024		)
Net additions on existing portfolios	30,458			10,784			41,242
Additions for current purchases(3)	645,865			—			645,865
Balance at June 30, 2013	1,622,451			21,762			1,644,213
Revenue recognized, net	(218,182		)	(7,205		)	(225,387		)
Net additions on existing portfolios	29,101			3,048			32,149
Additions for current purchases(4)	975,380			—			975,380
Balance at September 30, 2013	$	2,408,750		$	17,605		$	2,426,355

________________________

(1) Includes $208.5 million of portfolios acquired in connection with the Marlin Acquisition discussed in Note 2, “Business Combinations.”

(2) Includes $105.4 million of portfolios acquired in connection with the Atlantic Acquisition discussed in Note 2, “Business Combinations.”

(3) Includes $383.4 million of portfolios acquired in connection with the merger with AACC.

(4) Includes $559.0 million of portfolios acquired in connection with the Cabot Acquisition.

During the three months ended September 30, 2014, the Company purchased receivable portfolios with a face value of $4.0 billion for $299.5 million, or a purchase cost of 7.5% of face value. Purchases of charged-off credit card portfolios include $105.4 million of portfolios acquired in conjunction with the Atlantic Acquisition. The estimated future collections at acquisition for all portfolios purchased during the quarter amounted to $0.6 billion. During the three months ended September 30, 2013, the Company purchased receivable portfolios with a face value of $13.4 billion for $617.9 million, or a purchase cost of 4.6% of face value. This included $559.0 million of portfolios acquired in conjunction with the Cabot Acquisition. During the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, the Company purchased receivable portfolios with a face value of $11.3 billion for $992.8 million, or a purchase cost of 8.8% of face value. Purchases of charged-off credit card portfolios include $105.4 million of portfolio acquired in connection with the Atlantic Acquisition and $208.5 million of portfolios acquired in conjunction with the Marlin Acquisition. The estimated future collections at acquisition for all portfolios purchased during the period amounted to $2.0 billion. During the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013, the Company purchased receivable portfolios with a face value of $83.9 billion for $1.1 billion, or a purchase cost of 1.3% of face value. Included in this amount is the purchase of receivables related to AACC of $383.4 million with a face value of $68.2 billion or a purchase cost of 0.6% of face value. The lower purchase rate for the AACC portfolio is due to the Company’s purchase of AACC which included all portfolios owned, including accounts that have no value. No value accounts would typically not be included in a portfolio purchase transaction, as the sellers would remove them from the accounts being sold to the Company prior to sale.

All collections realized after the net book value of a portfolio has been fully recovered (“Zero Basis Portfolios”) are recorded as revenue (“Zero Basis Revenue”). During the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, Zero Basis Revenue was approximately $4.5 million and $4.2 million, respectively. During the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 and 2013, Zero Basis Revenue was approximately $11.5 million and $13.6 million, respectively.

The following tables summarize the changes in the balance of the investment in receivable portfolios during the following periods (in thousands, except percentages):

	Three Months Ended September 30, 2014
	Accrual Basis Portfolios			Cost Recovery Portfolios			Zero Basis Portfolios			Total
Balance, beginning of period	$	1,978,493		$	9,492		$	—		$	1,987,985
Purchases of receivable portfolios(1)	297,800			1,709			—			299,509
Transfer of portfolios	(11,519		)	11,519			—			—
Gross collections(2)	(395,945		)	(4,056		)	(7,219		)	(407,220		)
Put-backs and recalls	(2,817		)	1,278			(5		)	(1,544		)
Foreign currency adjustments	(55,865		)	(1,418		)	—			(57,283		)
Revenue recognized	241,502			—			4,480			245,982
Portfolio allowance reversals, net	3,059			—			2,744			5,803
Balance, end of period	$	2,054,708		$	18,524		$	—		$	2,073,232
Revenue as a percentage of collections(3)	61.0		%	0.0		%	62.1		%	60.4		%
	Three Months Ended September 30, 2013
	Accrual Basis Portfolios			Cost Recovery Portfolios			Zero Basis Portfolios			Total
Balance, beginning of period	$	1,090,922		$	5,776		$	—		$	1,096,698
Purchases of receivable portfolios(4)	616,779			1,073			—			617,852
Transfer of portfolios	—			—			—			—
Gross collections(2)	(371,482		)	(983		)	(7,205		)	(379,670		)
Put-backs and recalls	(755		)	(242		)	—			(997		)
Foreign currency adjustments	36,372			—			—			36,372
Revenue recognized	218,182			—			4,227			222,409
Portfolio allowance reversals, net	—			—			2,978			2,978
Balance, end of period	$	1,590,018		$	5,624		$	—		$	1,595,642
Revenue as a percentage of collections(3)	58.7		%	0.0		%	58.7		%	58.6		%

	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014
	Accrual Basis Portfolios			Cost Recovery Portfolios			Zero Basis Portfolios			Total
Balance, beginning of period	$	1,585,587		$	4,662		$	—		$	1,590,249
Purchases of receivable portfolios(1)(5)	991,127			1,709			—			992,836
Transfer of portfolios	(18,682		)	18,682			—			—
Gross collections(2)	(1,186,431		)	(6,305		)	(20,438		)	(1,213,174		)
Put-backs and recalls	(11,640		)	875			(5		)	(10,770		)
Foreign currency adjustments	(22,394		)	(1,099		)	—			(23,493		)
Revenue recognized	713,656			—			11,473			725,129
Portfolio allowance reversals, net	3,485			—			8,970			12,455
Balance, end of period	$	2,054,708		$	18,524		$	—		$	2,073,232
Revenue as a percentage of collections(3)	60.2		%	0.0		%	56.1		%	59.8		%
	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013
	Accrual Basis Portfolios			Cost Recovery Portfolios			Zero Basis Portfolios			Total
Balance, beginning of period	$	873,119		$	—		$	—		$	873,119
Purchases of receivable portfolios (4)(6)	1,098,663			1,073			—			1,099,736
Transfer of portfolios	(6,649		)	6,649			—			—
Gross collections(2)	(905,751		)	(1,825		)	(20,652		)	(928,228		)
Put-backs and recalls	(2,512		)	(273		)	(2		)	(2,787		)
Foreign currency adjustments	35,708			—			—			35,708
Revenue recognized	496,804			—			13,632			510,436
Portfolio allowance reversals, net	636			—			7,022			7,658
Balance, end of period	$	1,590,018		$	5,624		$	—		$	1,595,642
Revenue as a percentage of collections(3)	54.8		%	0.0		%	66.0		%	55.0		%

________________________

(1) Purchases of portfolio receivables include $105.4 million acquired in connection with the Atlantic Acquisition in August 2014 discussed in Note 2, “Business Combinations.”

(2) Does not include amounts collected on behalf of others.

(3) Revenue as a percentage of collections excludes the effects of net portfolio allowances or net portfolio allowance reversals.

(4) Includes $559.0 million of portfolios acquired in connection with the Cabot Acquisition.

(5) Includes $208.5 million acquired in connection with the Marlin Acquisition in February 2014 discussed in Note 2, “Business Combinations.”

(6) Includes $383.4 million of portfolios acquired in connection with the merger with AACC.

The following table summarizes the change in the valuation allowance for investment in receivable portfolios during the periods presented (in thousands):

	Valuation Allowance
	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014			2013			2014			2013
Balance at beginning of period	$	86,428		$	100,593		$	93,080		$	105,273
Provision for portfolio allowances	—			—			—			479
Reversal of prior allowances	(5,803		)	(2,978		)	(12,455		)	(8,137		)
Balance at end of period	$	80,625		$	97,615		$	80,625		$	97,615

XML

Derivatives and Hedging Instruments

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2014

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities Disclosure [Abstract]

Derivatives and Hedging Instruments

Derivatives and Hedging Instruments

The Company may periodically enter into derivative financial instruments to manage risks related to interest rates and foreign currency. Most of the Company’s derivative financial instruments qualify for hedge accounting treatment under the authoritative guidance for derivatives and hedging. The Company’s Cabot subsidiary also holds interest rate cap contracts with an aggregated notional amount of £125.0 million that are used to manage its risk related to interest rate fluctuations. The Company does not apply hedge accounting on the interest rate cap contracts. The impact of the interest rate cap contracts to the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, was immaterial.

Interest Rate Swaps

As of September 30, 2014, the Company had no outstanding interest rate swap agreements. During the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013, the Company utilized interest rate swap contracts to manage risks related to interest rate fluctuation. These derivatives were designated as cash flow hedges in accordance with authoritative accounting guidance. The hedging instruments had been highly effective since the inception of the hedge program, therefore no gains or losses were reclassified from other comprehensive income (“OCI”) into earnings as a result of hedge ineffectiveness.

Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

The Company has operations in foreign countries, which exposes the Company to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations due to transactions denominated in foreign currencies, including Indian rupees. To mitigate this risk, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments, principally forward contracts, which are designated as cash flow hedges, to mitigate fluctuations in the cash payments of future forecasted transactions in Indian rupees for up to 36 months. The Company adjusts the level and use of derivatives as soon as practicable after learning that an exposure has changed and reviews all exposures and derivative positions on an ongoing basis.

Gains and losses on cash flow hedges are recorded in OCI until the hedged transaction is recorded in the consolidated financial statements. Once the underlying transaction is recorded in the consolidated financial statements, the Company reclassifies the OCI on the derivative into earnings. If all or a portion of the forecasted transaction is cancelled, this would render all or a portion of the cash flow hedge ineffective and the Company would reclassify the ineffective portion of the hedge into earnings. The Company generally does not experience ineffectiveness of the hedge relationship and the accompanying consolidated financial statements do not include any such gains or losses.

As of September 30, 2014, the total notional amount of the forward contracts to buy Indian rupees in exchange for United States dollars was $51.8 million. As of September 30, 2014, all outstanding contracts qualified for hedge accounting treatment. The Company estimates that approximately $1.1 million of net derivative loss included in OCI will be reclassified into earnings within the next 12 months. No gains or losses were reclassified from OCI into earnings as a result of forecasted transactions that failed to occur during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, and 2013.

The Company does not enter into derivative instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

The following table summarizes the fair value of derivative instruments as recorded in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition (in thousands):

	September 30, 2014				December 31, 2013
	Balance Sheet Location	Fair Value			Balance Sheet Location	Fair Value
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign currency exchange contracts	Other liabilities	$	(1,449	)	Other liabilities	$	(4,123	)
Foreign currency exchange contracts	Other assets	791			Other assets	46
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Interest rate cap	Other assets	4			Other assets	202

The following table summarizes the effects of derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships on the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of income for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 and 2013(in thousands):

	Gain or (Loss) Recognized in OCI- Effective Portion						Location of Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from OCI into Income - Effective Portion	Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from OCI into Income -  Effective Portion						Location of Gain or (Loss) Recognized - Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing	Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized - Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing
	Three Months Ended   September 30,							Three Months Ended   September 30,							Three Months Ended   September 30,
	2014			2013				2014			2013				2014		2013
Interest rate swaps	$	—		$	132		Interest expense	$	—		$	—		Other (expense) income	$	—	$	—
Foreign currency exchange contracts	(429		)	(1,871		)	Salaries and employee benefits	(243		)	(622		)	Other (expense) income	—		—
Foreign currency exchange contracts	(79		)	(381		)	General and administrative expenses	(46		)	(119		)	Other (expense) income	—		—

	Gain or (Loss) Recognized in OCI- Effective Portion					Location of Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from OCI into Income - Effective Portion	Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from OCI into Income -  Effective Portion						Location of Gain or (Loss) Recognized - Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing	Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized - Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing
	Nine Months Ended   September 30,						Nine Months Ended   September 30,							Nine Months Ended   September 30,
	2014		2013				2014			2013				2014		2013
Interest rate swaps	$	—	$	506		Interest expense	$	—		$	—		Other (expense) income	$	—	$	—
Foreign currency exchange contracts	2,215		(3,809		)	Salaries and employee benefits	(818		)	(890		)	Other (expense) income	—		—
Foreign currency exchange contracts	242		(809		)	General and administrative expenses	(143		)	(171		)	Other (expense) income	—		—

XML

Business Combinations (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2014

Atlantic Credit and Finance, Inc. [Member]

Business Acquisition [Line Items]

Components of Purchase Price Allocation for Acquisition/Merger

The components of the preliminary purchase price allocation for the Atlantic Acquisition are as follows (in thousands):

Purchase price:
Cash paid at acquisition	$	196,104
Allocation of purchase price:
Cash	$	16,743
Investment in receivable portfolios	105,399
Deferred court costs	3,100
Property and equipment	1,331
Other assets	14,229
Liabilities assumed	(20,955		)
Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets	76,257
Total net assets acquired	$	196,104

Pro Forma Results of Operations

The following unaudited pro forma financial information does not necessarily reflect the actual results that would have occurred had Encore and Atlantic been combined during the periods presented, nor is it necessarily indicative of the future results of operations of the combined companies (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended   September 30,				Nine Months Ended   September 30,
	2014		2013		2014		2013
Consolidated pro forma revenue	$	278,913	$	250,977	$	834,301	$	586,952
Consolidated pro forma income from continuing operations attributable to Encore	31,106		24,444		81,989		56,773

Marlin [Member]

Business Acquisition [Line Items]

Components of Purchase Price Allocation for Acquisition/Merger

The components of the preliminary purchase price allocation for the Marlin Acquisition are as follows (in thousands):

Purchase price:
Cash paid at acquisition	$	274,068
Allocation of purchase price:
Cash	$	16,342
Investment in receivable portfolios	208,450
Deferred court costs	914
Property and equipment	1,508
Other assets	18,091
Liabilities assumed	(302,915		)
Identifiable intangible assets	1,819
Goodwill	329,859
Total net assets acquired	$	274,068

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2014

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation and Regulatory

The Company is involved in disputes, legal actions, regulatory investigations, inquiries, and other actions from time to time in the ordinary course of business. The Company, along with others in its industry, is routinely subject to legal actions based on the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act (“FDCPA”), comparable state statutes, the Telephone Consumer Protection Act (“TCPA”), state and federal unfair competition statutes, and common law causes of action. The violations of law investigated or alleged in these actions often include claims that the Company lacks specified licenses to conduct its business, attempts to collect debts on which the statute of limitations has run, has made inaccurate assertions of fact in support of its collection actions and/or has acted improperly in connection with its efforts to contact consumers. Such litigation and regulatory actions could involve potential compensatory or punitive damage claims, fines, sanctions, injunctive relief, or changes in business practices. Many continue on for some length of time and involve substantial investigation, litigation, negotiation, and other expense and effort before a result is achieved, and during the process the Company often cannot determine the substance or timing of any eventual outcome.

At September 30, 2014, there have been no material developments in any of the legal proceedings disclosed in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.

In certain legal proceedings, the Company may have recourse to insurance or third party contractual indemnities to cover all or portions of its litigation expenses, judgments, or settlements. In accordance with authoritative guidance, the Company records loss contingencies in its financial statements only for matters in which losses are probable and can be reasonably estimated. Where a range of loss can be reasonably estimated with no best estimate in the range, the Company records the minimum estimated liability. The Company continuously assesses the potential liability related to its pending litigation and regulatory matters and revises its estimates when additional information becomes available. As of September 30, 2014, the Company has no material reserves for legal matters. Additionally, based on the current status of litigation and regulatory matters, either the estimate of exposure is immaterial to the Company’s financial statements or an estimate cannot yet be determined. The Company’s legal costs are recorded to expense as incurred.

Purchase Commitments

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into forward flow purchase agreements and other purchase commitment agreements. As of September 30, 2014, the Company has entered into agreements to purchase receivable portfolios with a face value of approximately $0.6 billion for a purchase price of approximately $88.1 million.

XML

Other Assets

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2014

Deferred Costs, Capitalized, Prepaid, and Other Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Other Assets

Other Assets

Other assets consist of the following (in thousands):

	September 30, 2014		December 31, 2013
Debt issuance costs, net of amortization	$	40,453	$	28,066
Prepaid income taxes	29,301		5,009
Prepaid expenses	21,940		23,487
Funds held in escrow	17,524		—
Deferred tax assets	17,209		13,974
Identifiable intangible assets, net	17,034		23,549
Service fee receivables	12,692		8,954
Interest receivable	12,178		7,956
Other financial receivables	7,666		7,962
Receivable from seller	7,357		—
Security deposits	4,814		2,500
Recoverable legal fees	2,826		3,049
Other	27,125		30,277
	$	218,119	$	154,783

XML

Debt - Balances of Liability and Equity Components (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Sep. 30, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Debt Disclosure [Abstract]
Liability component—principal amount	$ 448,500	$ 287,500
Unamortized debt discount	(53,461)	(42,240)
Liability component—net carrying amount	395,039	245,260
Equity component	$ 54,523	$ 46,954

XML

Deferred Court Costs, Net

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2014

Deferred Costs, Capitalized, Prepaid, and Other Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Deferred Court Costs, Net

Deferred Court Costs, Net

The Company pursues legal collection using a network of attorneys that specialize in collection matters and through its internal legal channel. The Company generally pursues collections through legal means only when it believes a consumer has sufficient assets to repay their indebtedness but has, to date, been unwilling to pay. In order to pursue legal collections the Company is required to pay certain upfront costs to the applicable courts which are recoverable from the consumer (“Deferred Court Costs”).

The Company capitalizes Deferred Court Costs in its consolidated financial statements and provides a reserve for those costs that it believes will ultimately be uncollectible. The Company determines the reserve based on its analysis of court costs that have been advanced and those that have been recovered. Historically, the Company wrote off Deferred Court Costs not recovered within three years of placement. However, as a result of a history of court cost recoveries beyond three years, the Company has determined that court costs are recovered over a longer period of time. As a result, in January 2013, on a prospective basis, the Company began increasing its deferral period from three years to five years. Collections received from debtors are first applied against related court costs with the balance applied to the debtors’ account balance.

Deferred Court Costs consist of the following as of the dates presented (in thousands):

	September 30, 2014			December 31, 2013
Court costs advanced	$	505,951		$	399,274
Court costs recovered	(191,040		)	(147,166		)
Court costs reserve	(261,781		)	(210,889		)
	$	53,130		$	41,219

A roll forward of the Company’s court cost reserve is as follows (in thousands):

	Court Cost Reserve
	Three Months Ended   September 30,						Nine Months Ended   September 30,
	2014			2013			2014			2013
Balance at beginning of period	$	(243,832	)	$	(176,094	)	$	(210,889	)	$	(149,080	)
Provision for court costs	(17,949		)	(17,866		)	(50,892		)	(44,880		)
Balance at end of period	$	(261,781	)	$	(193,960	)	$	(261,781	)	$	(193,960	)

XML

Receivables Secured by Property Tax Liens, Net

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2014

Receivables [Abstract]

Receivables Secured by Property Tax Liens, Net

Receivables Secured by Property Tax Liens, Net

Propel’s receivables are secured by property tax liens. Repayment of the property tax liens is generally dependent on the property owner but can also come through payments from other lien holders or, in less than one half of one percent of cases, from foreclosure on the properties. Propel records receivables secured by property tax liens at their outstanding principal balances, adjusted for, if any, charge-offs, allowance for losses, deferred fees or costs, and unamortized premiums or discounts. Interest income is reported on the interest method and includes amortization of net deferred fees and costs over the term of the agreements. Propel accrues interest on all past due receivables secured by tax liens as the receivables are collateralized by tax liens that are in a priority position over most other liens on the properties. If there is doubt about the ultimate collection of the accrued interest on a specific portfolio, it would be placed on non-accrual basis and, at that time, all accrued interest would be reversed. No receivables secured by property tax liens have been placed on a non-accrual basis. The typical redemption period for receivables secured by property tax liens is less than 84 months.

On May 6, 2014, Propel, through its subsidiaries, completed the securitization of a pool of approximately $141.5 million in receivables secured by property tax liens on real property located in the State of Texas. In connection with the securitization, investors purchased approximately $134.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 1.44% notes collateralized by these property tax liens. The special purpose entity that is used for the securitization is consolidated by the Company as a VIE. The receivables recognized as a result of consolidating this VIE do not represent assets that can be used to satisfy claims against the Company’s general assets.

At September 30, 2014, the Company had approximately $276.1 million in receivables secured by property tax liens, of which $117.0 million was carried at the VIE.

XML

Debt

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2014

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Debt

Debt

The Company is in compliance with all covenants under its financing arrangements. The components of the Company’s consolidated debt and capital lease obligations are as follows (in thousands):

	September 30, 2014			December 31, 2013
Encore revolving credit facility	$	429,000		$	356,000
Encore term loan facility	147,984			140,625
Encore senior secured notes	47,500			58,750
Encore convertible senior notes	448,500			287,500
Less: Debt discount	(53,461		)	(42,240		)
Propel facilities	109,660			170,630
Propel securitized notes	113,401			—
Cabot senior secured notes	1,118,628			603,272
Add: Debt premium	72,595			43,583
Cabot senior revolving credit facility	92,434			—
Preferred equity certificates	210,891			199,821
Capital lease obligations	15,274			12,219
Other	38,340			20,271
	$	2,790,746		$	1,850,431

Encore Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan Facility

On February 25, 2014, Encore amended its revolving credit facility and term loan facility (the “Credit Facility”) pursuant to a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. On August 1, 2014, Encore further amended the Credit Facility pursuant to Amendment No. 1 to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as amended, the “Restated Credit Agreement”). The Restated Credit Agreement includes a revolving credit facility tranche of $692.6 million, a term loan facility tranche of $153.8 million, and an accordion feature that allows the Company to increase the revolving credit facility by an additional $250.0 million. Including the accordion feature, the maximum amount that can be borrowed under the Credit Facility is $1.1 billion. The Restated Credit Agreement has a five-year maturity, expiring in February 2019, except with respect to two subtranches of the term loan facility of $60.0 million and $6.3 million, maturing in February 2017 and November 2017, respectively.

Provisions of the Restated Credit Agreement include, but are not limited to:

• A revolving loan of $692.6 million, with interest at a floating rate equal to, at the Company’s option, either: (1) reserve adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), plus a spread that ranges from 250 to 300 basis points depending on the Company’s cash flow leverage ratio; or (2) Alternate Base Rate, plus a spread that ranges from 150 to 200 basis points depending on the Company’s cash flow leverage ratio. “Alternate Base Rate,” as defined in the agreement, means the highest of (i) the per annum rate which the administrative agent publicly announces from time to time as its prime lending rate, (ii) the federal funds effective rate from time to time, plus 0.5% per annum and (iii) reserved adjusted LIBOR determined on a daily basis for a one month interest period, plus 1.0% per annum;

• An $87.5 millionfive-year term loan, with interest at a floating rate equal to, at the Company’s option, either: (1) reserve adjusted LIBOR, plus a spread that ranges from 250 to 300 basis points, depending on the Company’s cash flow leverage ratio; or (2) Alternate Base Rate, plus a spread that ranges from 150 to 200 basis points, depending on the Company’s cash flow leverage ratio. Principal amortizes $4.4 million in 2014, $4.4 million in 2015, $6.6 million in 2016, $8.8 million in 2017, and $8.8 million in 2018 with the remaining principal due at the end of the term;

• A $60.0 million term loan maturing on February 25, 2017, with interest at a floating rate equal to, at the Company’s option, either: (1) reserve adjusted LIBOR, plus a spread that ranges from 200 to 250 basis points, depending on the Company’s cash flow leverage ratio; or (2) Alternate Base Rate, plus a spread that ranges from 100 to 150 basis points, depending on the Company’s cash flow leverage ratio. Principal amortizes $3.0 million in 2014, $3.0 million in 2015, and $4.5 million in 2016 with the remaining principal due at the end of the term;

• A $6.3 million term loan maturing on November 3, 2017, with interest at a floating rate equal to, at the Company’s option, either: (1) reserve adjusted LIBOR, plus a spread that ranges from 250 to 300 basis points, depending on the Company’s cash flow leverage ratio; or (2) Alternate Base Rate, plus a spread that ranges from 150 to 200 basis points, depending on the Company’s cash flow leverage ratio. Principal amortizes $0.4 million in 2014, $0.5 million in 2015, $0.6 million in 2016 and $0.5 million in 2017 with the remaining principal due at the end of the term;

• A borrowing base equal to (1) the lesser of (i) 30%—35% (depending on the Company’s trailing 12-month cost per dollar collected) of all eligible non-bankruptcy estimated remaining collections, initially set at 33%, plus 55% of eligible estimated remaining collections for consumer receivables subject to bankruptcy, and (ii) the product of the net book value of all receivable portfolios acquired on or after January 1, 2005 multiplied by 95%, minus (2) the sum of the aggregate principal amount outstanding of Encore’s Senior Secured Notes (as defined below) plus the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the term loans;

• The allowance of additional unsecured or subordinated indebtedness not to exceed $750.0 million;

• Restrictions and covenants, which limit the payment of dividends and the incurrence of additional indebtedness and liens, among other limitations;

• Repurchases of up to $50.0 million of Encore’s common stock after February 25, 2014, subject to compliance with certain covenants and available borrowing capacity;

• A change of control definition, which excludes acquisitions of stock by Red Mountain Capital Partners LLC, JCF FPK LLP and their respective affiliates of up to 50% of the outstanding shares of Encore’s voting stock;

• Events of default which, upon occurrence, may permit the lenders to terminate the facility and declare all amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable;

• A pre-approved acquisition limit of $225.0 million in the aggregate, for acquisitions after August 1, 2014;

• A basket to allow for investments in unrestricted subsidiaries of $250.0 million;

• A basket to allow for investments in certain subsidiaries of Propel of $200.0 million;

• An annual foreign portfolio investment and loan basket of $150.0 million; and

• Collateralization by all assets of the Company, other than the assets of unrestricted subsidiaries as defined in the Restated Credit Agreement.

At September 30, 2014, the outstanding balance under the Restated Credit Agreement was $577.0 million. The weighted average interest rate was 2.95% and 3.07% for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and 2.92% and 3.13% for the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Encore Senior Secured Notes

In 2010 and 2011 Encore entered into an aggregate of $75.0 million in senior secured notes with certain affiliates of Prudential Capital Group (the “Senior Secured Notes”). $25.0 million of the Senior Secured Notes bear an annual interest rate of 7.375%, mature in 2018 and require quarterly principal payments of $1.25 million. Prior to May 2013, these notes required quarterly payments of interest only. The remaining $50.0 million of Senior Secured Notes bear an annual interest rate of 7.75%, mature in 2017 and require quarterly principal payments of $2.5 million. Prior to December 2012 these notes required quarterly interest only payments. As of September 30, 2014, $47.5 million is outstanding under these obligations.

The Senior Secured Notes are guaranteed in full by certain of Encore’s subsidiaries. Similar to, and pari passu with, Encore’s credit facility, the Senior Secured Notes are also collateralized by all of the assets of the Company other than the assets of unrestricted subsidiaries as defined in the Restated Credit Agreement. The Senior Secured Notes may be accelerated and become automatically and immediately due and payable upon certain events of default, including certain events related to insolvency, bankruptcy, or liquidation. Additionally, the Senior Secured Notes may be accelerated at the election of the holder or holders of a majority in principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes upon certain events of default by Encore, including the breach of affirmative covenants regarding guarantors, collateral, most favored lender treatment, minimum revolving credit facility commitment or the breach of any negative covenant. If Encore prepays the Senior Secured Notes at any time for any reason, payment will be at the higher of par or the present value of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the portion being prepaid. The discount rate used to determine the present value is 50 basis points over the then current Treasury Rate corresponding to the remaining average life of the senior secured notes. The covenants are substantially similar to those in the Restated Credit Agreement. Prudential Capital Group and the administrative agent for the lenders of the Restated Credit Agreement have an intercreditor agreement related to their pro rata rights to the collateral, actionable default, powers and duties and remedies, among other topics. The terms of the Senior Secured Notes were amended in connection with the Restated Credit Agreement in order to properly align certain provisions between the two agreements.

Encore Convertible Senior Notes

In November and December 2012, Encore sold $115.0 million aggregate principal amount of 3.0% 2017 Convertible Notes that mature on November 27, 2017 in private placement transactions. In June and July 2013, Encore sold $172.5 million aggregate principal amount of 3.0% 2020 Convertible Notes that mature on July 1, 2020 in private placement transactions. In March 2014, Encore sold $161.0 million aggregate principal amount of 2.875% 2021 Convertible Notes that mature on March 15, 2021 in private placement transactions. The interest on these unsecured convertible senior notes (collectively, the “Convertible Notes”), is payable semi-annually.

Prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding their respective conversion date (listed below), holders may convert their Convertible Notes under certain circumstances set forth in the applicable Convertible Notes indentures. On or after their respective conversion dates until the close of business on the scheduled trading day immediately preceding their respective maturity date, holders may convert their Convertible Notes at any time. Certain key terms related to the convertible features for each of the Convertible Notes as of September 30, 2014 are listed below.

	2017 Convertible Notes		2020 Convertible Notes		2021 Convertible Notes
Initial conversion price	$	31.56	$	45.72	$	59.39
Closing stock price at date of issuance	$	25.66	$	33.35	$	47.51
Closing stock price date	November 27, 2012		June 24, 2013		March 5, 2014
Conversion rate (shares per $1,000 principal amount)	31.6832		21.8718		16.8386
Conversion date(1)	May 27, 2017		January 1, 2020		September 15, 2020

_______________________

(1) 2017 Convertible Notes became convertible on January 2, 2014, as certain early conversion events were satisfied. Refer to “Conversion and EPS impact” section below for further details.

In the event of conversion, the 2017 Convertible Notes are convertible into cash up to the aggregate principal amount of the notes. The excess conversion premium may be settled in cash or shares of the Company’s common stock at the discretion of the Company. In the event of conversion, holders of the Company’s 2020 and 2021 Convertible Notes will receive cash, shares of the Company’s common stock or a combination of cash and shares of the Company’s common stock, at the Company’s election. The Company’s current intent is to settle conversions through combination settlement (i.e., convertible into cash up to the aggregate principal amount, and shares of the Company’s common stock or a combination of cash and shares of the Company’s common stock, at the Company’s election, for the remainder). As a result, and in accordance with authoritative guidance related to derivatives and hedging and earnings per share, only the conversion spread is included in the diluted earnings per share calculation, if dilutive. Under such method, the settlement of the conversion spread has a dilutive effect when, during any quarter, the average share price of the Company’s common stock exceeds the initial conversion prices listed in the above table.

Authoritative guidance related to debt with conversion and other options requires that issuers of convertible debt instruments that, upon conversion, may be settled fully or partially in cash, must separately account for the liability and equity components in a manner that will reflect the entity’s nonconvertible debt borrowing rate when interest cost is recognized in subsequent periods. Additionally, debt issuance costs are required to be allocated in proportion to the allocation of the liability and equity components and accounted for as debt issuance costs and equity issuance costs, respectively.

The debt and equity components, the issuance costs related to the equity component, the stated interest rate, and the effective interest rate for each of the Convertible Notes are listed below (in thousands, except percentages):

	2017 Convertible Notes			2020 Convertible Notes			2021 Convertible Notes
Debt component	$	100,298		$	140,271		$	143,604
Equity component	$	14,702		$	32,229		$	17,396
Equity issuance cost	$	788		$	1,113		$	575
Stated interest rate	3.000		%	3.000		%	2.875		%
Effective interest rate	6.000		%	6.350		%	4.700		%

The balances of the liability and equity components of all of the Convertible Notes outstanding were as follows (in thousands):

	September 30, 2014			December 31, 2013
Liability component—principal amount	$	448,500		$	287,500
Unamortized debt discount	(53,461		)	(42,240		)
Liability component—net carrying amount	$	395,039		$	245,260
Equity component	$	54,523		$	46,954

The debt discount is being amortized into interest expense over the remaining life of the convertible notes using the effective interest rates. Interest expense related to the convertible notes was as follows (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014		2013		2014		2013
Interest expense—stated coupon rate	$	3,316	$	2,141	$	9,080	$	3,947
Interest expense—amortization of debt discount	2,228		1,570		6,164		2,887
Total interest expense—convertible notes	$	5,544	$	3,711	$	15,244	$	6,834

Convertible Notes Hedge Transactions

In order to reduce the risk related to the potential dilution and/or the potential cash payments the Company is required to make in the event that the market price of the Company’s common stock becomes greater than the conversion price of the Convertible Notes, the Company maintains a hedge program that increases the effective conversion price for each of the Convertible Notes. All of the hedge instruments related to the Convertible Notes have been determined to be indexed to the Company’s own stock and meet the criteria for equity classification. In accordance with authoritative guidance, the Company recorded the cost of the hedge instruments as a reduction in additional paid-in capital, and will not recognize subsequent changes in fair value of these financial instruments in its consolidated financial statements.

The initial hedge instruments the Company entered into in connection with its issuance of the 2017 Convertible Notes had an effective conversion price of $44.19. On December 16, 2013, the Company entered into amendments to the hedge instruments to further increase the effective conversion price from $44.19 to $60.00.

The details of the hedge program for each of the Convertible Notes are listed below (in thousands, except conversion price):

	2017 Convertible Notes		2020 Convertible Notes		2021 Convertible Notes
Cost of the hedge transaction(s)	$	50,595	$	18,113	$	19,545
Initial conversion price	$	31.56	$	45.72	$	59.39
Effective conversion price	$	60.00	$	61.55	$	83.14

Conversion and Earnings Per Share Impact

During the quarter ending December 31, 2013, the closing price of the Company’s common stock exceeded 130% of the conversion price of the 2017 Convertible Notes for more than 20 trading days during a 30 consecutive trading day period, thereby satisfying one of the early conversion events. As a result, the 2017 Convertible Notes became convertible on demand effective January 2, 2014, and the holders were notified that they could elect to submit their 2017 Convertible Notes for conversion. The carrying value of the 2017 Convertible Notes continues to be reported as debt as the Company intends to draw on the Credit Facility or use cash on hand to settle the principal amount of any such conversions in cash. No gain or loss was recognized when the debt became convertible. The estimated fair value of the 2017 Convertible Notes was approximately $185.0 million as of September 30, 2014. In addition, upon becoming convertible, a portion of the equity component that was recorded at the time of the issuance of the 2017 Convertible Notes was considered redeemable and that portion of the equity was reclassified to temporary equity in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. Such amount was determined based on the cash consideration to be paid upon conversion and the carrying amount of the debt. Upon conversion, the holders of the 2017 Convertible Notes will be paid in cash for the principal amount and issued shares or a combination of cash and shares for the remaining value of the 2017 Convertible Notes. As a result, the Company reclassified $9.8 million of the equity component to temporary equity as of September 30, 2014. If a conversion event takes place, this temporary equity balance will be recalculated based on the difference between the 2017 Convertible Notes principal and the debt carrying value. If the 2017 Convertible Notes are settled, an amount equal to the fair value of the liability component, immediately prior to the settlement, will be deducted from the fair value of the total settlement consideration transferred and allocated to the liability component. Any difference between the amount allocated to the liability and the net carrying amount of the 2017 Convertible Notes (including any unamortized debt issue costs and discount) will be recognized in earnings as a gain or loss on debt extinguishment. Any remaining consideration is allocated to the reacquisition of the equity component and will be recognized as a reduction in stockholders’ equity.

None of the 2017 Convertible Notes were converted during the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014.

In accordance with authoritative guidance related to derivatives and hedging and earnings per share calculation, only the conversion spread of the Convertible Notes is included in the diluted earnings per share calculation, if dilutive. Under such method, the settlement of the conversion spread has a dilutive effect when the average share price of the Company’s common stock during any quarter exceeds the respective conversion price of each of the Convertible Notes. The average share price of the Company’s common stock for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 and 2013, exceeded the initial conversion price of the 2017 Convertible Notes. The dilutive effect from the 2017 Convertible Notes was approximately 1.0 million and 0.8 million shares for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and 1.1 million and 0.3 million shares for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. See Note 3, “Earnings Per Share” for additional information.

Propel Facilities

Propel Facility I

Propel has a $200.0 million syndicated loan facility (the “Propel Facility I”). The Propel Facility I is used to originate or purchase tax lien assets related to properties in Texas and Arizona.

The Propel Facility I expires in May 2015 and includes the following key provisions:

• Interest at Propel’s option, at either: (1) LIBOR, plus a spread that ranges from 300 to 375 basis points, depending on Propel’s cash flow leverage ratio; or (2) Prime Rate, which is defined in the agreement as the rate of interest per annum equal to the sum of (a) the interest rate quoted in the “Money Rates” section of The Wall Street Journal from time to time and designated as the “Prime Rate” plus (b) the Prime Rate Margin, which is a spread that ranges from 0 to 75 basis points, depending on Propel’s cash flow leverage ratio;

• A borrowing base of 90% of the face value of the tax lien collateralized payment arrangements;

• Interest payable monthly; principal and interest due at maturity;

• Restrictions and covenants, which limit, among other things, the payment of dividends and the incurrence of additional indebtedness and liens; and

• Events of default which, upon occurrence, may permit the lender to terminate the Propel Facility I and declare all amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable.

The Propel Facility I is primarily collateralized by the Tax Liens in Texas and requires Propel to maintain various financial covenants, including a minimum interest coverage ratio and a maximum cash flow leverage ratio.

At September 30, 2014, the outstanding balance on the Propel Facility I was $38.5 million. The weighted average interest rate was 3.15% and 3.37% for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and 3.34% and 3.26% for the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Propel Facility II

On May 15, 2013, the Company, through affiliates of Propel, entered into a $100.0 million revolving credit facility (the “Propel Facility II”). On May 6, 2014, the Propel Facility II was amended by the parties. The amended Propel Facility II is used to purchase tax liens from taxing authorities in various states, expires on May 10, 2019, and includes the following key provisions:

• Propel could draw up to $190.0 million at any time during the period from July 1, 2014, up to and including September 30, 2014, and can draw up to $150.0 million through May 15, 2017;

• The committed amount can be drawn on a revolving basis until May 15, 2017 (unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the facility). During the following two years, until the May 10, 2019 expiration date, no additional draws are permitted, and all proceeds from the tax liens are used to repay any amounts outstanding under the facility. So long as no events or default have occurred, Propel may extend the expiration date for additional one year periods.

• Prior to the expiration of the facility, interest at a per annum floating rate equal to LIBOR plus 3.25%, other than for advances related to tax liens in Texas, for which interest is LIBOR plus 2.50%;

• Following the expiration of the facility, or upon the occurrence of an event of default, interest at 400 basis points plus the greater of (i) a per annum floating rate equal to LIBOR plus 3.25% (or 2.50% for advances related to tax liens in Texas), or (ii) Prime Rate, which is defined in the agreement as the rate most recently announced by the lender at its branch in San Francisco, California, from time to time as its prime commercial rate for United States dollar-denominated loans made in the United States;

• Proceeds from the tax liens are applied to pay interest, principal and other obligations incurred in connection with the Propel Facility II on a monthly basis as defined in the agreement;

• Special purpose entity covenants designed to protect the bankruptcy-remoteness of the borrowers and additional restrictions and covenants, which limit, among other things, the payment of certain dividends, the occurrence of additional indebtedness and liens and use of the collections proceeds from the certain Tax Liens; and

• Events of default which, upon occurrence, may permit the lender to terminate the Propel Facility II and declare all amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable.

The Propel Facility II is collateralized by the Tax Liens acquired under the Propel Facility II. At September 30, 2014, the outstanding balance on the Propel Facility II was $46.6 million. The weighted average interest rate was 3.94% and 3.73% for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and 3.80% and 3.53% the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 and 2013.

Propel Term Loan Facility

On May 2, 2014, the Company, through affiliates of Propel, entered into a $31.9 million term loan facility (the “Propel Term Loan Facility”). The Propel Term Loan Facility was entered into to fund the acquisition of a portfolio of tax liens and other assets in a transaction valued at approximately $43.0 million and matures in October 2016.

At September 30, 2014, the outstanding balance on the Propel Term Loan Facility was $24.6 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 was 4.36% and 4.48%, respectively.

Propel Securitized Notes

On May 6, 2014, Propel, through its affiliates, completed the securitization of a pool of approximately $141.5 million in payment agreements and contracts relating to unpaid real property taxes, assessments, and other charges secured by liens on real property located in the State of Texas (the “Securitized Texas Tax Liens”). In connection with the securitization, investors purchased, in a private placement, approximately $134.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 1.44% notes collateralized by the Securitized Texas Tax Liens (the “Propel Securitized Notes”), due May 15, 2029. The payment agreements and contracts will continue to be serviced by Propel.

The Propel Securitized Notes are payable solely from the collateral and represent non-recourse obligations of the consolidated securitization entity PFS Tax Lien Trust 2014-1, a Delaware statutory trust and an affiliate of Propel. Interest accrues monthly at the rate of 1.44% per annum. Principal and interest on the Propel Securitized Notes are payable on the 15^th day of each calendar month. Propel used the net proceeds to pay down borrowings under the Propel Facility I, pay certain expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of the Propel Securitized Notes and fund certain reserves.

At September 30, 2014, the outstanding balance on the Propel Securitized Notes was $113.4 million.

Cabot Senior Secured Notes

On September 20, 2012, Cabot Financial (Luxembourg) S.A. (“Cabot Financial”), an indirect subsidiary of Janus Holdings, issued £265.0 million (approximately $438.4 million) in aggregate principal amount of 10.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (the “Cabot 2019 Notes”). Interest on the Cabot 2019 Notes is payable semi-annually, in arrears, on April 1 and October 1 of each year.

On August 2, 2013, Cabot Financial issued £100 million (approximately $151.7 million) in aggregate principal amount of 8.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2020 (the “Cabot 2020 Notes”). Interest on the Cabot 2020 Notes is payable semi-annually, in arrears, on February 1 and August 1 of each year.

Of the proceeds from the issuance of the Cabot 2020 Notes, approximately £75.0 million (approximately $113.8 million) was used to repay all amounts outstanding under the senior credit facilities of Cabot Financial (UK) Limited (“Cabot Financial UK”), an indirect subsidiary of Janus Holdings, and £25.0 million (approximately $37.9 million) was used to partially repay a portion of the J Bridge PECs to an affiliate of J.C. Flowers & Co. LLC (“J.C. Flowers”).

On March 27, 2014, Cabot Financial issued £175.0 million (approximately $291.8 million) in aggregate principal amount of 6.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 (the “Cabot 2021 Notes” and, together with the Cabot 2019 Notes and the Cabot 2020 Notes, the “Cabot Notes”). Interest on the Cabot 2021 Notes is payable semi-annually, in arrears, on April 1 and October 1 of each year, beginning on October 1, 2014. The total debt issuance cost associated with the Cabot 2021 Notes was approximately $7.5 million.

Approximately £105.0 million (approximately $174.8 million) of the proceeds from the issuance of the Cabot 2021 Notes was used to repay all amounts outstanding under the Senior Secured Bridge Facilities described below.

The Cabot Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by the following indirect subsidiaries of the Company: Cabot, Cabot Financial Limited, and all material subsidiaries of Cabot Financial Limited (other than Cabot Financial and Marlin Intermediate Holdings plc). The Cabot Notes are secured by a first ranking security interest in all of the outstanding shares of Cabot Financial and the guarantors (other than Cabot and Marlin Midway Limited) and substantially all the assets of Cabot Financial and the guarantors (other than Cabot). The guarantees provided in respect of the Cabot Notes are pari passu with each such guarantee given in respect of the Marlin Bonds and the Cabot Credit Facility described below.

On July 25, 2013, Marlin Intermediate Holdings plc, a subsidiary of Marlin, issued £150.0 million (approximately $246.5 million) in aggregate principal amount of 10.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2020 (the “Marlin Bonds”). Interest on the Marlin Bonds is payable semi-annually, in arrears, on February 1 and August 1 of each year. Cabot assumed the Marlin Bonds as a result of the Marlin Acquisition. The carrying value of the Marlin Bonds was adjusted to approximately $284.2 million to reflect the fair value of the Marlin Bonds at the time of acquisition.

The Marlin Bonds are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by Cabot Financial Limited and each of Cabot Financial Limited’s material subsidiaries other than Marlin Intermediate Holdings plc, each of which is an indirect subsidiary of the Company. The guarantees provided in respect of the Marlin Bonds are pari passu with each such guarantee given in respect of the Cabot Notes and the Cabot Credit Facility.

Interest expense related to the Cabot Notes and Marlin Bonds was as follows (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014			2013			2014			2013
Interest expense—stated coupon rate	$	26,239		$	12,857		$	72,099		$	12,857
Interest income—accretion of debt premium	(2,760		)	(1,367		)	(7,565		)	(1,367		)
Total interest expense—Cabot Notes and Marlin Bonds	$	23,479		$	11,490		$	64,534		$	11,490

Cabot Senior Revolving Credit Facility

On September 20, 2012, Cabot Financial UK entered into an agreement for a senior committed revolving credit facility of £50.0 million (approximately $82.7 million) (the “Cabot Credit Agreement”). This agreement was amended and restated on June 28, 2013 to increase the size of the revolving credit facility to £85.0 million (approximately $140.6 million) (the “Cabot Credit Facility”).

The Cabot Credit Facility has a five-year term expiring in September 2017, and includes the following key provisions:

• Interest at LIBOR plus a maximum of 4.0% depending on the loan to value (“LTV”) ratio determined quarterly, calculated as being the ratio of the net financial indebtedness of Cabot (as defined in the Cabot Credit Agreement) to Cabot’s estimated remaining collections capped at 84-months;

• A restrictive covenant that limits the LTV ratio to 0.75;

• Additional restrictions and covenants which limit, among other things, the payment of dividends and the incurrence of additional indebtedness and liens; and

• Events of default which, upon occurrence, may permit the lenders to terminate the Cabot Credit Facility and declare all amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable.

The Cabot Credit Facility is unconditionally guaranteed by the following indirect subsidiaries of the Company: Cabot, Cabot Financial Limited, and all material subsidiaries of Cabot Financial Limited. The Cabot Credit Facility is secured by first ranking security interests in all the outstanding shares of Cabot Financial UK and the guarantors (other than Cabot) and substantially all the assets of Cabot Financial UK and the guarantors (other than Cabot). Pursuant to the terms of intercreditor agreements entered into with respect to the relative positions of the Cabot Notes, the Marlin Bonds and the Cabot Credit Facility, any liabilities in respect of obligations under the Cabot Credit Facility that are secured by assets that also secure the Cabot Notes and the Marlin Bonds will receive priority with respect to any proceeds received upon any enforcement action over any such assets.

At September 30, 2014, the outstanding borrowings under the Cabot Credit Facility were approximately $92.4 million. The weighted average interest rate was 4.55% and 4.36% for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014, respectively and 4.24% for the three months ended September 30, 2013.

Senior Secured Bridge Facilities

The Marlin Acquisition was financed with borrowings under the existing Cabot Credit Facility and under new senior secured bridge facilities (the “Senior Secured Bridge Facilities”) that Cabot Financial Limited entered into on February 7, 2014 pursuant to a Senior Secured Bridge Facilities Agreement. The Senior Secured Bridge Facilities were paid off in full by using proceeds from borrowings under the £175.0 million (approximately $291.8 million) Cabot 2021 Notes issued on March 21, 2014.

The Senior Secured Bridge Facilities Agreement provided for (a) a senior secured bridge facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to £105.0 million (“Bridge Facility A”) and (b) a senior secured bridge facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to £151.5 million (“Bridge Facility B,” and together with Bridge Facility A, the “Bridge Facilities”). The purpose of Bridge Facility A was to provide funding for the financing, in full or in part, of the purchase price for the Marlin Acquisition and the payment of costs, fees and expenses in connection with the Marlin Acquisition, and was fully drawn on as of the closing of the Marlin Acquisition. The purpose of Bridge Facility B was to finance, in full or in part, the repurchase of any bonds tendered in any change of control offer required to be made to the holders of the Marlin Bonds and the premium payable thereon. Bridge Facility B was intended to be utilized only to the extent that any holders of the Marlin Bonds elected to tender their Marlin Bonds within a defined period. No Marlin Bonds were tendered during the defined period and Bridge Facility B expired without drawdown. The Senior Secured Bridge Facilities Agreement also provided for uncommitted incremental facilities in an amount of up to £80.0 million for the purposes of financing future debt portfolio acquisitions. The Senior Secured Bridge Facilities had an initial term of one year and an extended term of 6.5 years if they were not repaid during the first year of issuance.

Prior to their initial maturity date, the rate of interest payable under the Senior Secured Bridge Facilities was the aggregate, per annum, of (i) LIBOR, plus (ii) an initial spread of 6.00% per annum (such spread stepping up by 50 basis points for each three-month period that the Senior Secured Bridge Facilities remained outstanding), not to exceed total caps set forth in the Senior Secured Bridge Facilities Agreement.

Loan fees associated with the Senior Secured Bridge Facilities were approximately $2.0 million. These fees were originally recorded as debt issuance costs and were written off at the time of repayment and termination of the agreement. This $2.0 million was charged to interest expense in the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

Preferred Equity Certificates

On July 1, 2013, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary Encore Europe Holdings, S.a.r.l. (“Encore Europe”), completed the Cabot Acquisition by acquiring 50.1% of the equity interest in Janus Holdings. Encore Europe purchased from J.C. Flowers: (i) E Bridge preferred equity certificates issued by Janus Holdings, with a face value of £10,218,574 (approximately $15.5 million) (and any accrued interest thereof) (the “E Bridge PECs”), (ii) E preferred equity certificates issued by Janus Holdings with a face value of £96,729,661 (approximately $147.1 million) (and any accrued interest thereof) (the “E PECs”), (iii) 3,498,563 E shares of Janus Holdings (the “E Shares”), and (iv) 100 A shares of Cabot Holdings S.a.r.l. (“Cabot Holdings”), the direct subsidiary of Janus Holdings, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately £115.1 million (approximately $175.0 million). The E Bridge PECs, E PECs, and E Shares represent 50.1% of all of the issued and outstanding equity and debt securities of Janus Holdings. The remaining 49.9% of Janus Holdings’ equity and debt securities are owned by J.C. Flowers and include: (a) J Bridge preferred equity certificates with a face value of £10,177,781 (approximately $15.5 million) (the “J Bridge PECs”), (b) J preferred equity certificates with a face value of £96,343,515 (approximately $146.5 million) (the “J PECs”), (c) 3,484,597 J shares of Janus Holdings (the “J Shares”), and (d) 100 A shares of Cabot Holdings.

All of the PECs accrue interest at 12% per annum. In accordance with authoritative guidance related to debt and equity securities, the J Bridge PECs, J PECs and any accrued interests thereof are classified as liabilities and are included in debt in the Company’s accompanying condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. In addition, certain other minority owners hold PECs at the Cabot Holdings level (the “Management PECs”). These PECs are also included in debt in the Company’s accompanying condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. The E Bridge PECs and E PECs held by the Company, and their related interest eliminate in consolidation and therefore are not included in debt in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. The J Bridge PECs, J PECs, and the Management PECs do not require the payment of cash interest expense as they have characteristics similar to equity with a preferred return. The ultimate payment of the accumulated interest would be satisfied only in connection with the disposition of the noncontrolling interests of J.C. Flowers and management.

On June 20, 2014, Encore Europe converted all of its E Bridge PECs into E Shares and E PECs, and J.C. Flowers converted all of its J Bridge PECs into J Shares and J PECs, respectively, in proportion to the number of E Shares and E PECs, or J Shares and J PECs, as applicable, outstanding on the closing date of the Cabot Acquisition.

As of September 30, 2014, the outstanding balance of the PECs and their accrued interest was approximately $210.9 million.

Capital Lease Obligations

The Company has capital lease obligations primarily for computer equipment. As of September 30, 2014, the Company’s combined obligations for these equipment leases were approximately $15.3 million. These lease obligations require monthly or quarterly payments through 2018 and have implicit interest rates that range from zero to approximately 12.5%.

XML

Debt - Cabot Senior Secured Notes (Detail)	9 Months Ended			9 Months Ended						9 Months Ended		0 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014 USD ($)	Sep. 30, 2013 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2013 USD ($)	Sep. 30, 2014 Cabot Corporation [Member] USD ($)	Sep. 30, 2014 Cabot Corporation [Member] GBP (£)	Sep. 20, 2012 Cabot 2019 Notes [Member] USD ($)	Sep. 20, 2012 Cabot 2019 Notes [Member] GBP (£)	Aug. 02, 2013 Cabot 2020 Notes [Member] USD ($)	Aug. 02, 2013 Cabot 2020 Notes [Member] GBP (£)	Sep. 30, 2014 J Bridge PECs [Member] USD ($)	Sep. 30, 2014 J Bridge PECs [Member] GBP (£)	Mar. 27, 2014 Cabot 2021 Notes [Member] USD ($)	Mar. 27, 2014 Cabot 2021 Notes [Member] GBP (£)	Jul. 25, 2013 Marlin Acquisition [Member] Senior Secured Notes Due 2020 [Member] USD ($)	Jul. 25, 2013 Marlin Acquisition [Member] Senior Secured Notes Due 2020 [Member] GBP (£)
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Encore senior secured notes	$ 47,500,000		$ 58,750,000			$ 438,400,000	£ 265,000,000	$ 151,700,000	£ 100,000,000			$ 291,800,000	£ 175,000,000.0	$ 246,500,000	£ 150,000,000.0
Debt instrument, stated interest rate						10.375%	10.375%	8.375%	8.375%			6.50%	6.50%	10.50%	10.50%
Repayment of senior credit facility	878,883,000	491,462,000		113,800,000	75,000,000							174,800,000	105,000,000
Repayment of J Bridge PECs	702,000	39,743,000								37,900,000	25,000,000.0
Debt issuance cost												7,500,000
Long-term debt, fair value														$ 284,200,000

XML

Debt - Preferred Equity Certificates and Capital Lease Obligations (Details)	9 Months Ended						0 Months Ended						0 Months Ended						0 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2013 USD ($)	Sep. 30, 2014 Preferred Equity Certificate [Member]	Jul. 02, 2013 Cabot Acquisition [Member]	Jul. 02, 2013 Janus Holdings [Member]	Jul. 02, 2013 Cabot Credit Management [Member] Janus Holdings [Member]	Jul. 02, 2013 Cabot Acquisition [Member] Janus Holdings [Member] USD ($)	Jul. 02, 2013 Cabot Acquisition [Member] Janus Holdings [Member] GBP (£)	Jul. 02, 2013 Cabot Acquisition [Member] Janus Holdings [Member] E Bridge Preferred Equity Certificates [Member] USD ($)	Jul. 02, 2013 Cabot Acquisition [Member] Janus Holdings [Member] E Bridge Preferred Equity Certificates [Member] GBP (£)	Jul. 02, 2013 Cabot Acquisition [Member] Janus Holdings [Member] E Preferred Equity Certificates [Member] USD ($)	Jul. 02, 2013 Cabot Acquisition [Member] Janus Holdings [Member] E Preferred Equity Certificates [Member] GBP (£)	Jul. 02, 2013 Common Class E [Member] Cabot Acquisition [Member] Janus Holdings [Member]	Jul. 02, 2013 Common Class A [Member] Cabot Acquisition [Member]	Jul. 02, 2013 J C Flowers And Company Limited Liability Company [Member] Cabot Holdings [Member] Janus Holdings [Member] J Bridge PECs [Member] USD ($)	Jul. 02, 2013 J C Flowers And Company Limited Liability Company [Member] Cabot Holdings [Member] Janus Holdings [Member] J Bridge PECs [Member] GBP (£)	Jul. 02, 2013 J C Flowers And Company Limited Liability Company [Member] Cabot Holdings [Member] Janus Holdings [Member] J Preferred Equity Certificates [Member] USD ($)	Jul. 02, 2013 J C Flowers And Company Limited Liability Company [Member] Cabot Holdings [Member] Janus Holdings [Member] J Preferred Equity Certificates [Member] GBP (£)	Jul. 02, 2013 J C Flowers And Company Limited Liability Company [Member] Common Class A [Member] Cabot Holdings [Member]	Jul. 02, 2013 J C Flowers And Company Limited Liability Company [Member] Common Class J [Member] Cabot Holdings [Member] Janus Holdings [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Business acquisition, percentage of equity interest				50.10%		50.10%
Business acquisition, face value									$ 15,500,000	£ 10,218,574	$ 147,100,000	£ 96,729,661			$ 15,500,000	£ 10,177,781
Business acquisition, number of shares acquired													3,498,563						100
Business Combination, Consideration Transferred							175,000,000	115,100,000
Noncontrolling interest, ownership percentage					49.90%
Equity certificates with a face value																	146,500,000	96,343,515
Business combination number of shares still held by minority interest														100						3,484,597
Debt instrument, stated interest rate			12.00%
Preferred equity certificates	210,891,000	199,821,000
Capital lease obligations	$ 15,274,000	$ 12,219,000
Debt instrument, interest rate, stated percentage rate range, minimum	0.00%
Debt instrument, interest rate, stated percentage rate range, maximum	12.50%

XML

Debt - Propel Facilities (Detail) (USD $)											0 Months Ended	9 Months Ended																				9 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2014 Propel Term Loan Facility [Member]	May 02, 2014 Propel Term Loan Facility [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Propel Facility I [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Propel Facility II, Amended [Member]	May 15, 2013 Propel Facility II, Amended [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Propel Facility II [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Propel securitized notes [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Propel securitized notes [Member]	May 06, 2014 LIBOR [Member] Propel Facility II, Amended [Member] Funding of Tax Liens [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 LIBOR [Member] Propel Facility II [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Minimum [Member] LIBOR [Member] Propel Facility I [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Minimum [Member] Prime Rate [Member] Propel Facility I [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Maximum [Member] LIBOR [Member] Propel Facility I [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Maximum [Member] Prime Rate [Member] Propel Facility I [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Quarter To Date [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Quarter To Date [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Quarter To Date [Member] Propel Term Loan Facility [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Quarter To Date [Member] Propel Facility I [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Quarter To Date [Member] Propel Facility I [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Quarter To Date [Member] Propel Facility II [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Quarter To Date [Member] Propel Facility II [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Year To Date [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Year To Date [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Year To Date [Member] Propel Term Loan Facility [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Year To Date [Member] Propel Facility I [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Year To Date [Member] Propel Facility I [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Year To Date [Member] Propel Facility II [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Year To Date [Member] Propel Facility II [Member]	Oct. 01, 2014 Subsequent event [Member] Propel Facility II, Amended [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Following Expiration Date [Member] LIBOR [Member] Propel Facility II [Member]	May 06, 2014 Texas [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 Texas [Member] Following Expiration Date [Member] LIBOR [Member] Propel Facility II [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Revolving credit facility					$ 200,000,000	$ 190,000,000.0	$ 100,000,000.0																								$ 150,000,000.0
Basis spread on variable rate											2.50%	3.25%	3.00%	0.00%	3.75%	0.75%																3.25%		2.50%
Borrowing base of the face value of the tax lien collateralized notes					90.00%
Credit facility, outstanding amount	429,000,000	356,000,000			38,500,000			46,600,000
Weighted average interest rate																	2.95%	3.07%	4.36%	3.15%	3.37%	3.94%	3.73%	2.92%	3.13%	4.48%	3.34%	3.26%	3.80%	3.53%
Additional draws	0
Debt instrument, stated interest rate																																4.00%	1.44%
Convertible senior notes sold				31,900,000.0
Receivables secured by property tax liens, net	276,081,000	212,814,000		43,000,000																													141,500,000
Term loan facility	147,984,000	140,625,000	24,600,000
Receivable secured by property tax liens, principal amount																																	134,000,000
Encore senior secured notes	$ 47,500,000	$ 58,750,000							$ 113,401,000	$ 0

XML

Ownership, Description of Business, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Additional Information (Detail)	9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014
Basis Of Presentation And Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Percentage of payment made for portfolios purchase	50.00%
AACC Merger [Member]
Basis Of Presentation And Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Business acquisition, date of acquisition	Jun. 13, 2013
Cabot Acquisition [Member]
Basis Of Presentation And Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Business acquisition, date of acquisition	Jul. 01, 2013
Marlin [Member]
Basis Of Presentation And Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Business acquisition, date of acquisition	Feb. 07, 2014
Atlantic Credit and Finance, Inc. [Member]
Basis Of Presentation And Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Business acquisition, date of acquisition	Aug. 06, 2014

XML

Deferred Court Costs, Net - Schedule of Deferred Court Costs (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Sep. 30, 2014	Jun. 30, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Deferred Costs, Capitalized, Prepaid, and Other Assets Disclosure [Abstract]
Court costs advanced	$ 505,951		$ 399,274
Court costs recovered	(191,040)		(147,166)
Court costs reserve	(261,781)	(243,832)	(210,889)	(193,960)	(176,094)	(149,080)
Deferred court costs, net	$ 53,130		$ 41,219

XML

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2014

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets

In accordance with authoritative guidance, goodwill is tested at the reporting unit level annually for impairment and in interim periods if certain events occur that indicate the fair value of a reporting unit may be below its carrying value. Goodwill was allocable to reporting units included in the Company’s reportable segments, as follows (in thousands):

	Portfolio Purchasing  and Recovery			Tax Lien Business		Total
Balance, December 31, 2013	$	454,936		$	49,277	$	504,213
Goodwill acquired	427,647			—		427,647
Effect of foreign currency translation	(10,341		)	—		(10,341		)
Balance, September 30, 2014	$	872,242		$	49,277	$	921,519

The Company’s acquired intangible assets are summarized as follows (in thousands):

	As of September 30, 2014							As of December 31, 2013
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount
Customer relationships	$	6,012	$	(583	)	$	5,429	$	1,975	$	(74	)	$	1,901
Developed technologies	7,422		(1,570		)	5,852		4,909		(468		)	4,441
Trade name and other	4,890		(1,099		)	3,791		15,631		(386		)	15,245
Other intangibles—indefinite lived	1,962		—			1,962		1,962		—			1,962
Total intangible assets	$	20,286	$	(3,252	)	$	17,034	$	24,477	$	(928	)	$	23,549

XML

Derivatives and Hedging Instruments (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2014

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities Disclosure [Abstract]

Summary of Fair Value of Derivative Instruments as Recorded on Company's Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

The following table summarizes the fair value of derivative instruments as recorded in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition (in thousands):

	September 30, 2014				December 31, 2013
	Balance Sheet Location	Fair Value			Balance Sheet Location	Fair Value
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign currency exchange contracts	Other liabilities	$	(1,449	)	Other liabilities	$	(4,123	)
Foreign currency exchange contracts	Other assets	791			Other assets	46
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Interest rate cap	Other assets	4			Other assets	202

Summary of Effects of Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships in Company's Statements of Income

The following table summarizes the effects of derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships on the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of income for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2014 and 2013(in thousands):

	Gain or (Loss) Recognized in OCI- Effective Portion						Location of Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from OCI into Income - Effective Portion	Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from OCI into Income -  Effective Portion						Location of Gain or (Loss) Recognized - Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing	Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized - Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing
	Three Months Ended   September 30,							Three Months Ended   September 30,							Three Months Ended   September 30,
	2014			2013				2014			2013				2014		2013
Interest rate swaps	$	—		$	132		Interest expense	$	—		$	—		Other (expense) income	$	—	$	—
Foreign currency exchange contracts	(429		)	(1,871		)	Salaries and employee benefits	(243		)	(622		)	Other (expense) income	—		—
Foreign currency exchange contracts	(79		)	(381		)	General and administrative expenses	(46		)	(119		)	Other (expense) income	—		—

	Gain or (Loss) Recognized in OCI- Effective Portion					Location of Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from OCI into Income - Effective Portion	Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from OCI into Income -  Effective Portion						Location of Gain or (Loss) Recognized - Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing	Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized - Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing
	Nine Months Ended   September 30,						Nine Months Ended   September 30,							Nine Months Ended   September 30,
	2014		2013				2014			2013				2014		2013
Interest rate swaps	$	—	$	506		Interest expense	$	—		$	—		Other (expense) income	$	—	$	—
Foreign currency exchange contracts	2,215		(3,809		)	Salaries and employee benefits	(818		)	(890		)	Other (expense) income	—		—
Foreign currency exchange contracts	242		(809		)	General and administrative expenses	(143		)	(171		)	Other (expense) income	—		—

XML

Investment in Receivable Portfolios, Net - Summary of Change in Valuation Allowance for Investment in Receivable Portfolios (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013
Valuation Allowance for Investment in Receivable Portfolios [Roll Forward]
Balance at beginning of period	$ 86,428	$ 100,593	$ 93,080	$ 105,273
Provision for portfolio allowances	0	0	0	479
Reversal of prior allowances	(5,803)	(2,978)	(12,455)	(8,137)
Balance at end of period	$ 80,625	$ 97,615	$ 80,625	$ 97,615

XML

Fair Value Measurements - Change in Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014
Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests [Roll Forward]
Balance at beginning of period	$ 26,564
Initial redeemable noncontrolling interest related to business combinations	4,997
Net loss attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests	(5,182)
Adjustment of the redeemable noncontrolling interests to fair value	5,258
Effect of foreign currency translation attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests	(1,357)
Balance at end of period	$ 30,280

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013
Statement of Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Net income	$ 30,138	$ 21,064	$ 70,321	$ 51,524
Other comprehensive (loss) gain, net of tax:
Unrealized (loss) gain on derivative instruments	(134)	(768)	2,095	(1,722)
Unrealized (loss) gain on foreign currency translation	(7,529)	4,648	(4,016)	3,951
Other comprehensive (loss) gain, net of tax	(7,663)	3,880	(1,921)	2,229
Comprehensive income	22,475	24,944	68,400	53,753
Comprehensive loss (gain) attributable to noncontrolling interest:
Net loss	197	822	6,755	822
Unrealized loss (gain) on foreign currency translation	1,372	(2,633)	902	(2,633)
Comprehensive loss (gain) attributable to noncontrolling interests	1,569	(1,811)	7,657	(1,811)
Comprehensive income attributable to Encore Capital Group, Inc. stockholders	$ 24,044	$ 23,133	$ 76,057	$ 51,942

XML

Fair Value Measurements

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2014

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Fair Value Measurements

Fair Value Measurements

The authoritative guidance for fair value measurements defines fair value as the price that would be received upon sale of an asset or the price paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (i.e., the “exit price”). The guidance utilizes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used in valuation techniques to measure fair value into three broad levels. The following is a brief description of each level:

• Level 1: Observable inputs such as quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

• Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

• Level 3: Unobservable inputs, including inputs that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions.

Financial Instruments Required To Be Carried At Fair Value

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below (in thousands):

	Fair Value Measurements as of September 30, 2014
	Level 1		Level 2			Level 3			Total
Assets
Foreign currency exchange contracts	$	—	$	791		$	—		$	791
Interest rate cap contracts	—		4			—			4
Liabilities
Foreign currency exchange contracts	—		(1,449		)	—			(1,449		)
Temporary Equity
Redeemable noncontrolling interests	—		—			(30,280		)	(30,280		)

	Fair Value Measurements as of December 31, 2013
	Level 1		Level 2			Level 3			Total
Assets
Foreign currency exchange contracts	$	—	$	46		$	—		$	46
Interest rate cap contracts	—		202			—			202
Liabilities
Foreign currency exchange contracts	—		(4,123		)	—			(4,123		)
Temporary Equity
Redeemable noncontrolling interests	—		—			(26,564		)	(26,564		)

Derivative Contracts:

The Company uses derivative instruments to minimize its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. The Company’s derivative instruments primarily include interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap contracts, and foreign currency exchange contracts. Fair values of these derivative instruments are estimated using industry standard valuation models. These models project future cash flows and discount the future amounts to a present value using market-based observable inputs, including interest rate curves, foreign currency exchange rates, and forward and spot prices for currencies.

Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests:

Some minority shareholders in certain subsidiaries of the Company have the right, at certain times, to require the Company to acquire their ownership interest in those entities at fair value, while others have the right to force a sale of the subsidiary if the Company chooses not to purchase their interests at fair value. The noncontrolling interests subject to these arrangements are included in temporary equity as redeemable noncontrolling interests, and are adjusted to their estimated redemption amounts each reporting period with a corresponding adjustment to additional paid-in capital. Future reductions in the carrying amounts are subject to a “floor” amount that is equal to the fair value of the redeemable noncontrolling interests at the time they were originally recorded. The recorded value of the redeemable noncontrolling interests cannot go below the floor level. These adjustments do not affect the calculation of earnings per share.

The components of the change in the redeemable noncontrolling interests for the period ended September 30, 2014 are presented in the following table:

	Amount
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	26,564
Initial redeemable noncontrolling interest related to business combinations	4,997
Net loss attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests	(5,182		)
Adjustment of the redeemable noncontrolling interests to fair value	5,258
Effect of foreign currency translation attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests	(1,357		)
Balance at September 30, 2014	$	30,280

Financial Instruments Not Required To Be Carried At Fair Value

Investment in Receivable Portfolios:

The Company records its investment in receivable portfolios at cost, which represents a significant discount from the contractual receivable balances due. The Company computes the fair value of its investment in receivable portfolios by discounting the estimated future cash flows generated by its proprietary forecasting models. The key inputs include the estimated future gross cash flow, average cost to collect, and discount rate. In accordance with authoritative guidance related to fair value measurements, the Company estimates the average cost to collect and discount rates based on its estimate of what a market participant might use in valuing these portfolios. The determination of such inputs requires significant judgment, including assessing the assumed buyer’s cost structure, its determination of whether to include fixed costs in its valuation, its collection strategies, and determining the appropriate weighted average cost of capital. The Company evaluates the use of these key inputs on an ongoing basis and refines the data as it continues to obtain better information from market participants in the debt recovery and purchasing business.

In the Company’s current analysis, the estimated blended market participant cost to collect and discount rate is approximately 50.3% and 12.0%, respectively, for United States portfolios, and approximately 30.9% and 19.3%, respectively, for United Kingdom portfolios. Using this method, the fair value of investment in receivable portfolios approximates the carrying value as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013. A 100 basis point fluctuation in the cost to collect and discount rate used would result in an increase or decrease in the fair value of United States and United Kingdom portfolios by approximately $44.1 million and $34.3 million, respectively, as of September 30, 2014. This fair value calculation does not represent, and should not be construed to represent, the underlying value of the Company or the amount which could be realized if its investment in receivable portfolios were sold. The carrying value of the investment in receivable portfolios was $2.1 billion and $1.6 billion as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

Deferred Court Costs:

The Company capitalizes deferred court costs and provides a reserve for those costs that it believes will ultimately be uncollectible. The carrying value of net deferred court costs approximates fair value.

Receivables Secured By Property Tax Liens:

The fair value of receivables secured by property tax liens is estimated by discounting the future cash flows of the portfolio using a discount rate equivalent to the current rate at which similar portfolios would be originated. For tax liens purchased directly from taxing authorities, the fair value is estimated by discounting the expected future cash flows of the portfolio using a discount rate equivalent to the interest rate expected when acquiring these tax liens. The carrying value of receivables secured by property tax liens approximates fair value. Additionally, the carrying value of the related interest receivable also approximates fair value.

Debt:

Encore’s senior secured notes and borrowings under its revolving credit and term loan facilities are carried at historical amounts, adjusted for additional borrowings less principal repayments, which approximate fair value.

Encore’s convertible senior notes are carried at historical cost, adjusted for the debt discount. The carrying value of the convertible senior notes was $448.5 million, net of debt discount of $53.5 million as of September 30, 2014, and $287.5 million, net of debt discount of $42.2 million as of December 31, 2013, respectively. The fair value estimate for these convertible senior notes, which incorporates quoted market prices, was approximately $519.5 million and $412.4 million as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

Propel’s borrowings under its revolving credit facilities, term loan facility, and securitized notes are carried at historical amounts, adjusted for additional borrowings less principal repayments, which approximate fair value.

Cabot’s senior secured notes due 2019 are carried at the fair value determined at the time of the Cabot Acquisition, adjusted by the accretion of debt premium. Cabot’s senior secured notes due 2020 and 2021 are carried at historical cost. Marlin’s senior secured notes due 2020 are carried at the fair value determined at the time of the Marlin Acquisition, adjusted by the accretion of debt premium. The carrying value of the above senior secured notes was $1.2 billion, including debt premium of $72.6 million, as of September 30, 2014, and $646.9 million, including debt premium of $43.6 million, as of December 31, 2013. The fair value estimate for these senior notes, which incorporates quoted market prices, was approximately $1.2 billion and $680.7 million as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

The Company’s preferred equity certificates are legal obligations to the noncontrolling shareholders at its Janus Holdings and Cabot Holdings subsidiaries. They are carried at the face amount, plus any accrued interest. The Company determined, at the time of the Cabot Acquisition and at September 30, 2014, that the carrying value of these preferred equity certificates approximates fair value.

XML

Debt - Schedule of Convertible Features for Convertible Notes (Details) (USD $)	0 Months Ended		0 Months Ended			0 Months Ended
	Nov. 27, 2012 2017 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 2017 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Jun. 24, 2013 2020 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 2020 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Jun. 24, 2013 2020 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Mar. 05, 2014 2021 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]	Sep. 30, 2014 2021 Convertible Senior Notes [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Initial conversion price	$ 31.56	$ 31.56		$ 45.72	$ 45.72	$ 59.39	$ 59.39
Closing stock price at date of issuance	$ 25.66				$ 33.35	$ 47.51
Conversion rate (shares per $1,000 principal amount)	31.6832		21.8718			16.8386

XML

Commitments and Contingencies - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014
Contingencies And Commitments [Line Items]
Material reserves for litigation	$ 0
Purchase price of receivable portfolios	600,000,000
Purchase price	$ 88,100,000

XML

Investment in Receivable Portfolios, Net (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2014

Receivables [Abstract]

Summary of Accretable Yield and an Estimate of Zero Basis Future Cash Flows

The following table summarizes the Company’s accretable yield and an estimate of zero basis future cash flows at the beginning and end of the period presented (in thousands):

	Accretable Yield			Estimate of Zero Basis Cash Flows			Total
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	2,391,471		$	8,465		$	2,399,936
Revenue recognized, net	(231,057		)	(6,511		)	(237,568		)
Net additions on existing portfolios	92,325			8,555			100,880
Additions for current purchases(1)	591,205			—			591,205
Balance at March 31, 2014	2,843,944			10,509			2,854,453
Revenue recognized, net	(241,523		)	(6,708		)	(248,231		)
Net additions on existing portfolios	80,582			6,135			86,717
Additions for current purchases	218,047			—			218,047
Balance at June 30, 2014	2,901,050			9,936			2,910,986
Revenue recognized, net	(244,561		)	(7,224		)	(251,785		)
Net additions on existing portfolios	161,622			54,184			215,806
Additions for current purchases(2)	179,604			—			179,604
Balance at September 30, 2014	$	2,997,715		$	56,896		$	3,054,611

	Accretable Yield			Estimate of Zero Basis Cash Flows			Total
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	984,944		$	17,366		$	1,002,310
Revenue recognized, net	(135,072		)	(5,611		)	(140,683		)
Net additions on existing portfolios	173,634			7,061			180,695
Additions for current purchases	66,808			—			66,808
Balance at March 31, 2013	1,090,314			18,816			1,109,130
Revenue recognized, net	(144,186		)	(7,838		)	(152,024		)
Net additions on existing portfolios	30,458			10,784			41,242
Additions for current purchases(3)	645,865			—			645,865
Balance at June 30, 2013	1,622,451			21,762			1,644,213
Revenue recognized, net	(218,182		)	(7,205		)	(225,387		)
Net additions on existing portfolios	29,101			3,048			32,149
Additions for current purchases(4)	975,380			—			975,380
Balance at September 30, 2013	$	2,408,750		$	17,605		$	2,426,355

________________________

(1) Includes $208.5 million of portfolios acquired in connection with the Marlin Acquisition discussed in Note 2, “Business Combinations.”

(2) Includes $105.4 million of portfolios acquired in connection with the Atlantic Acquisition discussed in Note 2, “Business Combinations.”

(3) Includes $383.4 million of portfolios acquired in connection with the merger with AACC.

(4) Includes $559.0 million of portfolios acquired in connection with the Cabot Acquisition.

Summary of Changes in Balance of the Investment in Receivable Portfolios

The following tables summarize the changes in the balance of the investment in receivable portfolios during the following periods (in thousands, except percentages):

	Three Months Ended September 30, 2014
	Accrual Basis Portfolios			Cost Recovery Portfolios			Zero Basis Portfolios			Total
Balance, beginning of period	$	1,978,493		$	9,492		$	—		$	1,987,985
Purchases of receivable portfolios(1)	297,800			1,709			—			299,509
Transfer of portfolios	(11,519		)	11,519			—			—
Gross collections(2)	(395,945		)	(4,056		)	(7,219		)	(407,220		)
Put-backs and recalls	(2,817		)	1,278			(5		)	(1,544		)
Foreign currency adjustments	(55,865		)	(1,418		)	—			(57,283		)
Revenue recognized	241,502			—			4,480			245,982
Portfolio allowance reversals, net	3,059			—			2,744			5,803
Balance, end of period	$	2,054,708		$	18,524		$	—		$	2,073,232
Revenue as a percentage of collections(3)	61.0		%	0.0		%	62.1		%	60.4		%
	Three Months Ended September 30, 2013
	Accrual Basis Portfolios			Cost Recovery Portfolios			Zero Basis Portfolios			Total
Balance, beginning of period	$	1,090,922		$	5,776		$	—		$	1,096,698
Purchases of receivable portfolios(4)	616,779			1,073			—			617,852
Transfer of portfolios	—			—			—			—
Gross collections(2)	(371,482		)	(983		)	(7,205		)	(379,670		)
Put-backs and recalls	(755		)	(242		)	—			(997		)
Foreign currency adjustments	36,372			—			—			36,372
Revenue recognized	218,182			—			4,227			222,409
Portfolio allowance reversals, net	—			—			2,978			2,978
Balance, end of period	$	1,590,018		$	5,624		$	—		$	1,595,642
Revenue as a percentage of collections(3)	58.7		%	0.0		%	58.7		%	58.6		%

	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014
	Accrual Basis Portfolios			Cost Recovery Portfolios			Zero Basis Portfolios			Total
Balance, beginning of period	$	1,585,587		$	4,662		$	—		$	1,590,249
Purchases of receivable portfolios(1)(5)	991,127			1,709			—			992,836
Transfer of portfolios	(18,682		)	18,682			—			—
Gross collections(2)	(1,186,431		)	(6,305		)	(20,438		)	(1,213,174		)
Put-backs and recalls	(11,640		)	875			(5		)	(10,770		)
Foreign currency adjustments	(22,394		)	(1,099		)	—			(23,493		)
Revenue recognized	713,656			—			11,473			725,129
Portfolio allowance reversals, net	3,485			—			8,970			12,455
Balance, end of period	$	2,054,708		$	18,524		$	—		$	2,073,232
Revenue as a percentage of collections(3)	60.2		%	0.0		%	56.1		%	59.8		%
	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013
	Accrual Basis Portfolios			Cost Recovery Portfolios			Zero Basis Portfolios			Total
Balance, beginning of period	$	873,119		$	—		$	—		$	873,119
Purchases of receivable portfolios (4)(6)	1,098,663			1,073			—			1,099,736
Transfer of portfolios	(6,649		)	6,649			—			—
Gross collections(2)	(905,751		)	(1,825		)	(20,652		)	(928,228		)
Put-backs and recalls	(2,512		)	(273		)	(2		)	(2,787		)
Foreign currency adjustments	35,708			—			—			35,708
Revenue recognized	496,804			—			13,632			510,436
Portfolio allowance reversals, net	636			—			7,022			7,658
Balance, end of period	$	1,590,018		$	5,624		$	—		$	1,595,642
Revenue as a percentage of collections(3)	54.8		%	0.0		%	66.0		%	55.0		%

________________________

(1) Purchases of portfolio receivables include $105.4 million acquired in connection with the Atlantic Acquisition in August 2014 discussed in Note 2, “Business Combinations.”

(2) Does not include amounts collected on behalf of others.

(3) Revenue as a percentage of collections excludes the effects of net portfolio allowances or net portfolio allowance reversals.

(4) Includes $559.0 million of portfolios acquired in connection with the Cabot Acquisition.

(5) Includes $208.5 million acquired in connection with the Marlin Acquisition in February 2014 discussed in Note 2, “Business Combinations.”

(6) Includes $383.4 million of portfolios acquired in connection with the merger with AACC.

Summary of Change in the Valuation Allowance for Investment in Receivable Portfolios

The following table summarizes the change in the valuation allowance for investment in receivable portfolios during the periods presented (in thousands):

	Valuation Allowance
	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014			2013			2014			2013
Balance at beginning of period	$	86,428		$	100,593		$	93,080		$	105,273
Provision for portfolio allowances	—			—			—			479
Reversal of prior allowances	(5,803		)	(2,978		)	(12,455		)	(8,137		)
Balance at end of period	$	80,625		$	97,615		$	80,625		$	97,615

XML

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets - Summary of Acquired Intangible Assets (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Sep. 30, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Carrying Amount	$ 20,286	$ 24,477
Accumulated Amortization	(3,252)	(928)
Other intangibles - indefinite lived	1,962	1,962
Net Carrying Amount	17,034	23,549
Customer Relationships [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Carrying Amount	6,012	1,975
Accumulated Amortization	(583)	(74)
Net Carrying Amount	5,429	1,901
Developed Technologies [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Carrying Amount	7,422	4,909
Accumulated Amortization	(1,570)	(468)
Net Carrying Amount	5,852	4,441
Trade Name and Other [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Carrying Amount	4,890	15,631
Accumulated Amortization	(1,099)	(386)
Net Carrying Amount	$ 3,791	$ 15,245

XML

Earnings Per Share Reconciliation of Shares Used in Calculating Earnings Per Basic and Diluted Shares (Details) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2014	Sep. 30, 2013
Earnings Per Share [Abstract]
Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic	25,879	25,535	25,811	24,323
Dilutive effect of stock-based awards	410	843	684	940
Dilutive effect of convertible senior notes	1,043	805	1,118	298
Dilutive effect of warrants	0	0	9	0
Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted	27,332	27,183	27,622	25,561

XML

Segment Information

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2014

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Segment Information

Segment Information

The Company conducts business primarily through two reportable segments: portfolio purchasing and recovery and tax lien business. The Company’s management relies on internal management reporting processes that provide segment revenue, segment operating income, and segment asset information in order to make financial decisions and allocate resources. The operating results from the Company’s tax lien business segment are immaterial to the Company’s total consolidated operating results. However, total assets from the tax lien business segment are significant as compared to the Company’s total consolidated assets. As a result, in accordance with authoritative guidance on segment reporting, the Company’s tax lien business segment is determined to be a reportable segment.

Segment operating income includes income from operations before depreciation, amortization of intangible assets, and stock-based compensation expense. The following table provides a reconciliation of revenue and segment operating income by reportable segment to consolidated results and was derived from the segments’ internal financial information as used for corporate management purposes (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014			2013			2014			2013
Revenues:
Portfolio purchasing and recovery	$	264,800		$	230,885		$	775,476		$	523,659
Tax lien business	8,482			4,673			20,742			12,606
	$	273,282		$	235,558		$	796,218		$	536,265
Operating income:
Portfolio purchasing and recovery	$	91,470		$	67,803		$	256,756		$	143,961
Tax lien business	3,794			1,832			7,780			3,455
	95,264			69,635			264,536			147,416
Depreciation and amortization	(6,933		)	(4,523		)	(19,879		)	(8,527		)
Stock-based compensation	(4,009		)	(3,983		)	(13,560		)	(9,163		)
Other expense	(44,030		)	(29,485		)	(124,870		)	(47,784		)
Income from operations before income taxes	$	40,292		$	31,644		$	106,227		$	81,942

Additionally, assets are allocated to operating segments for management review. As of September 30, 2014, total segment assets were $3.3 billion and $386.1 million for the portfolio purchasing and recovery segment and tax lien business segment, respectively.

The following presents information about geographic areas in which the Company operates (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2014		2013		2014		2013
Revenues(1) :
Domestic	$	190,581	$	189,086	$	565,134	$	489,793
International	82,701		46,472		231,084		46,472
	$	273,282	$	235,558	$	796,218	$	536,265

________________________

(1) Revenues are attributed to countries based on location of customer.